USVI Public Records

Document text

1 The University History The University of the Virgin Islands (UVI) was chartered on March 16, 1962, as the College of the Virgin Islands—a publicly funded, coeducational, liberal arts institution—by Act No. 852 of the Fourth Legislature of the U.S. Virgin Islands. According to that law, UVI’s cornerstone objective is to provide for “...the stimulation and utilization of the intellectual resources of the people of the Virgin Islands and the development of a center of higher learning whereby and wherefrom the benefits of culture and education may be extended throughout the Virgin Islands.” The enabling legislation was the result of at least two years of preparation and planning. In 1960, the V.I. Legislature created a temporary body called the Virgin Islands College Commission, composed of interested island residents, to survey the need for a territorial college. In April 1961, Governor Ralph M. Paiewonsky pledged to establish such a college in his inaugural address. And in July 1961, Governor Paiewonsky hosted a Governor’s Conference on Higher Education, at which twenty educators observed and analyzed the Virgin Islands’ educational scene, and made recommendations for the creation of the College of the Virgin Islands (CVI). The first campus opened on St. Thomas in July 1963, on 175 acres donated by the federal government. The first board of trustees took office in August 1963. In 1964, the college founded a second campus on St. Croix, on 130 acres also donated by the federal government. CVI began by offering only associate of arts degrees. In 1967 it added bachelor’s degree programs in liberal arts and education. The first baccalaureate degrees were awarded in 1970, and in 1976 the college awarded its first master’s degrees in education. Two years later, master’s degree programs in business administration and public administration were instituted on both campuses. In 1972, the College of the Virgin Islands was awarded Land-Grant status by the U.S. Congress. This allowed for the establishment of an Agricultural Experiment Station and a Cooperative Extension Service. Since then, many other programs and services have been added. These include the Reichhold Center for the Arts, the Eastern Caribbean Center, the William P. MacLean Marine Science Center, the Sports and Fitness Center and the Virgin Islands Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Research (VI-EPSCoR). In 1986, the College of the Virgin Islands was renamed the University of the Virgin Islands to reflect the growth and diversification of its academic curricula, community and regional services, and research programs. That same year, the United States Congress named UVI one of America’s Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCU); therefore, it holds the distinction of being the only HBCU outside of the continental United States. In 2011, UVI expanded to the island of St. John, with the dedication of the University of the Virgin Islands St. John Academic Center in Cruz Bay. As of August 2009, Dr. David Hall has served as the fifth president of the University. The Savannah, Georgia native holds both a doctorate in juridical science and a master’s degree in law from Harvard University. 2 The University Dr. LaVerne E. Ragster was the fourth president of the University of the Virgin Islands, 2002-2009. She succeeded Dr. Orville E. Kean who became president in 1990. Dr. Arthur A. Richards served as the second president of UVI from 1980-1990, while Dr. Lawrence C. Wanlass served as the first president from 1962–1980, when UVI was the College of the Virgin Islands. UVI is a public liberal arts-based Masters II university, a Historically Black College and Uni- versity and a Land-Grant institution. Today, UVI has a combined enrollment of approximately 2,500 full-time, part-time and graduate students on its two campuses. It continues to offer a high-quality, affordable liberal arts education and professional programs in a culturally diverse environment. The University’s objective is to be recognized as the leading American institution of higher learning in the Caribbean. Accreditation and Memberships The University of the Virgin Islands is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, 3624 Market Street Philadelphia, PA, 19104, (215) 662-5606. The Commission on Higher Education is an institutional accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education and the Commission on Recognition of Postsecondary Accreditation. The University is also an active member of the American As- sociation for Higher Education, the American Association of State Colleges and Universities, the American Council on Education, the Association of Caribbean Information Systems, the Association of Caribbean Universities and Research Institutes, the Association of Governing Boards, the National Association for Equal Opportunity, and the National Association of State Universities and Land Grant Colleges. The bachelor and associate degree programs in nursing education are accredited by the Accreditation Commission for Higher Education in Nursing (ACEN), 3343 Peachtree Rd NE, Suite 500, Atlanta GA, 30326, (404) 975-5000; Fax (404) 975-5020. The School of Business is a member of the Assembly of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. The School of Education is accredited by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation and is a member of the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education. Location, Facilities and Global Access The University of the Virgin Islands, located in the Eastern Caribbean, is 45 miles east of Puerto Rico. The University is located on two campuses, and has an academic center on St. John. The Albert A. Sheen Campus on St. Croix, the largest of the U.S. Virgin Islands, includes academic facilities, a student life complex, the Delta M. Jackson Dorsch Complex, the V.I. Cooperative Extension Service and the Agricultural Experiment Station. The Orville E. Kean Campus contains academic facilities, administrative and student service buildings, resi- dence halls, the Reichhold Center for the Arts and the William P. MacLean Marine Science Center. In addition to these campuses, the University maintains the Virgin Islands Environ- mental Resource Station on the island of St. John. Telecommunication facilities and Internet 2 connect the two campuses for videoconference classes and university meetings. Access to the Internet and World Wide Web supports dis- tance learning course offerings as well as global information and communication for students, faculty and staff. The UVI home page, located at http://www.uvi.edu, provides cur- rent information and links to a wide range of university documents and information. 3 The University Information Services and Institutional Assessment - Campus Learning Resource Centers The Information Services and Institutional Assessment (IS&IA) component is the one-stop- shop for information sources and educational technology to support instructional and research needs. Services and support, provided through the campus libraries and the ITS Helpdesk, include e-mail, Blackboard, library, computing and other learning resources. The library on the Albert A. Sheen Campus was founded in 1964 and was moved to its present location in the Melvin Evans Center for Learning in 1975. The Orville E. Kean Campus Library was founded in 1962 and moved to its present location and dedicated in honor of former Governor Ralph M. Paiewonsky on March 16, 1969. The resources and collections of both libraries are oriented toward UVI’s instructional and research programs and are expanded and updated on a continuous basis with input from faculty, staff and students. The libraries’ current holdings include about 115,000 volumes, over 200,000 e-Books along with a small paper periodical collection, and over 20 periodical databases with full-text and indexing of more than 15,000 journals. These resources are accessible through a joint electronic catalog, powered by SirsiDynix. Special collections of Caribbean books and periodicals and an extensive pamphlet file of conference papers and other materials on the Caribbean round out the printed resources. The library on the Albert A. Sheen Campus includes the Ralph DeChabert Collection of Virgin Islands and Caribbean documents, while the Ralph M. Paiewonsky Library includes docu- ments from the Melchior Center for Recent Virgin Islands History. All these resources are available through the joint electronic catalog. From the libraries’ website, located at http://library.uvi.edu, or through the Mycampus portal, users can access several scholarly on-line databases and full-text journals, including American Chemical Society Web Editions, Cumulated Index to Nursing and Allied Health (CINAHL), and several general multi-disciplinary and subject specific databases from vendors such as JSTOR, EBSCO, and Gale Group. The libraries also provide access to a growing number of digitized documents on the history and culture of the Virgin Islands through the Digital Library of the Caribbean (dLOC). Membership in regional and national networks, such as LYRASIS (a consortium of libraries within the U.S. and the region), the HBCU Library Alliance, and OCLC (a library services collaborative), facilitates resource sharing, training, and access to electronic cataloging services with libraries worldwide. Library services include loans of in-house materials, interlibrary loans between the UVI campuses and other external institutions, reference assistance and library instruction. Librarians work with faculty to integrate information literacy in the curriculum according to guidelines and standards developed by the Association of College and Research Libraries and promoted by the Middle States Commission on Higher Education. The libraries are open to the public every day (except holidays) for a total of 82 hours per week when classes are in session. Intersession hours are posted. All registered students, faculty and staff must present a valid UVI identification card in order to obtain library services, including the borrowing of library materials and other equipment. The libraries collaborate with the Access and Enrollment Services Office to ensure retrieval of delinquent materials and collection of replacement costs for lost material, when necessary. A community library card service is available through the Preferred User Program (PUP). See the Public Service Policies on the libraries’ web page for additional information. The libraries on both campuses have innovation centers that were established to encourage innovation and meaningful creativity. The rooms are designed to facilitate collaborative teach- ing, learning and sharing among students and faculty. The centers feature a 3-D printer, computers, projectors, worktables, and white boards. 4 Component staff support educational technology resources to enhance teaching and learn- ing. A wide variety of audiovisual materials and presentation equipment is available to faculty and students for on-campus use. Several smart classrooms with instructional equipment for in-class Internet access, computing and presentations are maintained. Videoconference facilities are used to connect with students and faculty on the opposite campus, for both instruction and meetings. The Blackboard Learning Management System is used by faculty to deliver course materials and to interact with students. Open computer labs and wireless access points throughout the campuses provide inter- net access and computing facilities. Microsoft computer applications are available on each campus through computer labs, smart classrooms, and library laptops. UVI faculty, staff and students have access to Microsoft applications in accordance with the University’s licensing agreement. For information and support of IS&IA learning resources, contact the Helpdesk at 693-1466. Special Programs The University offers several special programs through the academic colleges and schools, the Center for Excellence in Leadership and Learning (CELL) Center, the Agricultural Ex- periment Station, the Cooperative Extension Service, and the Water Resources Research Institute. These include certificate programs such as the Inclusive Early Childhood Education Program, special self-improvement courses, and courses in a wide variety of subjects to improve the quality of life for residents. The Albert A. Sheen Campus offers a Senior Reserve Officers Training Corps program within the College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences. This 18-credit program is available to students pursuing a bachelor’s degree. Admission to the program will be upon approval of an application to the Military Science and Leadership (MSL) instructor. Any student may enroll in the MSL courses upon approval of the instructor. The University of the Virgin Islands is a member of the National Student Exchange (NSE) program which offers undergraduate students an opportunity to study for up to one year at one of 171 colleges and universities in the United States and its territories. Students spend either their sophomore or junior year in the exchange program and return to the University of the Virgin Islands to graduate. Students from other NSE membership schools also spend a year or semester studying at UVI. Additional information is available from the Counseling and Placement Office. UVI is a member of Universities Caribbean, (formerly UNICA), and participates in the Caribbean Intercollegiate Student Exchange program. This program allows UVI students to spend a semester or an academic year at a participating university and al- lows students from participating Caribbean colleges and universities to spend a semester or academic year at UVI. A cooperative agreement between the University of the Virgin Islands and Boston University School of Medicine exists whereby University of the Virgin Islands students, after meeting certain qualifications, may be accepted provisionally into the medical school at the end of their sophomore year. These students spend two summers and their senior year at Boston University and graduate with a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of the Virgin Islands. The College of Science and Mathematics has developed an articulation program in engineering with Columbia University in New York and Washington University in St. Louis. These articulation agreements allow students to begin their studies at UVI and then com- plete requirements for graduation at one of the schools. Students who satisfy all require- ments receive one degree from UVI and a second degree in engineering from one of the two schools. There are less formalized transfer programs in pre-engineering, pre-pharmacy and pre-medical technology for students who wish to study in these fields at the University of the Virgin Islands before transferring to a specialized institution to complete their studies. The University 5 Interested students should seek additional information from the dean of the College of Science and Mathematics. UVI has entered into several special agreements and collaborative ventures within the last few years. There will be joint collaborations on faculty and student exchanges, faculty re- search, and program development. Research will be conducted at the Etelman Observatory, located on St. Thomas at an elevation of approximately 1,500 ft. The observatory houses a state-of-the-art 16-inch American Optical refracting telescope. The telescope has been fitted with a CCD camera, a computer-controlled filter wheel, and optical encoders which allow the telescope to be positioned with exceptional accuracy. The facility will be used both for instructional purposes and research, which is sponsored in part by the South Carolina NASA Space Grant Consortium. A cooperative student and faculty exchange agreement between Emory University and the University of the Virgin Islands is currently in effect. The exchange agreement provides for the regular exchange of students and faculty between the two institutions to enhance the educa- tion and the mutual understanding of both students and faculty. The Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities (VIUCEDD), previously known as the Virgin Islands University Affiliated Program (VIUAP), was established in October 1994 to enhance the quality of life for citizens with developmental disabilities and their families. VIUCEDD carries out its mission by promoting independence, productivity, and full integration into the community through interdisciplinary training, exemplary service, tech- nical assistance and information dissemination. Other collaborative agreements, articulation agreements, or memoranda of understanding have been established between UVI and colleges and university across the Caribbean, the U.S., Europe, and Asia. In addition, agreements exist between UVI and local health care facilities, government agencies, and federal entities. Special Degree Program Offerings From time to time, the University develops special degree programs to provide workforce training and to enhance the professional development of service providers. One such pro- gram is the Inclusive Early Childhood Education Associate of Arts degree program designed to ensure that childcare providers and early childhood professionals are trained to provide quality programs in which infants, toddlers, preschoolers, and children in the primary grades, with differing abilities are nurtured. The Associates of Arts program is designed for students to progress directly into the Bachelor of Arts program to become certified teachers in grades K-3. Another such program is the Associate of Applied Science in Process Technology aimed at developing a workforce for the local industries in the Caribbean region and worldwide. The University 6 Albert A. Sheen Campus GRADUATE PROGRAMS Ph.D. in Creative Leadership for Innovation and Change Education Specialist in School Psychology Executive Master of Business Administration Master of Arts in Educational Leadership Master of Arts in Mathematics for Secondary Teachers Master of Arts in Psychology Master of Arts in School Counseling and Guidance Master of Accounting Master of Business Administration Master of Public Administration UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Arts Degree Accounting English Business Administration Humanities Communication Inclusive Early Childhood Education Criminal Justice Psychology Elementary Education Bachelor of Business Administration Degree Accounting Management Hospitality and Tourism Management Marketing Information Systems and Technology Bachelor of Science Degree Computer Science Criminal Justice Maritime Management Nursing Psychology Associate of Arts Degree Inclusive Early Childhood Education Associate of Science Degree Computer Science Associate of Applied Science Degree Criminal Justice Process Technology Certificate Programs Entrepreneurship Music Industry Psychology: Human Development Secondary Teaching Teaching English as a Second Language (TESL) 7 Campus Overview The 130-acre campus of the University of the Virgin Islands on St. Croix is located at Golden Grove, mid-way between the towns of Christiansted and Frederiksted. Used by the University since 1964, the land was deeded to the University for educational purposes by the United States federal government in 1968. The entrance to the campus, from Queen Mary Highway, is lined by royal palm trees leading to the Research Technology Park, Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning, the Delta M. Dorsch Complex and the Student Center. The main buildings include the Great House, which housed both classrooms and administrative offices before 1975; the Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning (the main academic building); the Northwest Wing, which was erected in 1989 and now houses the computer laboratories; the Research and Extension Center, which opened its doors in 1992 and houses the land-grant programs; and the nursing complex, which has been home to the School of Nursing since 1996. The Student Center houses a cafetorium, the Snack Bar, the Office of Student Activities, the Student Activities Lounge, the BUCS Fitness Center, a student mail room, and the Campus Bookstore. Behind the Student Center are outdoor basketball, volleyball, tennis courts, and soccer fields used for physical education classes, intramural athletics, and recreation. The soccer fields were established in July 2013. The Delta M. Jackson Dorsch Complex opened for student occupancy in January 1999. The residence hall complex comprises 17 three- bedroom suites, the Office of Student Housing & Residence Life, a reception area, lounge, two study/seminar rooms, laundry facilities and on-campus living quarters for the student housing supervisor. Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning Opened in 1976, the Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning is named for the U.S. Virgin Is- lands’ first elected governor. This architecturally unique building is a modern air-conditioned, multi-level complex constructed around a landscaped courtyard with open-air walkways, galleries, attractive stonework, tropical foliage, miniature waterfalls, and manmade ponds. The Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning houses the library, classrooms, faculty offices, video conferencing facilities, and a 73-seat theater. It also houses several student support services, such as academic services, financial aid, the Center for Student Success (CSS), the Office of the Dean of Students as well as the campus operations, business services and campus security offices. BUCS Fitness Center In 2007 the BUCS Fitness Center was added to the Student Center. This 900 sq. ft. facility houses state-of-the-art fitness equipment and is fully staffed by students. The Great Hall From 2006 – 2007, the Albert A. Sheen Campus established several new facilities to enhance student learning and campus life. The North West Wing Great Hall is a multi-use space that can be configured to three classrooms or one large assembly space that seats up to 200. This space opened in conjunction with several new faculty offices and two class- rooms in the Northwest Wing Annex. The Great House Before construction of the Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning was finished in 1975, all classes on the Albert A. Sheen Campus were conducted in the Great House, a 19th century historic building that was originally the main house of a sugar cane plantation. Completely Albert A. Sheen Campus 8 Albert A. Sheen Campus renovated in 2001, the Great House now includes the Office of the President, Office of the Provost and the Health Services Center on the Albert A. Sheen Campus. Across from the Great House in Building B is the Caribbean Writer and the Office of Physical Plant and Maintenance. Melvin H. Evans Center Library See pg. 3 for information on the Albert A. Sheen Campus library. Research and Extension Center The Research and Extension Center contains several programs of the Agricultural Experiment Station and the Cooperative Extension Service. This state-of-the-art facility is home to the Biotechnology Laboratory, with its light- and temperature-controlled growth room, and mo- lecular biology equipment; the Plant Science laboratory, where research is conducted in the areas of soil and plant analysis; a home economics food laboratory and four seminar rooms; 16 research faculty and staff offices; and a staff lounge. Also housed in the Research and Extension Center is the Office of Institutional Advancement on the Albert A. Sheen Campus. 9 GRADUATE PROGRAMS Ph.D. in Creative Leadership for Innovation and Change Education Specialist in School Psychology Executive Master of Business Administration Master of Arts in Educational Leadership Master of Arts in Mathematics for Secondary Teachers Master of Arts in Psychology Master of Arts in School Counseling and Guidance Master of Accounting Master of Business Administration Master of Marine & Environmental Science Master of Public Administration UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Inclusive Early Childhood Education Marine Biology Mathematics Music Education Psychology Social Sciences Social Work Speech Communication and Theatre Accounting Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Criminal Justice Elementary Education English Humanities Bachelor of Arts Degree Orville E. Kean Campus Bachelor of Business Administration Degree Accounting Management Hospitality and Tourism Management Marketing Information Systems and Technology Bachelor of Science Degree Applied Mathematics Marine Biology Biology Maritime Management Chemistry Mathematics Computer Science Nursing Criminal Justice Psychology Associate of Arts Degree Inclusive Early Childhood Education Associate of Science Degree Computer Science Physics Associate of Applied Science Degree Criminal Justice Certificate Programs Entrepreneurship Music Industry Psychology: Human Development Secondary Teaching Teaching English as a Second Language (TESL) 10 Campus Overview The 388-acre Orville E. Kean Campus of the University of the Virgin Islands is located three miles west of the town of Charlotte Amalie and overlooks John Brewers Bay. Currently the buildings include: the Ralph M. Paiewonsky Library; residence halls housing approximately 390 students; Quarters B, which houses the Caribbean Exploratory Research Center (CERC) and faculty offices; business administration, humanities, nursing education, science and mathematics, social sciences, and teacher education buildings; the Music Education Center; the Sports and Fitness Center; the William P. MacLean Marine Science Center; the Geo Computational Analysis and Statistics Institute and Green Technology Center; the Adminis- tration and Conference Center; the dining pavilion; the Wellness Center; the Health Services Center; the Eastern Caribbean Center and the Classroom Administration Building, which contains classrooms, a theatre, administration and faculty offices and science laboratories. The Reichhold Center for the Arts is also located on the Orville E. Kean Cam- pus. The Orville E. Kean Campus includes the Herman E. Moore Golf Course, Brewers Bay beach, tennis courts and a basketball court for student use as part of the athletic and recre- ation programs. Several areas are used as playing fields. The golf course is used as a com- mon area for diverse activities such as golf practice and special events. The multi-purpose Sports and Fitness Center was officially opened and dedicated January 2001. Administration and Conference Center The Administration and Conference Center (ACC), on the Orville E. Kean Campus, officially opened on October 1, 2007. The building, formerly known as the Leo M. Harvey Student Center, was originally constructed in 1938. Renovations began on the three-story structure in 2005 to reprogram and expand the building from 20,000 sq. ft to 31,000 sq.ft. The ACC serves as the main administrative center for campus housing, Office of the President, Office of the Provost, Board of Trustees Liaison, Office of the Vice Provost for Research and Public Service, Administration and Finance, Accounting, Purchasing, Human Resources, Public Relations, Sponsored Programs and Title III, IT Data Center, Access and Enrollment Services, and Office of Campus Operations, as well as three conference rooms. Access and Enroll- ment Services includes admissions, registrar and financial aid services. The Cashier’s Office, a unit of Administration and Finance, is also located on the first floor of the ACC. Ralph M. Paiewonsky Library See pg. 3 for information on the Ralph M. Paiewonsky Library. Music Education Center The Music Education Center was officially dedicated on February 11, 1999. The center houses four private practice rooms (each room contains a piano), a tiered band room, a room specially configured for use by the University’s steel band, an elegant concert choir room and a com- puter lab/listening room. The Reichhold Center for the Arts UVI’s Reichhold Center for the Arts (1978) is a unique 1,196-seat amphitheater, built of wood, limestone, copper, steel and concrete in the heart of Brewers Bay, on the University’s Orville E. Kean Campus. It annually plays host to a wide range of concerts and performances in fulfillment of its mission of enriching the cultural and social life of the people of the Virgin Islands. The center was built from an endowment given by the industrial philanthropist Henry H. Reichhold. Currently the center is offline due to damage sustained from Hurricanes Irma and Maria in September, 2017. The center is expected to reopen in 2021. Orville E. Kean Campus 11 Sports and Fitness Center The Sports and Fitness Center (SFC), on the Orville E. Kean Campus, officially opened in January 2001. It is the largest indoor state-of-the-art facility of its kind in the Eastern Caribbe- an. The center is built on the site of the old UVI field house (gym), formerly a 1930’s seaplane hangar built by the U. S. Navy. The center is used primarily for physical education classes, intramural sports, and varsity athletics, including the men’s and women’s basketball teams. It is available for rental and is utilized widely on a rental basis by a variety of groups and organizations. The center has two levels which occupy over 64,000 square feet. The seating capacity is 2,500 for basketball games and 4,000 for concerts and other events. The center houses three large classrooms, along with conference rooms, an aerobics room, a training room for sports injury treatment, dual cross courts, two volleyball courts, locker rooms, a lighting and sound room for concerts and special events, and a VIP viewing room overlooking the arena. The building also includes the Offices of the Director and Assistant Director of Athletics, and faculty offices. Campus Bookstore The Orville E. Kean Campus Bookstore is located on the upper campus in Jerome House, formerly the Office of Student Affairs. The 3,900 sq. ft structure was renovated in 2005 to support bookstore operations. The Wellness Center The Wellness Center, officially opened in September 2010, located on the southwestern corner of the Sports and Fitness Center, is a 6,250-square-foot facility designed to meet the wellness needs of the campus. The single-story facility provides space for dance, aerobics, weight training and general wellness-related activities. Brewers Beach Restroom Facility The 850 square foot Brewers Beach restroom facility was opened in August 2011 to provide men’s and women’s restrooms, and outside rinse showers amenities to this university owned beach. This facility is compliant with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Off-Campus Facilities University facilities that are not on the main Orville E. Kean Campus include Etelman House, site of an astronomical laboratory which is located on Crown Mountain, and the U.S. Virgin Islands Environmental Resource Station (VIERS). VIERS, located on the island of St. John, provides unique outdoor and marine learning opportunities through environmental education programs and research activities. Situated on the remote southern shore of the Virgin Islands National Park, close to hiking trails and coral reefs, VIERS’ 12 cabins can accommodate up to 48 overnight guests. A waterside laboratory, with dock, is accessible to students and researchers. VIERS is also available for personal enrichment and for group retreats. Clean Islands International, a non-profit environmental education organization, currently manages VIERS. In the next two to three years, there will be extensive renovations occurring on Orville E. Kean Campus to address damage to several facilities caused by Hurricanes Irma and Maria in September 2017. Orville E. Kean Campus 12 Administration, Research and Public Service OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT The Office of the President is the lead component for executive management of the institution. It comprises the Office of the Liaison to the Board of Trustees and the president’s administrative and managerial staff. The president’s cabinet comprises the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs, the Vice President for Administration and Finance, the Vice President for Institutional Advancement, the Vice President for Information Technology Services and Assessment, the Vice Provost for Research and Public Service, the Vice Presi- dent for Business Development and Innovation, and the Director of Presidential Operations. The president meets with his direct reports bi-monthly to discuss and decide policies and develop strategies for the achievement of institutional priorities. OFFICE OF THE PROVOST The provost is the chief academic officer, the second line officer, the policy staff officer and reports to the president. The provost is responsible for all matters relating to academic colleges and schools, academic programs, academic policy development, implementa- tion and review, academic and student support services, enrollment management, research policy development, and research and public service. The units that report to the provost are the Office of the Vice Provost for Research and Public Service, the Office of Access and Enrollment Services, the academic colleges and schools, global and graduate education, the Honors Program, the Center for Student Success, the dean of students, athletics, and the V.I. Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Research. Academic Colleges and Schools The University’s degree programs are offered through five academic colleges and schools: the School of Business, School of Education, College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences, School of Nursing, and College of Science and Mathematics. Each is headed by a dean who reports directly to the provost. Center for Excellence in Leadership and Learning (CELL) UVICELL is the division within the University that is responsible for the development, imple- mentation, and delivery of programs and services that focus on community engagement; technical and vocational education; planning, economic engagement, and policy analysis; corporate training, continuing education, and professional and licensure education. UVICELL is accredited through the International Association for Continuing Education and Training (IACET) and can offer Continuing Education Units (CEUs). The IACET CEU is interna- tionally recognized as a measure of quality in continuing education and training. The center provides testing and proctoring services for college-bound students, UVI stu- dents, and the community at large. These testing services include: • Proctoring services for individuals that require exams to be proctored from other accred- ited colleges, businesses, or companies. • Prometric which provides comprehensive testing and assessment services including the GRE, Praxis, and GED exams. For a complete listing of exams offered, visit www.pro- metric.com. 13 • Test of Essential Academic Skills (TEAS) which is used as part of the admissions process by the School of Nursing and Allied Health schools nationwide. • College Level Examination Program (CLEP) which demonstrates competency in a particu- lar subject area to bypass a course. • Placement Testing which is based on the SAT/ACT scores of incoming students and is required before enrolling in any college-level writing and/or math course. UVI CELL also serves as the official test site for several professional certifications and orga- nizations. For a complete listing of testing services offered by UVI CELL, please visit https:// cell.uvi.edu/information-for/testers.aspx Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence In Developmental Disabilities The Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities (VIUCEDD) was established in October 1994 and is funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Hu- man Services, Administration for Community Living (ACL), Administration on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (AIDD) and National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research (NIDILRR). Its mission is to enhance the quality of life for individuals with disabilities and their families and to provide them with tools necessary for independence, productivity, and full inclusion into community life. VIUCEDD’s goals are: • To demonstrate and promote exemplary approaches in clinical, educational and commu- nity settings. • To provide technical assistance. • To disseminate information related to the implementation of best practices. • To ensure the participation of persons with disabilities and their families in the design and implementation of all VIUCEDD activities. • To coordinate, implement and supervise support services for the families with children with disabilities that promote their independence, self-advocacy and integration in the community. • To provide training on the laws that protects the rights of persons with disabilities and their families and sensitivity towards persons with disabilities. Global and Graduate Education Global initiatives are realized through collaboration with the academic colleges and schools, the dean of students, and institutions of higher education regionally, nationally, and interna- tionally. Global initiatives encompass development, coordination, and monitoring of study abroad and special student and faculty exchange programs through affiliations, memoranda of understanding, and memoranda of agreements. The graduate programs at the University of the Virgin Islands were developed to meet specific needs in the Territory and beyond. While each of the programs has its own mis- sion, the overall aim of all the areas of graduate study is to provide a high-quality education for students to meet their professional and technical training needs. Information on degree programs is available in the Graduate Bulletin and at www.uvi.edu. Committee on Learning Assessment for Student Success (CLASS) CLASS’s charge is to facilitate, monitor and support the development and implementation of student learning outcomes assessment plans for UVI academic colleges and schools and for general education. CLASS’s long-term goal is to spearhead UVI’s transformation into a ‘culture of evidence’ and a learner-centered institution committed to student success. Honors Program The UVI Honors Program seeks to produce exceptional scholars and citizens by providing Administration, Research and Public Service 14 participants with enriched intellectual, leadership and outreach experiences designed to cul- tivate thoughtful, deliberative, articulate, ethically grounded, globally connected and actively contributing members of society. For details on the program, see p. 64 of this catalog. RESEARCH AND PUBLIC SERVICE The University of the Virgin Islands addresses two of the major elements of its mission, research and public service through the strategic efforts of the units within Research and Public Service. The Agricultural Experiment Station (AES), the Center for Marine and Envi- ronmental Studies (CMES), the Cooperative Extension Service (CES), the Eastern Caribbean Center (ECC), the Research Publications Unit (The Caribbean Writer), the Virgin Islands Small Business Development Center (VI SBDC), Virgin Islands Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Research (VI-EPSCoR), and the Water Resources Research Institute (WRRI) are principally responsible for defining and solving problems through research and providing quality services that address needs identified by the community. Agricultural Experiment Station (AES) The Agricultural Experiment Station is one of the two units that carries out the Land-Grant function of the University. The mission of AES is to conduct basic and applied research to meet the needs of the local agricultural community to increase production and improve efficiency of tropical plants and livestock, develop new enterprises, preserve and propagate endangered plant species and protect the natural resource base. This is accomplished by generating science-based information that leads to improved agricultural practices in the Virgin Islands and the wider Caribbean. Research programs in AES are influenced by avail- able funding, the farming community and research conducted at other agricultural research institutions. The scientists in AES are actively involved in research projects in agronomy, animal science, aquaculture, biotechnology, agroforestry, and horticulture. Science-based information is disseminated through presentations at regional, national, and international conferences, seminars and workshops as well as publication in peer-reviewed, scientific journals, research bulletins, fact sheets and farmers’ bulletins. Center for Marine and Environmental Studies (CMES) The Center for Marine and Environmental Studies addresses environmental problems unique to tropical island communities and advances knowledge and learning in coastal ma- rine systems through research, education, and outreach programs. Based in the McLean Marine Science Center on St. Thomas, CMES collaborates with local organizations, other universities and governmental agencies to assess and monitor marine ecosystems and identify methods of conserving fisheries and marine and coastal areas that provide support for sustainable natural resource management. The Virgin Islands Marine Advisory Service (VIMAS), a part of the national Sea Grant Program, collaborates with public and private- sector institutions to disseminate information on St. Thomas, St. Croix and St. John. The Virgin Islands Environmental Resource Station (VIERS), located on St. John and managed by Clean Islands International, provides unique learning opportunities through environmen- tal education and research programs and activities. CMES provides opportunities for UVI students to participate in active research projects and gain experience in a variety of field and laboratory techniques. The CMES facilities on St. Thomas and St. John provide easy access to a variety of tropical marine environments and include a fleet of research vessels, sea tables and aquaria, research instrumentation as well as training and support for air and nitrox scuba diving. Cooperative Extension Service (CES) The Cooperative Extension Service is the second unit that carries out Land-Grant functions at the University of the Virgins Islands. Administration, Research and Public Service 15 Through the federal network of the Land-Grant University System, the Cooperative Exten- sion Service is empowered as an agency for public education and information dissemina- tion responding to the needs of the community. Its mission is to be a dynamic, flexible organization dedicated to delivering research-based educational programs and information that address critical issues affecting families, individuals, and the communities of the U.S. Virgin Islands. CES carries out programs in agriculture and natural resources, 4-H/fam- ily and consumer sciences, and communications, technology & distance education in the districts of St. Croix, St. Thomas-St. John. The agriculture and natural resource programs strive to meet the changing needs of the territory and offer technical assistance, training and advice to farmers, home gardeners, youth groups, government and nongovernment agencies and residents of the territory in the areas of environmental horticulture, livestock, natural resources and environmental management. Building strong families, youth and communities is important for the success of the Virgin Islands’ community. To address many of the critical issues relating to families, youth and communities, the 4-H/ Family and Consumer Sciences Program, in cooperation with local and private partners, provides research-based information in life-coping skills, and encourages families to use all available resources to improve their lives. The program offers workshops, short courses, and demonstrations in areas such as: consumer education and personal financial man- agement, foods and nutrition education, marketable skills training, i.e., computer training, clothing construction and parenting. Considerable focus is placed on outreach to limited resource residents. Areas of emphasis of the program include the Expanded Foods and Nutrition Education Program (EFNEP), which is designed to assist limited resource families in acquiring the knowledge, skills, and attitudes to improve diets and nutritional well-being; and the Children, Youth and Families at Risk (CYFAR) Program that addresses the needs of the youth in the territory. The latest publication of CES – Tropical Fruits of the U. S. Virgin Islands and Their Nutrition- al Values – is a testament to CES’ continuing tradition of documenting and disseminating research-based information that addresses the critical needs affecting the diet, health and nutrition, not only of U.S. Virgin Islanders, but of residents of the wider Caribbean. Publica- tions, such as the Native Recipes, Virgin Islands Holiday Cooking, Heart of the Pumpkin, and Traditional and Medicinal Plants of St. Croix, St. Thomas, and St. John, come from the Communications, Technology & Distance Education Program. Additionally, this program has collaborated with other UVI departments in the publishing of Island Peak to Coral Reef - A Field Guide to Plant and Marine Communities of the Virgin Islands and Remarkable Big Trees in the U.S. Virgin Islands. Eastern Caribbean Center (ECC) The Eastern Caribbean Center is an outreach division that anticipates the social, economic, and environmental needs of the Virgin Islands and the region, and conducts research pro- grams to address those needs. It also facilitates collaboration in research among local, national, and regional institutions and organizations toward fulfilling the mission of the University and improving the quality of life for people within these areas. The ECC social research unit compiles and analyzes social and economic data, and supports and extends the work of the U.S. Bureau of the Census. The survey research unit designs and car- ries out scientific sample household and telephone surveys. It also utilizes geographical information system (GIS) technology to compile, analyze and disseminate socio-economic and natural resource data to promote sound development decisions. The center is also dedicated to instruction on the effective and efficient use of GIS in the public and private sectors. ECC also publishes Caribbean Perspectives, a cutting-edge annual magazine that speaks to the leadership throughout the Caribbean. Administration, Research and Public Service 16 Office of Sponsored Programs (OSP) The Office of Sponsored Programs (OSP) is the university unit responsible for reviewing and submitting extra-mural proposals to various federal, private and local agencies. OSP is responsible for the receipt and pre-award management of contracts, grants, MOUs, MOAs and cooperative agreements awarded to UVI. OSP also acts as the designated administra- tive unit for overall research compliance at UVI and for managing activities of the Institu- tional Review Board (IRB) for human subject protection and Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (IACUC) for animal use in research. OSP helps to identify and disseminate funding opportunities for staff and research faculties, provides guidance on budget prepa- ration and liaises with external agencies. OSP offers workshops from time to time on grant writing and general award management. Advice and assistance on proposal development and award management are also available to the university research enterprise. Title III Project Administration Office Since 1968, the U.S. Education Department (USED), through its Title III, Part B -Strengthen- ing Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) program (and the program’s prede- cessor), has partnered with the University of the Virgin Islands to implement several projects that have served to strengthen UVI. Title III, Part B grants are awarded to HBCUs according to a formula and provide financial assistance to these institutions to assist in establishing or strengthening their physical plants, financial management, academic resources, and endow- ments. The Student Aid and Fiscal Responsibility Act (SAFRA) grant program was approved in 2010 (under Part F of Title III) as a supplemental funding source to provide additional aid to Minority Serving Institutions in two five-year cycles, ending in September, 2020. This temporary fund- ing was replaced with the passage of the FUTURE Act in 2019, making the Part F funding permanent. Both Part B and Part F grant support are provided in five-year cycles. Administered by USED’s Office of Institutional Services, the Title III, Part B program provides over $220,000,000 to HBCUs across the United States. The UVI Title III Project Administra- tion office is responsible for managing both the Title III Part B and Part F grants awarded to the institution. Together, these grants provide over $2 million annually to strengthen programs at the institution. Research Publications Unit The Caribbean Writer is the primary publication of the Research Publications Unit at UVI. An international literary journal, The Caribbean Writer publishes exceptional works by established and emerging writers from the greater Caribbean region and beyond. The journal premiered in 1987, and includes poetry, prose, personal narrative, book reviews and special sections, often tributes to Caribbean writers and/or intellects. The main goal of the journal is to develop and foster new writers and to continue to serve as an outlet for new writings in the Caribbean. In addition to publishing The Caribbean Writer, the Research Publications Unit has also published two anthologies, Contemporary Drama of the Caribbean, edited by Erika J. Waters and David Edgecombe, and Seasoning for the Mortar: Virgin Islanders Writing in The Caribbean Writer Volumes 1-15, edited by Marvin E. Williams. The editorial board of the refereed journal, consists of UVI College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences faculty. The Advisory Editorial Board comprises an acclaimed international group of established Caribbean writers. The website, www. TheCaribbeanWriter.org, has become a global resource for Caribbean literature. Virgin Islands Small Business Development Center (VI SBDC) The VI Small Business Development Center (VI SBDC) is a partnership program between the U.S. Small Business Administration and the University of the Virgin Islands. Its mis- sion is to assist emerging and existing small businesses through high quality professional counseling and training, contributing to the economic growth of the U.S. Virgin Islands. Its vision is to be the premier provider of small business services. The VI SBDC provides small Administration, Research and Public Service 17 business owners and aspiring entrepreneurs practical assistance to grow and prosper in an ever-changing economy. Since its establishment in 1985, the VI SBDC has played a vital role in the development of local businesses and the reduction of failure among existing businesses. Business Counseling Services are free and confidential. The VI SBDC is part of a close network of public and private business organizations committed to fostering the economic stability and growth of small businesses in the territory. Virgin Islands Established Program to Stimulate Competitive Research (VI-EPSCoR) The Virgin Islands Established Program to Stimulate Competitive Research (VI-EPSCoR) promotes the development of science and technology resources in the USVI by conduct- ing research in areas relevant to the sustainable development of the Territory. Other areas of focus for VI-EPSCoR include improving research infrastructure within the USVI, increasing participation of students in science and technology in order to build a skilled workforce, and building partnerships between government, non-governmental organizations, and the private sector, all in an effort to create a foundation of research and development for economic growth. VI-EPSCoR currently supports research on locally relevant topics such as the local and global drivers of environmental change and how these changes impact our coral reefs, fisheries and coastal resources like our mangrove forests. VI-EPSCoR funds are also used to strengthen the territory’s education in the areas of science, mathematics and technology, and VI-EPSCoR aims to provide students with opportunities to engage in hands-on and feet-wet learning in marine science. VI-EPSCoR is supported by a grant from the National Science Foundation, funding from the government of the Virgin Islands and by generous donations from members of the Virgin Islands community. The program is hosted by the University of the Virgin Islands on behalf of the people of the Virgin Islands. Water Resources Research Institute (WRRI) The Water Resources Research Institute conducts research throughout the U.S. Virgin Islands in participation with the U.S. Geological Survey. Current WRRI research includes investigating ways to reduce non-point source pollution to the critical nearshore marine envi- ronment of the islands. This includes identifying methods of erosion control, development of methods for coastal water quality assessments and finding innovative ways to treat domestic wastewater as alternatives to traditional septic tank systems. Other WRRI activities include dissemination of information promoting conservation of the islands’ water resources and providing environmental research training experiences for students and others. OFFICE OF INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH AND PLANNING The Office of Institutional Research and Planning (IRP) gathers data on the University and provides information useful for making strategic decisions. IRP produces an annual Institu- tional Data Summary which contains the latest statistics on enrollment, student and faculty characteristics, university income and expenditures, and related topics. For some topics, historical data are provided to establish trends. Brief reports are sometimes issued on topics of general interest, or in response to special requests of other university units. IRP keeps abreast of events and trends in the Virgin Islands, the Caribbean region and beyond to note factors which might impact the future of the University. The results are made available to persons planning for the future of the University. IRP provides annual reports to the National Center for Education Statistics and the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, and participates in surveys conducted by other external agencies. Linkage to other universities is maintained through the Internet and by membership in the Association for Institutional Research. Administration, Research and Public Service 18 Admissions Admissions Policies The University of the Virgin Islands is a four-year, liberal arts, coeducational, multi-cultural, equal opportunity and affirmative action institution that welcomes applicants to participate in a sound educational experience. To be a matriculated student at the University of the Virgin Islands, a candidate must have graduated from high school or have achieved the equivalent of the high school diploma. Freshman Admission A candidate for admission from the United States Virgin Islands, the United States, or United States-oriented educational systems must have achieved at least a “C” (2.0 on a 4.0 scale) cumulative grade-point average (GPA) by the end of the junior year of high school and main- tain at least a “C” cumulative GPA throughout the senior year. In general, the basic curriculum requirement for students seeking freshman admission from high school or home school is • four years of English • three years of mathematics • three years of science • three years of social science • two years of a foreign language (preferably in the same language) Individual academic programs may have additional admission requirements. Applicants should consult the section of this catalog describing the programs for those requirements. The University recognizes home-schooled students whose programs are certified and ap- proved by their state. Home school programs may also be recognized by national accrediting bodies, such as the American Council on Education (ACE), the United States Department of Education (USDOE), or the Council for Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA). Freshman applicants, age 24 and under, must submit official high school transcripts and are encouraged to submit official SAT or ACT scores for scholarship consideration and fresh- man course placement determination. Persons age 25 and above must submit official high school transcripts. Results from the General Education Equivalency Diploma (GED) must be submitted to verify secondary school experience for applicants who earned a GED instead of a traditional high school diploma. The University also recognizes nontraditional education experiences, including distance education, online courses, and alternative schooling programs approved by nationally or internationally recognized certifying entities. Such entities include ACE, the USDOE, CHEA, or institutions officially recognized within their national systems. Credentials, official transcripts, or their equivalent must be provided as evidence of successful completion and academic preparation. Some applicants may be asked to submit additional information, including syllabi, recommendations, and course descriptions, especially if seeking transfer credit. Applicants who do not meet the University’s admission requirements may be enrolled at the University of the Virgin Islands as non-matriculated students. These students may subse- quently apply for matriculated status after earning a minimum of 18 credits in University of the Virgin Islands degree courses with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 on a 4.0 scale. These credits must include the general education requirements in English and the general education mathematics and science credits required by the degree they intend to pursue. 19 Applicants from other countries should consult the section on International Student Admis- sion below. In general, the University will expect, in addition to facility in English, the same preparation that would be required of students entering from the United States Virgin Islands, the United States, or United States-oriented educational systems. How to Apply 1. Complete and submit an online admissions application at the University’s Undergraduate Admissions website: www.uvi.edu/enrollment/admissions/undergraduate-admissions. 2. Submit official high school, home school, or GED transcript. 3. Return any forms which the applicant is requested to complete to the Office for Under- graduate Recruitment and Admissions on the Orville E. Kean Campus and the Access and Enrollment Services Office on the Albert A. Sheen Campus. 4. Although the SAT (including SAT Subject Tests) and ACT are not required for admission, freshman applicants age 24 and below who took one or both tests are encouraged to submit their official scores to the Office for Undergraduate Recruitment and Admissions. Results from these tests will be utilized for scholarship consideration and freshman course placement determination. The SAT identification code number for the University of the Virgin Islands is 0879, and the ACT identification code number is 5288. When to Apply Applicants should apply for admission by April 30 for fall semester enrollment and by October 30 for spring semester enrollment. Note that the application for admission and all supporting materials must be submitted by the appropriate admissions deadline for an application file to be considered complete and ready for decision review. Persons are urged to apply well in advance of the stated admissions deadlines. Enrollment Confirmation and Deposit Following a favorable decision on an application, the applicant will be notified to confirm his or her intent to enroll by making a non-refundable enrollment deposit of $100.00 (USD) towards the tuition costs for the initial semester of enrollment. If the applicant registers as expected, the deposit will be credited to the tuition charge for that semester. Should the applicant decide not to register, however, the deposit will be forfeited and cannot be used to offset any other charges the applicant may have incurred. The $100.00 enrollment deposit is mandatory and should be submitted within four (4) weeks of notification of acceptance. Admitted applicants are encouraged to make their decision as soon as possible after noti- fication of acceptance so they, and the University, can make plans for their enrollment and first-semester program. International Student Admission The University of the Virgin Islands welcomes applications for undergraduate admission from qualified international students. The University values the presence of international students, as these students add diversity and a global perspective to campus life. International applicants must apply as early as possible before the application deadline for the desired semester of initial enrollment at the University. This allows sufficient time to obtain official school records, to have school records evaluated by a credential evaluation agency Admissions 20 (if applicable), to arrange for the required examinations, to have the application for admis- sion reviewed, to have the financial institutions send statements documenting the applicant’s financial resources to finance his or her education (upon admission to the University), to make and have an appointment at the US Consulate or Embassy, and to secure student visa materials. Language and Testing Requirements Classes at the University of the Virgin Islands are conducted in English, and assignments, papers, and tests must be written in acceptable English. If English is not the applicant’s na- tive language or language of instruction, the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required for admission consideration. International applicants who must present TOEFL scores must earn a minimum of 460 on the paper TOEFL, or 140 on the computerized TOEFL (CBT), or 48 on the TOEFL Internet-Based Test (IBT). Applicants receiving scores lower than these should consider taking an English as a Second Language course before applying to the University. TOEFL registration and test- taking information can be found online at www.ets.org/toefl. Applicants unfamiliar with the TOEFL may find informational publications and practice tests helpful. Practice TOEFL tests can be found online and bookstores in the United States, and sometimes abroad, sell preparation books on how to take these tests. Official score reports for the TOEFL should be sent directly to the University of the Virgin Islands. The University’s institution code for the TOEFL is 0879. The Application Process Most international applicants are accepted for enrollment beginning in August, the start of the fall semester. However, the University also accepts international students who wish to begin in January, the start of the spring semester. The international student application deadlines are the same as those for other undergraduate applicants: April 30 for fall semester enrollment October 30 for spring semester enrollment In order for an international applicant’s admissions file to be reviewed and evaluated, all of the following documents must be submitted by the appropriate admissions deadline: Application Requirements Submission of the online admissions application. The application for admission must have complete and accurate responses to every item. Applications for freshman and transfer admission are available online on the Enrollment webpage at www.uvi.edu. Official records of courses and grades from all secondary schools and universities attended. Certified non-English transcripts or grade reports should be accompanied by official (literal, not interpretive) translations. For applicants from British-oriented systems, officially certified copies of General Certificate of Education (GCE) examinations or Caribbean Examination Council (CXC) examinations should be submitted directly to the Office for Undergraduate Recruitment and Admissions. Passes in five (5) O-level GCE or CXC General Passes (Grades I and II), or a combination of both, including English language, are acceptable for admission. CXC General Passes (Grade III) also will be accepted if based on the six-point grading scale. The British Virgin Islands Grade I certificate is required for applicants from public high schools in the British Virgin Islands. Course-By-Course Credential Evaluations. To be considered for undergraduate admission to the University of the Virgin Islands, certain students who have attended postsecondary educational institutions, colleges, or universities outside of the United States are required Admissions 21 to submit a professional credential evaluation of all completed coursework. This is typically referred to as a course-by-course report. A course-by-course report should be sent directly to the Office for Undergraduate Recruitment and Admissions from the credential evaluation agency. An admission decision will be made once the official evaluation is on file and all other required materials are received. Applicants who are currently enrolled in a term or semester can contact a credential evaluation agency about getting a partial evaluation done. A final evaluation, however, will be required prior to enrollment. Evaluations are considered from members of the National Association of Credential Evaluation Services (NACES, www.naces. org). Upon receipt of the evaluation, the University of the Virgin Islands will determine if the applicant qualifies for undergraduate admission and whether or not his or her credits are transferable to the University. Obtaining an external evaluation does not ensure the awarding of credit. Transfer credit will be granted on an individual basis in keeping with University of the Virgin Islands policy. International applicants may wish to consider one of the following credential evaluation agen- cies for the course-by-course evaluation. There is a fee for the course-by-course evaluation which the applicant is required to pay to the selected credential evaluation agency. World Education Services (WES), Inc. Bowling Green Station PO Box 5087 New York, NY 10274-5087 Phone: 212-966-6311 Fax: 212-739-6100 E-mail: info@wes.org Website: www.wes.org Educational Credential Evaluators (ECE), Inc. PO Box 514070 Milwaukee, WI 53203-3470 Phone: 414-289-3400 Fax: 414-289-3411 E-mail: eval@ece.org Website: www.ece.org International Education Research Foundation (IERF), Inc. PO Box 3665 Culver City, CA 90231-3665 Phone: 310-258-9451 Fax: 310-342-7086 E-mail: info@ierf.org Website: www.ierf.org NOTE: Additional credential evaluation agencies that are members of the National Associa- tion of Credential Evaluation Services (NACES), and therefore acceptable by the University of the Virgin Islands, can be found at www.naces.org. Results from the Appropriate Tests (if applicable) Although the SAT and ACT are not required for admission, applicants who have taken either one (or both) are encouraged to submit their official scores to the University of the Virgin Islands by the appropriate testing program. The SAT Code for the University of the Virgin Islands is 0879, while the ACT Code is 5288. For persons who must take the TOEFL and submit their results, the University’s TOEFL institu- tional code is also 0879. Certification of Finances Form Upon admission, a Certification of Finances form accompanied by a certified bank statement (with an official bank stamp or seal) indicating that funds are available to cover all costs of Admissions 22 attendance is required. United States immigration laws require every educational institution to certify that each international student admitted has adequate funding to attend school. The Office for Undergraduate Recruitment and Admissions must receive official original docu- ments (not photocopies, fax copies, or scanned copies) which show evidence that admit- ted international applicants will have sufficient funding to cover the costs of attending the University of the Virgin Islands for at least the first year of study. This evidence will be used to issue the I-20 Form after the granting of admission. The I-20 form is needed to obtain the non-immigrant F-1 student visa at a United States Embassy or Consulate. Information about the Certification of Finances form, and the form itself, can be found online within the Admis- sion Guidelines for International Applicants web pages at www.uvi.edu. Full-Time Course of Study Regulations of the United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) governing non-immigrant F-1 students require that all persons in this category pursue full-time course of study. This means that undergraduates must register for, and enroll in, a minimum of 12 cred- its per semester. F-1 student status must be obtained prior to matriculation at the University. Expenses and Financial Aid Financial aid funds are unavailable at the University of the Virgin Islands to assist undergradu- ate international students who are citizens of other countries, and the University considers it inappropriate to encourage international students to apply for admission if the applicant can- not finance his or her education. The estimated total cost (including tuition and fees; room, board and living arrangements; transportation; books; incidental expenses; and travel) is approximately $36,000 (USD) for the 2020-2022 academic year. While there is a single merit scholarship at the University for which foreign nationals who have earned 24 credit hours and a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 can apply, (contingent on the availability of funds by the scholarship donor), the following online resources may be helpful in learning more about financial assistance for international students: • International Education Financial Aid www.iefa.org • eduPASS www.edupass.org/finaid • NAFSA: Association of International Educators www.nafsa.org/Explore_International_Education/For_Students *NOTE: International students may apply for and participate in work-study after completing a full year of study at the University. Transfer Admission An applicant is classified as a transfer applicant once he/she has enrolled in a college or university after earning a high school diploma or secondary school certificate, or successfully completing a General Educational Development (GED) test. Applicants who have earned less than 12 semester or 16 quarter college-level credits must also submit high school tran- scripts. An applicant for transfer admission from another university or col- lege must submit all required information, based on the transfer applicant’s situation. In some instances, the dean of students of the institution from which the applicant is transferring may be requested to submit a confidential report on the applicant’s conduct. To be admitted as a transfer student, the applicant must have achieved at least a 2.0 cumulative GPA, on a 4.0 scale, at the college(s) attended. Applicants who do not meet the cumulative GPA requirement may enroll as non-matriculated students. These students may subsequently apply for matriculated student status after earning a minimum of 18 credits in degree courses with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 on a 4.0 scale at the University of the Virgin Islands. The credits earned as a non-matriculated student must include the general education requirements, if applicable, in English and the general education mathematics and science credits required by the degree Admissions 23 the student intends to pursue. Admitted applicants who transfer fewer than 24 credits must complete required freshman studies courses. Persons admitted as transfer students required to take placement tests will be so informed and notified when the tests are given. Applicants seeking admission with advanced or transfer standing must have official tran- scripts of all previous college or university coursework mailed directly to the Office for Under- graduate Recruitment and Admissions from each college or university previously attended. Failure to disclose each college or university attended may result in the student’s admission to the University of the Virgin Islands being rescinded. If it is discovered, after a student has enrolled in the University, that he/she withheld prior college information or applied as a fresh- man when he/she should have applied as a transfer student, disciplinary action may be taken up to and including dismissal. Admitted applicants from British-oriented educational systems, who receive “pass” or above in GCE Advanced (A-Level) Examinations may receive transfer credit. Transfer credit is also assigned to Caribbean Advanced Proficiency Examinations (CAPE), depending on the minimum required score in each subject as determined by the University. (Refer to the CAPE equivalency table, which can be found under the Additional Preparation and Testing section of this catalog). A certified copy of the A-level or CAPE certificate bearing the official stamp of the high school attended or the signature of the principal must be submitted in order to receive credit Transfer of Academic Credits to the University • Transfer credit evaluations will be handled by the registrar’s office. • Transfer credits will be accepted only for matriculated students. • No grade lower than “C” will be accepted for transfer credit. • Full credit may be assigned for degree courses taken at institutions accredited by institutional accrediting groups recognized by the Council for Higher Education Ac- creditation (CHEA). Students will not receive transfer credit from US institutions that are not accredited by institutional accrediting groups recognized by CHEA. • Full credit may be assigned to students who have completed degree courses and/ or examinations at international institutions that are not accredited by accrediting groups recognized by CHEA. Students who have completed courses at international institutions will be advised if they should have their transcripts evaluated by a foreign credential evaluation service. • Transfer students must meet the general education requirements and the major requirements of university programs. The general education equivalencies will be shown on the transfer credit evaluation form. The applicability of any transferred major courses or electives to the major requirements must be approved by the ap- propriate academic dean. • Advisors will evaluate transcripts to determine students’ eligibility for admission to the major and for any specific college or school general education requirements. • Transfer students will be assisted by faculty advisors to ensure major requirements are completed. Transferred courses, as appropriate, may be considered toward the attainment of major requirements. Students are expected to be actively involved in their educational planning • Thirty (30) of the last 36 credits toward a degree from the University of the Virgin Admissions 24 Islands must be earned at the University. This requirement may be waived by the provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of study at another institution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. • Courses completed within the preceding ten years may be accepted in transfer. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to current university course requirements. • Credits earned by successful completion of certain CLEP and National League for Nursing examinations are generally accepted. Courses for which credit by examina- tion is accepted are listed elsewhere within this catalog. • Credits from foreign institutions are accepted on a case-by-case basis. The student may be required to have courses evaluated by a foreign credential evaluation agency acceptable to the University. • Appeal of any decision concerning the above policies must be made to the provost. Early Admissions Program The Early Admissions Program was established to encourage academically competitive and socially mature United States Virgin Islands high school students to attend the University either on a full-time or part-time basis upon completion of the 11th grade. Eligibility for entry into the program is based on the following criteria: 1) successful completion of the 10th and 11th grades at a United States Virgin Islands high school; 2) a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale based on final grades received in grades 9, 10 and 11 {first semester of grade 11}; 3) SAT scores that would place the student out of skills development courses; 4) nomination and recommendation by the student’s high school; and 5) participation and performance in a face-to-face interview with the Admissions Committee. Four-year renewable scholarships may be available to in-territory resident students. In order to remain eligible for an Early Admissions Program scholarship, a student must maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0 earning no grade less than “C” (except for the first semester) on a 4.0 scale. Depending upon the availability of funding, the scholarship may include tuition, room, board, fees and a book stipend. Inquiries concerning the program may be addressed to the Office for Undergraduate Recruitment and Admissions on the Orville E. Kean Campus and the Access and Enrollment Services Office on the Albert A. Sheen Campus. Dual Credit Program The Dual Credit program is a joint initiative between the University and the United States Vir- gin Islands Department of Education (VIDE) to provide United States Virgin Islands public high school juniors and seniors the opportunity to gain college credit while completing high school requirements. In order to qualify for this program, applicants must meet the following criteria: 1. Enrollment in the eleventh or twelfth grade at a public high school in the United States Virgin Islands; 2. Minimum SAT or ACT scores for select courses that have testing prerequisites. Items A and B indicate test score prerequisites, as needed. (Courses listed on the VIDE High School Permission Form will determine how testing requirements will be applied.) ; 3. Minimum average of 80 (B); and 4. Submission of the Dual Credit High School Permission Form and Dual Credit Program Application with the required approval and signatures from the high school counselor/principal. Admissions 25 Readmission to the University Matriculated students (admitted applicants who enrolled and began attendance at the University) who are not in attendance during two or more consecutive semesters (exclud- ing summer session) must apply to be readmitted to the University. To seek readmission, students must submit the application for readmission and the non-refundable $15.00 (USD) readmission application fee to the Office of the Registrar, along with official final transcripts from all institutions attended subsequent to enrollment at the University of the Virgin Islands. The readmission application deadlines are April 30 for fall semester enrollment and October 30 for spring semester enrollment. A minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA is required to be granted readmission as a full-time student. Students who have a cumulative GPA below 2.0 are limited to only part-time study. Senior Citizen Education Program The U.S. Virgin Islands Legislature, by Act No. 5358, has provided that certain senior citizen residents of the United States Virgin Islands may enroll in regularly scheduled courses at the University of the Virgin Islands free of charge to the senior citizens. Regularly scheduled courses are those that appear in the fall, spring, or summer schedules of classes. Proof of Status: To be eligible for waiver of tuition and fees, persons seeking the Senior Citizen Education Program must meet the following criteria: 1. Be at least 60 years of age, as verified by the senior citizen ID card issued by the United States Virgin Islands Department of Human Services, and 2. Be a resident of the United States Virgin Islands for at least one year. Registration Procedures for the Senior Citizen Education Program Persons may be enrolled as matriculated or non-matriculated students. In order to qualify as matriculated students, individuals must apply for admission and must meet the admissions requirements indicated within this catalog. Non-matriculated students may take courses for which they meet the prerequisites. Non-matriculated students are limited to only part-time study. 1. Senior Citizen Education Program students will register during the late registration period for courses for which they qualify that have space available. Priority will be given to those persons enrolled in programs administered by the United States Virgin Islands Department of Human Services. 2. Senior Citizen Education Program students will present verifying documents to the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus. A form will be provided which eligible stu- dents will present to the University’s cashier’s office so payment may be waived. 3. Senior Citizen Education Program students will present proof of prerequisites for courses for which they wish to receive credit. Those who wish to audit need not present such evi- dence. Auditors attend class regularly, do all coursework that is not graded, and do not earn grades or academic credit. NOTE: As for all students, those making use of this benefit are required to observe the Uni- versity regulations published in the catalog and other University publications. Additional Preparation and Testing Summer Session: Persons who need additional preparation in one or more basic skills—Eng- Admissions 26 lish, mathematics, reading—before enrolling as degree-seeking students may attend the University’s summer session(s). The sessions provide opportunities to enhance essential skills required for further study. Completion of skills courses prior to freshman year enrollment at the University prepares students for degree-level work in the freshman year. Students may enroll in up to six credit hours each summer session. Placement: Initial placement in college-level courses is based upon SAT/ACT scores, univer- sity placement test scores and/or college transcripts. Guidelines for placement in college level courses: 1. Students who score 520 on the SAT-Math, or 20 ACT-Math, may enroll in college level mathematics. 2. Students who score 560 on the Critical Reading and Writing sections of the SAT Rea- soning Test, or 21 on the ACT English or English/Writing Test, may enroll in college-level English. 3. Students who have completed acceptable college courses in English composition and/ or mathematics may enroll in appropriate courses upon the recommendation of their advi- sors. 4. Students who have completed an earned associate or higher degree may enroll in college level courses. 5. Students who complete basic level courses in math and/or English with a grade of “C” or better may enroll in college level classes. 6. Students who submit official SAT or ACT scores below the required thresholds for place- ment into college level courses are encouraged to take the University’s placement test. The placement test is administered multiple times in the spring and summer for August enrollment, and several times in the fall for January enrollment. For more information about the placement test, including registration for the test, please contact the University’s Center for Excellence in Leadership and Learning(CELL) at http://cell.uvi.edu/ or (340) 693-1100. Guidelines for placement in developmental level courses are the following: 1. Students who do not meet any of the criteria indicated in the guidelines above. 2. Students who do not provide official SAT or ACT scores. 3. A Math placement test will be administered to students in the developmental courses. Outcomes may allow for placement into a college level math course for degree credit. 4. A Reading placement test will be administered to students in the developmental courses. Outcomes may allow for placement into another English course. 5. A Writing placement test will be administered to students in the developmental courses. Outcomes may allow for placement into another English course. It is required that students pass both English 100-WAC 011 and English 101-RCA 021 be- fore taking English 120. Admissions 27 College Board Advanced Placement Program (AP): Academic credit will be awarded for matric- ulated students who have participated in the College Board Advanced Placement Program in high school and have earned scores of three or higher. If an AP exam a student has taken is not listed on the table, official scores should still be submitted so that determination of credit can be made on a case by case basis. The University’s AP policy is still under review and more examinations are expected to be listed for credit. Students are encouraged to refer to the AP Credit Equivalencies page on the University’s Admissions website (admissions.uvi. edu) for updates. AP Examination Title Score(s) Required UVI Course Equivalent(s) No. of UVI Credits Awarded Biology 3, 4, or 5 BIO 141-142 8 Calculus AB 3, 4, or 5 MAT 241 or MAT 232 4 Calculus BC 3 MAT 241 or MAT 232 4 Calculus BC 4 or 5 MAT 241-242 8 Chemistry 4 or 5 CHE 151-152 10 Comparative Government and Politics 4 or 5 POL 351 3 English Language and Composition 3, 4 or 5 ENG 120 3 English Literature and Composition 4 or 5 ENG 261 3 Environmental Science 3, 4, or 5 ENV 200 3 European History 4 or 5 HIS 380 3 Human Geography 3, 4 or 5 GOG 122 3 Macroeconomics 3, 4 or 5 ECO 221 3 Microeconomics 3, 4 or 5 ECO 222 3 Music Theory 3, 4 or 5 MUS 103 3 Psychology 3, 4 or 5 PSY 120 3 Spanish 3 SPA 131 4 Spanish 4 SPA 131-132 8 Spanish 5 SPA 131, 132 & 231 12 Studio Art: 2-D Design 3, 4 or 5 ART 117 3 AP Examination Title Score(s) Required UVI Course Equivalent(s) No. of UVI Credits Awarded Studio Art: 3-D Design 3, 4 or 5 ART 217 3 Studio Art: Drawing 3, 4 or 5 ART 128 2 United States Government and Politics 3 POL 151 3 United States Government and Politics 4 or 5 POL 151-152 6 United States History 4 or 5 HIS 320 3 World History 3 HIS 181 3 World History 4 or 5 HIS 181-182 6 International Baccalaureate (IB): Students who have completed examinations through the International Baccalaureate (IB) program may receive credit at the University of the Virgin Islands if they earn the minimum required score for the subject. Arrangements should be made to have official test results sent to the University’s Office for Undergraduate Recruitment and Admissions. Please refer to the table below for a list of equivalencies and minimum score requirements. If an IB exam a student has taken is not listed on the table below, official scores should still be submitted so that determination of credit can be made on a case by case basis. The University’s IB policy is still under review and students are encouraged to refer to the International Baccalaureate (IB) Equivalencies page on the Admissions website (admissions.uvi.edu) for updates. Admissions 28 Admissions IB Examination Title Score(s) Required UVI Course Equivalent(s) No. of UVI Credits Awarded Biology (HL) 5, 6 or 7 BIO 141-142 8 Chemistry 5, 6, or 7* CHE 151-152 10 Economics 5, 6, or 7 ECO 221, ECO 222 3,3 Mathematics (HL) 4 MAT 241 4 Mathematics (HL) 5, 6, or 7 MAT 241-242 8 Mathematics (SL) 5, 6, or 7 MAT 241 or 232 4 Physics (HL) 5, 6, or 7 PHY 211-212 8 *NOTE: Score of 5, 6, or 7 plus satisfactory score on ACS General Chemistry Exam for placement into higher level chemistry for students seeking a degree in chemistry. College Level Examination Program (CLEP): The University of the Virgin Islands is an official limited center for the College Level Examination Program. Students who have acquired sufficient skill and knowledge in an area of study tested by the program may contact Access and Enrollment Services on the Orville E. Kean Campus or the Albert A. Sheen Campus, to arrange for testing. There are examination and administration charges for CLEP examinations. Students must wait six (6) months before retaking a CLEP examination. In general, credit at the University of the Virgin Islands will be awarded for CLEP scores at or above the level recommended by the College Board for the following areas only: CLEP Test UVI Course Equivalent Credits Minimum Score Required Financial Accounting ACC 201: Financial Accounting 3 50 General Biology BIO 141-142: General Biology I-II 8 49 Principles of Marketing MKT 301: Principles of Marketing 3 48 Principles of Management MGT 301: Principles of Management 3 47 Introductory Business Law BUS 351: Business Law 3 51 General Chemistry CHE 151-152: General Chemistry I-II 10 47 Information Systems and CIS 210: Business Information Systems Computer Applications 3 47 Principles of Macro- ECO 221: Introduction to Economics Macro-Economics 3 48 Principles of Micro- ECO 222: Introduction to Economics Micro-Economics 3 48 Analysis and Interpretation of Literature ENG 261-262: World Literature I-II 6 49 English Literature ENG 321, 322: British Literature 6 46 American Literature ENG 361-362: American Literature- Major American Writing 6 46 French FRE 131-132: Elementary French I-II 8 45 FRE 131-132, 231: Elementary and Intermediate French 12 50 College Algebra MAT 140: College Algebra w/Applications or MAT 143: Pre-Calculus Algebra 4 44 Calculus MAT 241-242: Intro to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 8 48 Introductory Psychology PSY 120: General Psychology 3 47 Introductory Sociology SOC 121: Introduction to Sociology 3 48 Spanish SPA 131-132: Elementary Spanish I-II 8 45 SPA 131-132, 231: Elementary and Intermediate Spanish 12 50 29 Caribbean Advanced Proficiency Examination (CAPE): Students who have transferred from schools in the Eastern Caribbean where they completed Caribbean Advanced Proficiency Examinations (CAPE) may receive credit. The University’s policy for assigning CAPE credit is outlined in the table below. CAPE credit is still under review and may be subject to change. Additional subjects and/or score requirements may be added. Please refer to the CAPE Credit Equivalencies page on the Admissions website (admissions.uvi.edu) for updates. CAPE Title Score(s) Required UVI Course Equivalent(s) No. of UVI Credits Awarded Art & Design 1, 2, or 3 ART 117, ART 128, 3, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2 ART 150, ART 217, ART 228, ART 231 Accounting Mod 1 1,2, or 3 ACC 201 3 Accounting Mod 2 1,2, or 3 ACC 202 3 Biology Unit 1 1, 2, or 3 BIO 141 4 Biology Unit 2 1, 2, or 3 BIO 142 4 Business and Env. 1,2, or 3 BUS 112 3 Caribbean Studies 1, 2, or 3 SSC 100 3 Chemistry Unit 1 1, 2, or 3* CHE 151-CHE 152 10 (science/math CHE 151L-CHE 152L majors) Chemistry Unit 1 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 CHE 151-152 10 (non-science/ CHE 151L-CHE 152L math majors) Chemistry Unit 2 1, 2, or 3** CHE 253-254 10 CHE 253L-CHE 254L Communication Studies 1, 2, or 3 COM 119-COM 120 3-3 Economics Unit 1 1, 2, or 3 ECO 221 3 Economics Unit 2 1, 2, or 3 ECO 222 3 Entrepreneurship 1, 2, or 3 ENT 200 3 Environmental Science 1, 2, or 3 ENV 200 3 French 1, 2, or 3 FRE 131, FRE 132 4, 4 Fundamentals of Marketing 1, 2, or 3 MKT 301 3 Geography 1, 2, or 3 GOG 121, GOG 122, GOG 131, GOG 232 3, 3, 3, 3 History Unit 1 1, 2, or 3 HIS 181 3 History Unit 2 1, 2, or 3 HIS 182 3 Information Technology 1, 2, or 3 CIS 101, CIS 210 All Modules 3,3 Management of People and Production and Operations Management Module 1 & 2 1, 2, or 3 MGT 301 3 Pure Mathematics 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 MAT 241 Unit 1 4 Pure Mathematics 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 MAT 242 Unit 2 4 Sociology Unit 1 1, 2, or 3 SOC 121 3 Sociology Unit 2 1, 2, or 3 SOC 124 3 Spanish 1, 2, or 3 SPA 131, SPA 132 4, 4 Tourism All Modules 1, 2, or 3 HOS 305 3 *NOTE: Score of 1 or 2 and satisfactory score on ACS General Chemistry Exam as placement into CHE 253-CHE 254 for students seeking a degree in chemistry **NOTE: Second year score of 1 or 2 and satisfactory score on ACS Organic Chemistry exam for place- ment into CHE 252 or higher for students seeking a degree in chemistry Admissions 30 Admissions Residency Regulations for Tuition Purposes General questions regarding residency status upon initial application to the University of the Virgin Islands should be directed to the Office for Undergraduate Recruitment and Admis- sions. For a change in residency status after enrollment, the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus should be contacted. Residency for tuition purposes is established by providing evidence of fulfilling several condi- tions, including: 1) United States citizenship, status as a permanent resident alien, or a legal alien who has been granted indefinite stay by the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS); and 2) continuous residency in the United States Virgin Islands for 12 con- secutive months immediately preceding registration and/or application for admission. Living or attending school in United States Virgin Islands is not equated to establishing legal United States Virgin Islands residency. Students are required to provide documentation to support a request for United States Virgin Islands residency status, which shows their presence in United States Virgin Islands is for purposes other than to attend school. Full-time students working part-time jobs may have difficulty in establishing residency. Please note that documentation must reflect maintenance of 12 months of continuous residency in the United States Virgin Islands. No single document will be sufficient to provide conclusive evidence of establishing United States Virgin Islands residence. The burden of proof of permanent residence lies with the student. Reclassification of Residency Status A student requesting reclassification as a United States Virgin Islands resident for tuition purposes must demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that his/her domicile is in the United States Virgin Islands. The burden of proof lies with the applicant to establish, beyond a doubt, his or her permanent and fixed legal ties to the United States Virgin Islands and separation of ties to any other state. An approved change in residency will take effect the next (fall or spring) semester. All requests for a change in residency should be submitted to the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus by at least one month prior to registration for the semester in which the reclassification is sought. A. Resident for Tuition Purposes A United States Virgin Islands “resident for tuition purposes” is a person who (or a dependent person whose parent or legal guardian) has established and maintained legal residence in the United States Virgin Islands for at least 12 months prior to the semester in which there is the intent to register. Residence in the United States Virgin Islands must be as a bona fide domiciliary, rather than for the purpose of maintaining a residency merely for enrollment at an institution of higher education. To qualify as a United States Virgin Islands resident for tuition purposes, the student must meet the criteria indicated: •• Be a citizen of the United States, a permanent resident alien, or a legal alien who has been granted indefinite stay by the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS). •• Students who depend on out-of-state parents for their support are presumed to be the legal residents of the same state as their parents. •• Non-resident students who marry a bona-fide resident of the United States Virgin Islands may be reclassified to residency status for tuition payment purposes not sooner than 12 months after the date of marriage. Official documents to verify marriage should be submit- ted to support request. 31 •• A United States Virgin Island resident who has left the territory to attend school, or for military service or other temporary purposes, and has permanent residence in the United States Virgin Islands, will be considered an in-territory student. B. Independent Students An independent student who provides more than 50% of his or her own support and who is able to substantiate a claim of independence by producing documents to establish United States Virgin Islands domicile, may be eligible for reclassification. C. Residency Documentation The applicable documents, listed below, may be accepted and considered as evidence of establishing legal residence and permanent ties in United States Virgin Islands. Official docu- ments should be submitted in the original, wherever possible, or provide certified/ notarized copies, where applicable. Documents from category I are considered permanent ties and must be dated 12 months prior to the first day of classes for the term for which residency reclassification is sought. Documents from category II may be submitted to further substantiate a claim of United States Virgin Islands residency. No single document may be used to substantiate a request for a change of residency classification - documentation from category I and category II, together, provide appropriate documentation for consideration of residency reclassification. Category I 1. United States Virgin Islands voter’s registration. 2. Proof of marriage to a United States Virgin Islands resident (marriage certificate) along with proof of the spouse’s United States Virgin Islands resident status. 3. The most recent United States Virgin Islands income tax returns and W2 forms; parents’ most recent tax returns (if student is under the age of 25); and a letter stating indepen- dent status from the financial aid office (if receiving financial aid and under the age of 24). Category II 1. United States Virgin Islands driver’s license. 2. Official identification (ID) card issued by agencies within the United States Virgin Islands. 3. Full-time permanent employment, or part-time permanent employment, or acceptance thereof in the United States Virgin Islands (an official letter on company stationery and paycheck stubs are required.) 4. United States Virgin Islands vehicle registration and/or title. 5. Lease agreement, deed, rent receipts or canceled rent checks, proof of purchase of permanent home (deed, tax receipts, purchase of real property) 6. United States Virgin Islands business incorporation and/or license. 7. Professional or occupational license obtained in the United States Virgin Islands, (e.g. membership in the United States Virgin Islands Bar Association). 8. Accounts at a local financial institution (savings and/or checking), utility statements (e.g. power, telephone, cable television). The applicant’s name must appear on the docu- ments. D. Dependent Students A student who does not meet the 12-month legal resident requirement may qualify for United States Virgin Islands residency for tuition purposes through one of the following categories: 1. Parents who are full-time employees of state agencies or political subdivisions of the state when the student fees are paid by the state agency or political for the purpose of job related law enforcement or corrections training. 2. Active duty members of the armed services stationed in the United States Virgin Islands (and spouse/dependent children), military personnel not stationed in the United States Virgin Islands, but whose home of records or states of legal residence recorded on the certificate DD Form 2058 is United States Virgin Islands. Present copy of parent’s DD 2258 form, military orders, and proof of relationship as applicable. Admissions 32 3. Dependent children who reside in the United States Virgin Islands for at least 5 years may provide documentation of dependent status according to the Virgin Islands Income Tax code, or other legal documentation to demonstrate guardianship. The adult guardian must demonstrate they have resided in the United States Virgin Islands for the previ- ous 12 months with the intent of establishing a permanent home (see documentation categories I and II). Requests for residency re-classification are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. Therefore, immediate responses are not always possible and requests for reclassification must be sub- mitted by the stated deadline. Additional documents and explanation of documents submit- ted may be requested. Submission of fraudulent documents to obtain residency will result in expulsion from the University of the Virgin Islands. Obtain additional information by contacting the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus. E. Veteran Tuition The following individuals shall be charged the in-territory rate, or otherwise considered a resident, for tuition and fees purposes: • A Veteran using educational assistance under either chapter 30 (Montgomery G.I. Bill – Active Duty Program) or chapter 33 (Post-9/11 G.I. Bill), of title 38, United States Code, who lives in the Territory of the Virgin Islands while attending the University of the Virgin Islands (regardless of his/her formal State of residence) and enrolls at UVI within three years of discharge or release from a period of active duty service of 90 days or more. • Anyone using transferred Post-9/11 GI Bill benefits (38 U.S.C. § 3319) who lives in the Territory of the Virgin Islands while attending The University of the Virgin Islands (regard- less of his/her formal State of residence) and enrolls in The University of the Virgin Islands within three years of the transferor’s discharge or release from a period of active duty service of 90 days or more. •  Anyone using benefits under the Marine Gunnery Sergeant John David Fry Scholarship (38 U.S.C. § 3311(b)(9)) who lives in the Territory of the Virgin Islands while attending The University of the Virgin Islands (regardless of his/her formal State of residence) and enrolls in The University of the Virgin Islands within three years of the Service member’s death in the line of duty following a period of active duty service of 90 days or more. •  Anyone described above while he or she remains continuously enrolled (other than during regularly scheduled breaks between courses, semesters, or terms) at UVI. The person so described must have enrolled in UVI prior to the expiration of the three year period following discharge, release, or death described above and must be using educa- tional benefits under either chapter 30 or chapter 33, of title 38, United States Code. Admissions 33 Costs Tuition, Fees, Room and Board for 2020-2021* Compared to other institutions with similar faculty and facilities, the cost of attending the University of the Virgin Islands as a regular student is very reasonable. Since the institution is substantially supported by funds from the Government of the Virgin Islands, it is the univer- sity’s intention to bring higher education within the reach of every qualified high school gradu- ate in the Virgin Islands and to encourage promising non-residents to enroll in its programs. Because no two individuals are alike in their needs and spending habits, no two college budgets are the same. However, if students are realistic about their personal expenses, the following information should enable them to estimate their annual costs quite accurately: Full-Time Tuition and Fees Per Semester Resident Non-Resident Tuition $2,315.50 $6,946.00 Registration Fee 30.00 30.00 Property Fee 50.00 50.00 Technology Fee 90.00 90.00 Medical Insurance Fee 28.00 28.00 Student Activity Fee (OEK) 44.00 44.00 Student Activity Fee (AAS) 20.00 20.00 Student Association Fee 20.00 20.00 Health Services 40.00 40.00 Room and Board Per Semester Double Single Room - Regular 1,387.00 1,803.00 Board Plan A 2,890.00 2,890.00 Board Plan B 2,025.00 2,025.00 Total Room and Board charges Per semester depending on Board Plan $3,412.00 - $4,277.00 Room-West Residence Halls 2,250.00 2,800.00 Board Plan A 2,890.00 2,890.00 Board Plan B 2,025.00 2,025.00 Total Room and Board charges Per semester depending on Board Plan $4,275 - $5,140.00 $4,825 - $5,690 NOTES: 1. A refundable room damage and key deposit of $100.00 is required of all students residing on campus. 2. An estimated $500.00 per semester for books and supplies is not included in the approxi- mate annual cost. Non-residents should include transportation in estimating the total cost. 3. Both room and board charges are required of all students residing on campus. *Subject to change by the Board of Trustees. 34 4. A residence hall room deposit of $100.00 is required to be paid by all students applying to live on campus in a given semester. This deposit will be applied towards payment of room and board charges. If residence hall reservations are canceled up to 21 days before the beginning of the semester, the deposit — less an administrative charge of $5.00 — will be refunded. Room deposits will not be refundable within the 21-day period preceding the start of the semester. 5. New students pay a $90.00 non-refundable orientation fee. 6. National Student Exchange (NSE) students pay a $90.00 non-refundable fee. 7. All non-tuition fees are non-refundable. Likewise, the Nursing Laboratory, Science Laboratory, Practice Teaching Fees are non-refundable. 8. A $100.00 Reinstatement Fee will be charged to cancelled Deferred Tuition Payment Plan accounts. Tuition and Fees for Part-Time and Summer Students Per Semester Resident Non-Resident Tuition (per credit) $154.00 $463.00 Registration Fee $30.00 $30.00 Property Fee $50.00 $50.00 Technology Fee $90.00 $90.00 Health Services Fee (per visit summer) $20.00 $20.00 Health Services Fee (per semester) $40.00 $40.00 Student Activity Fee (OEK) $44.00 $44.00 Student Activity Fee (AAS) $20.00 $20.00 NOTE: Depending upon course registration, additional laboratory fees may be assessed as listed below. Laboratory Fees: Nursing lab fee $50.00 Science laboratory/equipment fee $50.00 Practice teaching fee $50.00 Physical education lab fee $25.00 BSN nursing standardized assessment fee $110.00 Student Deposits: The damage and key deposit are refundable at the end of the student’s academic career at the University of the Virgin Islands providing there has been no loss, library fine or breakage charged against the deposit. If the deposit is reduced during the time of the student’s attendance at the University, the Business Office will request that the deposit be returned to its original amount. Payment: Students are responsible for paying their bills at the Business Office at any time prior to the published “due date.” Registered students’ failure to do so will result in their course selections being canceled. If this occurs, students wishing to register may do so dur- ing the late registration period. Students who owe money to the University, other than on student loans not yet due, will not receive their diploma and a hold will be placed on their record. Transcripts will not be issued for students with outstanding financial obligations. Late Registration Fee: A $75.00 non-refundable fee is assessed for late registration. Costs 35 Deferred Payment Cancellation Fee: A $100.00 cancellation fee will be assessed to students who have defaulted on the deferred tuition payment plan with Tuition Management. The outstanding deferred tuition amount, plus the cancellation fee will be applied to the student’s account at the University. Graduation Fee: A non-refundable fee of $75.00 (and $25.00 for an additional degree or replacement diploma) is charged each candidate for a baccalaureate or associate degree. It is payable at the time of application for graduation. If the requirements for the degree are not completed, the student is re-assessed in the next year he or she becomes a candidate for a degree. Institutional Refund Policy: The University arranges its services well in advance of each aca- demic year. Consequently, when a student withdraws from the University, its costs are not reduced, nor can the student be replaced. For these reasons, the University refunds only a portion of its charges, thereby sharing with the student the loss caused by the withdrawal from the University. The schedule of refunds of tuition is as follows: During first week of classes 90% During second week of classes 70% During third week of classes 50% During fourth week of classes 25% After fourth week of classes none Students must formally withdraw through the access and enrollment services office on either campus by completing a withdrawal form. The withdrawal date as shown by the student’s records will be the date used in the computation of any tuition refunds due to students. Refunds of tuition due to students because of withdrawal from the University will not be paid during the first two weeks following registration. Students who withdraw during this period should leave their names and forwarding addresses with the Business Office. Requests for refunds should be accompanied by the student’s registration receipt. All students residing on the Orville E. Kean Campus and Albert A. Sheen Campus are re- quired to pay for both room and board. Board charges cover meals provided during break- fast, lunch and dinner. Additional meals are provided during the snack bar hours on a cash basis on both campuses. Should a student residing in a university residence hall move off campus during a semester, the student may be entitled to a room and board refund if he or she adheres to the following procedures: The Office of the Dean of Students must be notified in writing in advance. Check-out procedures, as established by that office, must be followed. The date of the actual move as shown in housing office records will be the date used in the computation of any board and room refund due to a student. The maximum room refund is 50% if a student withdraws or housing contract is terminated before mid-term. No refunds for rooms will be given after mid-term. Meal cards are issued to students in accordance with subscribed meal plan options which are valid for one semester only. Meal plan refunds will be prorated in accordance with the residence halls’ policy based on the date of withdrawal from campus housing. All refunds due to students for any reason whatsoever will be forfeited unless called for on or before June 30 of the university year in which they are due. Should June 30 fall on a Sunday or on a day when the Business Office is closed, the refund will be made on the next business day. The appeal process for exceptions to this published policy on refunds is through the Office of the Provost for tuition and the Office of the Dean of Students for room and board. Costs 36 Financial Aid Financial Aid The primary purpose of the University’s financial aid program is to provide financial assistance to its students who, without such aid, would be unable to further their educational goals. The financial assistance offered may not always meet the student’s total financial need. It is the student’s and family’s responsibility to pay the difference between the student’s cost of edu- cation and available financial aid. This financial assistance may be in the form of scholarships, grants, loans or work-study employment. Eligibility: U.S. citizens and permanent residents are eligible to apply for financial assistance. Applicants must be matriculated students of the University and must be making satisfactory academic progress toward a degree. International students may apply for University of the Virgin Islands work-study after they have completed a full year at the University. Financial aid eligibility is determined through the completion of the Free Application for Federal Student Aid form (FAFSA) at www.fafsa.gov. In completing FAFSA, students are expected to provide information on their own income and assets, family income and assets, and non-taxable income (disability benefits, veteran’s benefits, etc.). The need analysis formula used in analyz- ing the information on the financial aid application measures the ability (not the willingness) of students and their families to contribute toward educational costs. The financial aid applica- tion priority deadline dates are March 1st for the fall semester and November 1st for the spring semester. The Title IV Institution School Codes for the University of the Virgin Islands are: 006989 for the Albert A. Sheen Campus and 003946 for the Orville E. Kean Campus. Scholarships: University of the Virgin Islands scholarships are available for incoming local high school students and currently enrolled university students. Scholarships are awarded on the basis of demonstrated scholastic ability. The minimum required grade point average is a 3.0. Scholarship announcements are generally made during the month of February for the upcoming academic year, at which time scholarship applications will be available at www.uvi. edu, the financial aid office and the local high schools. Veterans/National Guardsmen: Veterans who attend the University may apply for federal benefits in the access and enrollment services office on either campus. A program of special tuition allowances for Virgin Islands veterans is administered by the Division of Veterans Af- fairs, Office of the Governor. A similar program is also available for qualified members of the National Guard. Over-awards: Federal regulations and Institutional policy mandate that students’ total financial assistance cannot exceed students’ cost of attendance. If this occurs, students’ awards will be reduced within the confines of their budget to prevent an over-award situation. Loan Entrance/Exit Interviews: All loan borrowers must complete entrance counseling before the first loan disbursement and exit counseling prior to graduating, transferring or withdraw- ing from the University. The Federal William D. Ford Direct Loan entrance and exit counseling sessions are available at www.studentloans.gov and counseling for the other loan programs are conducted by the University’s accounting office. Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy Federal regulations require that all schools participating in any federal financial aid program 37 must adhere to a financial aid Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) policy. These are the standards by which a student’s progress toward the completion of his/her program of study at the University of the Virgin Islands will be measured to determine continued eligibility for financial aid. At the end of each payment period/semester or prior to the actual receipt of financial aid funds, the records of all financial aid recipients will be reviewed to determine satisfactory academic progress. A student’s financial aid Satisfactory Academic Progress at UVI is clas- sified in the following categories: “Good Standing,” “Warning” and “Suspension.” Maximum time frame allowances and the limit on remedial courses will also be reviewed at the end of each semester. SAP determination is based on a student’s complete academic history, including periods in which the student did not receive financial aid. Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards Progression and Qualitative Standards Standards by which a student will be evaluated includes progress in increments of hours completed and minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) illustrated in the chart below. Undergraduate Students Percent Rate Minimum Total Credits Attempted for Minimum Credits Passed Cumulative GPA 12 - 29 50% 1.70 30 - 44 60% 1.80 45 and above 67% 2.00 A student must be progressing toward graduation requirements by completing the courses for which he/she enrolls each semester (referred to as “pace”) and must also meet the re- quired percentage rate of attempted credit hours. Graduate/Professional students must maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0 on a scale of 4.0. Graduate students will be placed on academic warning if: (1) the cumulative GPA falls below 3.0, or (2) a grade of “F” is earned, or (3) more than two grades of “C” are earned in the program. Students must also complete at least 70% of all credits attempted. Maximum Time Frame Undergraduate students: The maximum time frame allowed for students to complete a Bach- elor’s degree and remain eligible to receive financial aid is 180 credits (150% of 120) or 93 cred- its (150% of 62) for an Associate’s degree program. Adjustments to the maximum credits hours would be made for programs that require more than the general standard credit requirements. Graduate students: The maximum time frame for financial aid eligibility is 54 attempted credits. Financial Aid Eligibility Undergraduate Financial Aid (FA) Warning • A student is placed on financial aid warning when his/her minimum cumulative grade point average and/or percent rate for minimum credits passed do not meet the minimum requirements outlined in the chart under the progression and qualita- tive standards section. • In this status, a student may continue to receive financial aid for that payment period. No appeal is necessary. Financial Aid 38 Undergraduate Financial Aid (FA) Suspension • If, at the end of the warning period, a student does not meet the minimum SAP requirements, the student will be placed on financial aid suspension and will be ineligible for financial aid until the minimum SAP requirements are met. • A student on financial aid suspension may appeal in writing within 15 days of the notification to the financial aid appeals committee. Graduate Financial Aid (FA) Warning 1. The semester or cumulative grade point average (GPA) falls below 3.00 2. An F and/or; 3. More than two C’s are earned in the program. Graduate Financial Aid (FA) Suspension /Dismissal 1. Two F’s are earned 2. Minimum requirement is not met for two consecutive semesters Other Satisfactory Academic Progress Components Withdrawal, Incomplete, Repeated and Remedial courses will be counted as hours attempted in the determination of maximum time frame. A student may repeat a previously passed course only once. If the student repeats the course for a third time, he or she will not receive financial aid for the course. Audit courses: Courses taken for audit do not meet the eligibility requirements to receive financial aid. Non-Degree Remedial Courses: A student can receive financial aid for up to 30 credits of non- degree remedial courses. Transfer Credits: All credits accepted for transfer students will be included in total earned and attempted credits for SAP determination. Change of Program/Additional Degree: Allowances will be made in the maximum time frame for financial aid eligibility, as outlined above, for students changing their major or program of study based on the credits applicable to the new major or program of study. Academic Suspension: Students placed on academic suspension are not eligible for financial aid. Appeal Process • Appeals should be submitted within 15 days of notification of suspended financial aid. • All appeals must be substantiated by appropriate documentation and submitted to the financial aid appeals committee c/o financial aid office for review. • Reviews will be conducted twice a semester but may be more frequent based on the number of appeals received. Students who have appealed should seek alternative payment methods for their tuition and fees until the appeal committee convenes and a decision is determined. Alternative payment methods may include, but not limited to the Tuition Deferred Payment Plan (TMS) through the University’s cashier’s office or obtain a private educational student loan via web searches. • The committee will render a decision of approved or disapproved. The appeal must include the following: 1. A student must provide sufficient evidence to support his/her assertion that unusual or extenuating circumstances prevented him/her from maintaining SAP. Financial Aid 39 a) An unusual or extenuating circumstance can include, but not limited to, serious medical illness or accident of student and or, immediate family member(s). b) Unacceptable, unusual or extenuating circumstance can include, but not limited to failing to attend classes on a regular basis and continuing to withdraw from courses. 2. An explanation of the reason(s) for failing to meet the standards for academic prog- ress and what improvements will be made by the next evaluation period to regain good academic standing. Approval of all appeals is determined on a case-by-case basis and is not guaranteed. Appeal Approved in Probationary Status A student who appeals his /her financial aid suspension status and meets approval for rein- statement by the Financial Aid Appeals Committee will regain eligibility during the approved probationary status period with an ‘approved-probationary’ status. Recommendation Students who are not meeting the minimum SAP guidelines are encouraged to meet with their advisors/counselors for guidance in helping to correct their academic deficiencies. Federal Financial Aid Withdrawal Policy When a student withdraws from all courses during a semester for which federal financial aid was received, the student may no longer be eligible for the full amount of the federal financial aid that was awarded (excluding Work-Study). In this case, a determination of the amount earned must be made and the unearned portion must be returned to the federal financial aid programs from which the aid was paid. The earned amount is determined on a pro-rata ba- sis. Once more than 60% of the payment period is completed, the student will have earned all of the aid awarded and no financial aid repayment will be required. The procedures and formula to determine the amount of federal aid to be returned is mandated by federal statute and is available for review, on request, in the financial aid office. The withdrawal date used in the calculation will be the date the student begins the withdraw- al process or otherwise notifies the University of his/her intent to withdraw. If no notification is received, then the midpoint of the semester would be used as the withdrawal date. Unearned financial aid funds must be returned to the programs from which the student received aid for the payment period in the following order, up to the net amount of the aid disbursed from each source: 1. The Unsubsidized Federal Direct Loan Program 2. The Subsidized Federal Direct Loan Program 3. The Federal Perkins Loan Program 4. Federal Direct PLUS Loan Program 5. The Federal Pell Grant Program 6. The Federal SEOG Program Financial Aid 40 Academic and student support services and programs are provided to enhance students’ acclimation to the University, foster professional growth and development, augment leader- ship skills, complement classroom instruction, promote wellness, and facilitate the attainment of students’ personal and career goals and aspirations. This is achieved through orientation programs, advisement, the services of the Center for Student Success (CSS), counseling and placement, student employment, health services, student governance, student activities and residence life programs. Many services and programs are academic in nature while others may be social, cultural, athletic or recreational. Orientation All newly matriculated students are required to come to campus a few days before the fall or spring semester begins for program planning, development of their class schedules, and par- ticipation in orientation. Some segments of the orientation program are designed to acquaint students with rules and regulations of the University, to explore the campus, and to meet fac- ulty, administrators, staff and fellow students, while others are designed to enhance students’ academic and social adjustment to college life. Attendance at all orientation programs and activities is mandatory. Advisement The University, throughout its teaching, advising, and other relationships with students, ex- presses its concern for students as individuals — not to do for them what they should do for themselves — but to help them assume responsible management of their own affairs. Because college-age adults must make many decisions of relevance to their future, students at the University of the Virgin Islands are given professional assistance in solving educational, vocational, social and personal problems. This service starts with the students’ applica- tions for admission and continues even beyond the period in which they are enrolled in the University. By the act of admitting students, the University is expressing its considered judg- ment that students can succeed in one of the programs of the University. During advisement and registration, students and their faculty advisors, with assistance from the CSS staff, may examine their goals and aspirations. Throughout the freshman year, students may explore emerging interests, using the resources of the counseling and placement office and the CSS staff to determine the career choices open to them. Such systematic investigation, together with any summer work or on-campus work-study experiences, should enable students to select satisfying careers in which they can succeed. It is not uncommon for students to encounter academic difficulties. At these times, students should first consult the instructor of the class in which difficulties are being experienced or their faculty advisor who maintains office hours for these and other purposes. Additionally, assistance in improving study and test-taking skills is provided through enrollment in the Freshman Development Seminar class, by CSS staff, and by the counseling and placement staff. Tutorial services are also available. In most cases, if students do not delay action, a means of overcoming their academic difficulties can be found. The essential point for the students to keep in mind is that they should take the initiative in taking full advantage of the academic and student support services and other advisory resources provided by the University. Student Support Services and Programs 41 The Center for Student Success (CSS) The University of the Virgin Islands Center for Student Success (CSS) exists to aid our stu- dents with attaining academic, personal and professional success at UVI and globally. Our mission is to foster a social and academic environment which stimulates all students to take full responsibility for their learning, persist towards graduation and work with faculty, staff, peers and the broader community to attain academic, personal and professional success. The Center for Student Success (CSS) provides a multi-faceted approach for students’ success in · Academic counseling and planning · Career services (referral) · Academic advising (freshmen to sophmores) · Success workshops · Tutorial services CSS is a co-curricular resource where students receive assistance with concerns that affect their academic and personal success. Help is available directly from the CSS staff or through a referral system that connects students with other campus resources and programs, as well as local agencies. CSS is an integral part of the freshman year experience where students are grouped into learning communities, enrolled in FDS 100: Freshman Development Seminar and freshman studies courses where they learn the academic tools, policies, practices and other skills needed to complete the Freshman-Year Program successfully. Students are further sup- ported in their academic efforts with services available from from the learning centers (writing centers, math centers), individual tutoring and supplemental instruction sessions. CSS as- sists students with registration, academic advising, planning and counseling. Students also receive assistance and gain knowledge by participating in the following programs that fall under the umbrella of the Center for Student Success – University Bound, Summer Bridge, and Honors Program. The University Bound program seeks to expose high school students to college experiences and academic skills. Summer Bridge focuses on assisting students through the transitional phase from high school graduation to college. The Honors Program assists college students to become scholars through enriched intellectual, leadership, and outreach experiences. CSS works collaboratively with the dean of students, participating in student orientation to the University and other programs. Ongoing collaboration is also maintained with the aca- demic colleges and schools to support the needs of students in their course work. CSS locations on both campuses maintain a computer lab where students have internet ac- cess, email and Blackboard. Lab monitors are available to assist students. The labs are also equipped with Math Excel software, an online mathematics tutorial program. Students can complete homework assignments, download a virtual instructor and take sample practice tests with this software. On St. Thomas, CSS is located in rooms 101 & 118 in the Classroom Administration Build- ing and is open weekdays. Opportunities for receiving learning assistance are available at extended hours and on weekends. The center is WiFi capable. Learning assistants help students in many subject areas, and their schedules are posted for students who want to make appointments. Walk-ins are also seen. Students can check current operating hours at the Learning Center in CAB 101 or call 693-1196 or 693-1583 for an appointment. On St. Croix, CSS is located in the Evans Center suite 715 and is open weekdays. Lab moni- tors are available to assist students. The Albert A. Sheen Campus has a separate Student Support Services and Programs 42 Writing Center and Math and Science Enrichment Center, both located in the modular build- ing on the left side of the road leading to the Great House. Learning assistants help students in many subject areas, and their schedules are posted for students who want to make appointments. Walk-ins are also seen. Students can check current operating hours at the Learning Center. Call 778-1620, ext. 4218, to reach the Writing Center; and 692-4224 for the Math and Science Enrichment Center. Call CSS main office to check the center hours at 692-4140. Counseling and Career Services Personal, academic and career counseling services are available for full-time and part-time students. As a community service, academic and career advisement are also made available to prospective students. The counseling and career services office is unique with respect to services offered. Services provided are specifically designed to facilitate the interpersonal, personal, social and cogni- tive development of the student outside of the classroom. To assist students with this process, the office sponsors a variety of programs and services including career counseling, on- and off-campus employment, graduate and professional school recruitment and advisement, career fairs, workshops on resume preparation, inter- viewing skills and job search techniques, credential and file services. There are also work- shops on values clarification, interpersonal relationship skills, conflict resolution, and much more. The Office of Counseling And Career Services also coordinates the National Student Ex- change Program and the Who’s Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges Program. A resource library provides a wealth of information on preparing for graduate study, career choices and other life skills processes. The Office of Counseling and Career Services, by federal mandate, is required to maintain a job bank which is used to facilitate employment searches for UVI graduates. For compli- ance purposes and to aid students in securing post-graduation employment, all prospective graduates must submit an up-to-date resume to the counseling and placement office prior to graduation. Student Employment Services Student employment services are available through the Counseling and Career Services of- fice on both campuses. Students seeking off-campus, as well as on-campus, employment, should contact the Office of Counseling and Career Services for further information. U.S. citizens and permanent residents who qualify for federal College Work-Study (CWS) as part of their financial aid package, and would like to work on-campus, should report to the Office of Counseling and Career Services. Student employment coordinators will assign work-study placements as soon as possible in the beginning of the first semester of student eligibility. To promote community service, some CWS placements are off-campus, usually in an educa- tional setting or non-profit agency. To qualify for CWS, students must be enrolled full time and meet the March 1 deadline date for submission of the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) each academic year. U.S. citizens, permanent residents, and international students on F-1 Visas, who do not qualify for CWS, may apply for on-campus employment through the Institutional Work-Study (IWS) program. Application under IWS, however, does not guarantee employment as placement is based on the availability of funds. International students on F-1 Visas are eligible to apply for IWS after the completion of one year of full-time study at the University. Many departments of the University also hire students for on-campus Student Support Services and Programs 43 employment. Student employment programs allow students to work, on average, between 12-15 hours per week. Health Services and Insurance The University Health Services Center provides first-aid, health counseling and instruction, re- ferrals to other community health facilities, and health education in the form of mini-courses, seminars, dissemination of literature and informal individual or group discussions. All enrolled students are required to have immunization documentation on file in the Health Services Cen- ter, and all full-time students are also required to have the physical examination and blood work required by the University. The campus nurse maintains regular office hours and is on call in case of emergencies. A licensed physician is available at the Health Services Center at regular intervals. Emergency care that cannot be handled on campus is referred to the local hospitals. All students are required to pay the health services fee; all students are required to pay an accidental insurance fee. The University does not offer a medical insurance plan and all students are encouraged to enroll in a medical insurance plan prior to admission. However, the University has made avail- able an accidental insurance plan for all full time undergraduate students. This fee is included in the student’s tuition. Graduate students are not covered under the accidental insurance plan. All on-campus summer residents are also required to pay a health services fee per visit to the UVI Health Services Center. Insurance claim forms are available from the Health Services Center located in Gordon House on the Orville E. Kean Campus and in the Great House on the Albert A. Sheen Campus. For more information please go online to http://www. uvi.edu or call (340) 693-1124. The student health form can be downloaded from the Health Services webpage at http://www.uvi.edu under “prospective students.” Drug and Alcohol Prevention/Education Program The main goal of the Drug and Alcohol Prevention/Education Program (DAPEP) is to develop programs that reach all segments of the University community in order to educate and help prevent drug and alcohol abuse. The DAPEP attempts to create a healthy, drug-free environ- ment in order to enhance learning, professional development, job performance and safety. In carrying out its mission, the DAPEP promotes healthier lifestyles for all members of the University community, sponsors on-going drug prevention and education programs, and provides referral services to community agencies for persons in need of further counseling or treatment (see the University’s Drug-free Work Place Policy in the Academic Information and Regulations section). Students with Disabilities Students with disabilities should contact the Office of Counseling and Career Services prior to registration and advisement. Counselors will be available to provide personal, career and academic counseling services. Additionally, counselors facilitate the coordination of services with other departments of the University in order to accommodate students’ special needs. No student will be discriminated against because of disability. To ensure this, grievance com- mittees in each academic college and school will include, in their area of concern, any griev- ances raised by the student that relate to academic programs and practices. Accommodations made for students with disabilities may include, but not be limited to, facili- tation of testing and registration processes, scheduling of back-to-back classes, scheduling of classes within the same building and other services as needed. Long-range academic program planning is essential in order for counseling staff to communicate course needs with the academic colleges and schools and personnel in charge of developing the schedule of classes. It is also recommended that students familiarize themselves with the services of the Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities (VIUCEDD), which Student Support Services and Programs 44 serves students and families of students with disabilities. For more information go to http://viucedd.uvi.edu, or on St. Thomas call 693-1322 and on St. Croix call 692-1919. Student Activities The Office of Student Activities assumes major responsibility for the implementation of social, recreational, cultural enrichment, and student leadership development programs as well as other co-curricular activities. It also serves as a facilitator for the development of clubs and organizations in response to student needs and interests. Because the University functions as a cultural center, many activities, lectures, musical performances and theatrical perfor- mances are open to the public as a means of drawing together the University community and the larger community. Student Governance and Leadership Student involvement and participation in the governance of the University of the Virgin Islands is provided through representation on the UVI Board of Trustees, the Student Government Association (SGA), membership of UVI Standing Committees, and membership on commit- tees representing the six academic divisions of the University. The office of Student Activities works closely with the SGA and other student leaders in planning their own programs. All full-time and part-time matriculated undergraduate students who have paid their SGA and student activities fees are eligible to vote and become members of the governing body of SGA. This body provides a channel for the expression of student opinions and representation of student concerns and interests Intercollegiate, Intramural and Club Sports The University maintains an active intercollegiate, intramural and club sports program that emphasizes student development and leadership through sports competition, physical fitness and the development of recreational skills which can be enjoyed after leaving the University. Intramural sports events are held between various components of the University community, including students, faculty, staff and alumni. Club teams compete in local amateur leagues and our intercollegiate program participates in the Liga Atlética Interuniversitaria (LAI league), based in Puerto Rico with 20 other universities and colleges. Invitational tournaments with teams from other universities in the Eastern Caribbean, Puerto Rico, Central America and, occasionally, the U.S. mainland are also a part of our collegiate program. Consequently, there is a diverse program of outdoor activities and individual and team sports at the University. Intercollegiate teams compete in basketball, swimming, track and field, cross country, dance, soccer and volleyball. Both campuses offer outdoor athletic and recreational facilities includ- ing volley/basketball courts, tennis courts, and grounds for track and field, softball, baseball, and soccer. With the sea at the edge of the campus, the Orville E. Kean Campus provides an ideal setting for water sports and also offers a small golf course for physical education classes and golf enthusiasts. The University is a member of the Caribbean Universities Sports Association (CUSA), the Liga Atlética Interuniversitaria (LAI league), an 82-year-old university league consisting of 20 U.S. accredited universities in Puerto Rico and the University of the Virgin Islands; the Organización Deportiva Universitaria Centroamericana y del Caribe (ODUCC); and is a cor- responding member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Student Support Services and Programs 45 Student Housing Residence hall living promotes the interaction of students from various places, ethnic back- grounds, and cultures. While most students living on campus come from the U.S. Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, the Eastern Caribbean and the continental United States, students from as far away as Africa, Asia and Europe have lived on campus. In addition to the benefits of experiencing cultural diversity and cross-cultural exchange, the University has adopted a co-ed visitation policy on both campuses. Campus residents will find academic resources and student support programs and services, including tutoring, the library, the Center for Student Success, computer labs, counseling and many others readily accessible. Resident assistants offer a variety of residence life programs designed to provide a compre- hensive living-learning environment. Only full-time students are eligible to live on campus. To maintain eligibility to reside on campus, students must comply with all rules and regulations of the University, adhere to the Student Housing Contract, and maintain full-time status (12 or more credits) at all times. The Albert A. Sheen Campus The Delta M. Jackson Dorsch Complex on the Albert A. Sheen Campus comprises 15 three-bedroom suites; on-campus living quarters for housing supervisor; a reception area; lounge; the Office of Student Housing and Residence Life; seminar/study rooms; and laundry facilities. The Student Center, adjacent to the residence hall, houses a cafetorium, snack bar, the Office of Student Government Association, a student activities lounge, the BUCS Fitness Center, student mailroom and the campus bookstore. The Orville E. Kean Campus Student housing on the Orville E. Kean Campus is comprised of five residence halls with a capacity of approximately 390 students. Residence halls South and East provide double occupancy bedrooms for females. East Hall also provides double occupancy bedrooms for males; North Residence Hall for males and Middle Residence Hall for females provide single bedroom occupancy. The West Hall provides air-conditioned accomodations for male and female students. Housing Procedures 1. Each student desiring on-campus housing is required to submit an application for student housing and a signed Student Housing Contract by the deadline date listed below. The application for student housing must be accompanied by a $100 room deposit (certified check or money order) made payable to the University of the Virgin Islands. The ap- plication and payment (no cash) must be submitted to the student housing office. New students should not submit an application for student housing until they have received an acceptance letter from the Office for Undergraduate Recruitment and Admissions. New students who do not register for the academic year in which they were admitted should not assume that original acceptance into the University meets the housing office’s require- ments for placement or that a room assignment is carried over into the next semester or the next year. Newly admitted students who do not register within the academic year of admission must formally submit an application for readmission to the University (see sec- tion entitled: Readmission to the University). 2. Applicants will be mailed a room assignment notice or will be notified in writing if space is unavailable. A room assignment will be made only after a student has been officially admit- ted to the University; has met the deadline for submission of the application for student housing; has signed the Student Housing Contract; and has paid the $100 room deposit fee. Student Support Services and Programs 46 3. The completed Application for Student Housing and Student Housing contract for room and board must be received by the student housing office by the dates below: For fall semester - not later than June 1 For spring semester - not later than November 15 4. The Student Housing Contract is binding for the academic year in which students are enrolled. 5. The Student Housing Contract and room assignment notice may be canceled and a refund of $100 (less a $5 administrative charge) will be made provided the student housing office is informed in writing at least 21 days prior to the opening date of the residence hall. No refund of the deposit will be made for cancellation after this date. 6. Students who have applied for housing but have not been assigned a room, may transfer their $100 reservation deposit to the next semester by indicating on the housing application their desire to be placed on the waiting list. Students who have not received official confir- mation of a room assignment should seek off-campus housing. 7. Off-island students who have applied for housing but have not received a room assignment and have not been able to secure off campus housing accommodations should call the housing office before arriving on campus. 8. The assigning of special students who are working on special projects with the University will be determined by availability of space. 9. Residence hall changes, room changes, length of stay: Students assigned to university hous- ing are required to abide by the terms of the Student Housing Contract and the Student Handbook. The housing office reserves the right to make residence hall and room changes for the benefit of all. Students residing on campus will be allowed to remain in on-campus housing until they graduate provided that they meet the minimum number of credits each semester for on campus housing, (12 credits), and have not been found in violation of the Student Code of Conduct. 10. Termination of Student Housing Contract: For all campus residents who drop to part-time status (less than 12 credits), withdraw, are suspended, dismissed, or otherwise cease studies at the University, the Student Housing Contract will be terminated and they must return keys to the housing office and vacate the premises within 24 hours. (This policy is currently under review and is subject to change pending approval.) 11. All campus residents, visitors and overnight guests are required to observe accepted stan- dards of social conduct at all times and to adhere to all rules and regulations governing the residence halls. Policies and procedures for visitors and fees for overnight guests are outlined in the Student Handbook. 12. Opening and closing of the residence halls: University housing facilities are not available for occupancy prior to the opening dates as posted by the housing office. Residence halls are closed at the conclusion of each semester. 13. Summer Housing: Summer housing is provided for matriculated UVI students who are enrolled for at least 6 credits during the summer session. Applications for housing for the summer session must be filed in the housing office by April 15 along with the Student Housing Contract and $100 room deposit. All deposits must be paid by check, credit card or money order. Student Support Services and Programs 47 Student Support Services and Programs Personal Property The University cannot be responsible for and does not insure student property at any time. If concerned, students should investigate individual or family property insurance which would provide adequate protection. Off-campus Housing The University does not assume the responsibility for placing students in off-campus accom- modations. The University assumes no control over off-campus rates. Food Services All students residing in campus housing are required to select a meal plan option for each semester, and must pay for each plan at the time they pay for their room: Plan A - $2,890: Seven (7) day meal plan with three (3) meals per day Monday through Satur- day and two (2) meals on Sunday; 20 meals weekly. Plan B - $2,025: Seven (7) day meal plan with two meals per day Monday through Sunday, 14 meals weekly. Fees are outlined in the costs section of the catalog. 48 Categories of Students The University of the Virgin Islands divides its students into two categories, matriculated and non-matriculated, according to the students’ goals and progress. The academic standards described later in this catalog apply to all students, regardless of category. Matriculated Student: A student who has been formally accepted into a degree program of the University and has subsequently registered for courses. A matriculated student must meet the criteria for admission to a degree program and must maintain academic standards as described in the chart specifying minimum cumulative grade point average per credits at- tempted in the section on Academic Standards. Non-Matriculated Student: A student who has not been accepted into a degree program but has been permitted to register for courses with the goal of pursuing a limited program of study or of achieving matriculation. A non-matriculated student must meet the standard for matriculation and must apply for matriculation in order to take more than 30 credits at the University. These students are restricted to 11.5 credits per semester. Re-matriculated Student Students who have been awarded one degree from the University and who wish to pursue a second degree must apply for re-matriculation. Such students must complete the catalog degree requirements in effect at the time of re-matriculation. Applications for re-matriculation should be sent to the Office for Undergraduate Recruitment and Admissions on the campus the student plans to attend with the accompanying re-matriculation fee. Readmission to the University Matriculated students (admitted applicants who enrolled and began attendance at the University) who are not in attendance during two or more consecutive semesters (exclud- ing summer session) must apply to be readmitted to the University. To seek readmission, students must submit the application for readmission and the non-refundable $15.00 (USD) readmission application fee to the Office of the Registrar, along with official final transcripts from all institutions attended subsequent to enrollment at the University of the Virgin Islands. The readmission application deadlines are August 1 for fall semester enrollment and December 1 for spring semester enrollment. A minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA is required to be granted readmission as a full-time student. Students who have a cumulative GPA below 2.0 are limited to only part-time study. Full-Time Student: A student carrying at least 12 credits, or the equivalent in non-credit reme- dial courses, each semester. Part-Time Student: A student carrying fewer than 12 credits each semester. Special Student: A non-matriculated student who has been admitted to courses on a full-time basis to undertake a special program of study. Student Classification by Class: The number of credits required for each class is as follows: 1 - Freshman 0 - 23.5 Academic Information and Regulations 49 2 - Sophomore 24 - 59.5 3 - Junior 60 - 89.5 4 - Senior 90 and above Freshman-Year Program The freshman-year curriculum offers a comprehensive program of educational experiences for first-year students. Designed to encourage intellectual growth and personal empower- ment, students participate in common learning experiences, inter-disciplinary study, and ca- reer planning activities while developing skills necessary for academic success. The program incorporates two semesters of full-time study consisting of basic skills and general education courses, academic advisement and academic support services. Basic Skills Courses The following basic skills courses are required only of students who demonstrate academic need in reading, writing or mathematics, based upon information from SAT/ACT scores, placement test scores and/or transcript evaluations: WAC 011/ENG 100 Writing Across the Curriculum* RCA 021/ENG 101 Reading in the Content Area* MAT 023 Introductory Algebra Concepts and Skills with Applications: Course A MAT 024 Introductory Algebra Concepts and Skills with Applications: Course B *Writing Across the Curriculum and Reading in the Content Area should be taken with their linked general education science (SCI 100) and/or social science (SSC 100) courses. Recognizing that students may need to enhance basic skills prior to pursuing degree-level work in one or more subjects, the University offers developmental-level courses, numbered 011 to 099, which are designed to help students strengthen their preparation for learning at the college level. Credit for such courses cannot be used to meet degree requirements. Placement in preparatory courses depends upon SAT/ACT performance, or by class ex- amination. A grade of “P” must be received in preparatory courses, indicating readiness for college level work. Developmental courses are offered fall, spring and summer semesters. 1. Full-time students are allowed a maximum of three semesters plus one summer from the date of entrance to complete all basic skills requirements. 2. Failure to earn a passing score for each basic skills course within this time frame will result in the student being placed on part-time status. 3. A student may petition the provost for an exception to this regulation. The student placed on part-time status due to failure to complete basic skills requirements within the allowed time may reapply for full-time status. 4. Full-time status can be reinstated if the student has maintained a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (“C”) for all courses taken at the University, and has success- fully completed the skills courses. General Education Courses All freshman studies courses must be completed by the time a student has amassed 24 credit hours at UVI. The three general education courses required by all students matriculat- ing at UVI with fewer than 24 degree-credit hours are: Academic Information and Regulations 50 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus Academic Advisement: Students are encouraged to establish a major of interest upon ma- triculation. Matriculated students are assigned a faculty advisor in their respective college or school of interest. Faculty advisors will recommend courses as needed in fulfillment of gen- eral education and degree requirements. Students should meet with their advisors regularly. Academic Support: A program of academic support is provided for all freshman students at UVI. These services are available through the offices of the Center for Student Success (CSS). Individual tutoring sessions, academic advisement, video-assisted learning, use of the CSS computer lab, support texts and other services are available free of charge to freshmen. Prerequisites, Credits, Grades and Quality Points Many courses require the fulfillment of prerequisites prior to enrollment. Prerequisites refer to courses, examinations, or other conditions students must meet and receive passing grades before registering for additional courses. In general, satisfactory completion of a prerequisite means that students receive a grade of at least “D” or “P.” However, all nursing courses and courses in majors for all colleges and schools require a minimum of “C” for passing. For program planning purposes, students should familiarize themselves with course prerequisites which are listed in the Course Description section of this catalog. When requirements for each course are completed satisfactorily, credit is assigned on the basis of a combination of time spent in class and time spent in study. One unit of credit is usually assigned for 50 minutes of class lecture-discussion plus two hours of study, or for three hours of laboratory activity, each week during a university term. The quality of performance in a course is indicated by a grade given at the close of each term. Grade points are granted on the basis of grades earned. The following grades may be assigned: Grade Standard Grade Points A Superior 4.00 A- Excellent 3.67 B+ Very High 3.33 B High 3.00 B- Good 2.67 C+ Above Average 2.33 C Average 2.00 C- Below Average 1.67 D+ Passing 1.33 D Low passing 1.00 F Failure 0.00 IW Instructor Withdrawal 0.00 W Withdrawn 0.00 WP Withdrawn passing 0.00 WF Withdrawn failing 0.00 AW Administrative Withdrawal 0.00 I Incomplete 0.00 AUD Audit 0.00 MGG Missing Grade 0.00 Academic Information and Regulations 51 In the skills courses, which carry non-degree credit and are numbered 001 to 099 in this catalog, the following evaluations are given: P indicates that the student is promoted to a credit course. NP indicates that the student must continue in the skills course. A failing grade in a course and/or a course that must be repeated does not count toward graduation. Also, many colleges do not honor “D” grades for transfer purposes. Auditors receive no grades, credits or quality points. Auditing a course requires regular at- tendance in class and completion of all required work except that which is graded. An audit will be entered upon a student’s transcript only if these requirements are fulfilled. In the event requirements are not fulfilled, a grade of “W” will be entered. Tuition and fees will be charged at the same rate as for credit. The deadline for a student to change from regular status to audit and vice-versa coincides with the deadline for student withdrawal from a course without prejudice to grade. A ma- triculated student may normally audit one course per semester without permission from the provost. A student planning to withdraw from a course should first refer to the section on Withdrawal. Administrative withdrawals may be approved by the provost due to illness or other serious documented circumstances. The University maintains a transcript record of all courses taken by each student. A grade report is provided to all students at the end of each semester and summer session. Copies of the complete transcript may be obtained upon written request to the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus and payment of the requisite fee. Incomplete: Grades of “I” are expected to be used only when, in the opinion of the instruc- tor, there is likelihood that the student can satisfactorily complete the missing work which will substantially influence the final grade. The grade of “I” must be removed by mid-term of the semester following the one in which the grade of “I” was earned. Failure to remove the grade of “I” by this time will result in a conversion of the “I” to an “F.” The instructor must file a “Change of Grade” slip with the final grade, at the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus. Change of Grade: Changes of grades other than incomplete are normally allowed for compu- tational errors only and must be approved by the dean. A request to change a grade after official grades have been deposited in the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus may be made by an instructor by filing a “Change of Grade” slip with the dean. Re- quests must be made by mid-term of the semester after the grade was submitted. Repetition of Courses: Undergraduate students may repeat credit courses for which grades of “C-,” “D+,” “D” or “F” were earned. If a student wishes to repeat a credit course for which he/ she earned a grade of “C” or better, the approval of the appropriate Dean is required before the course is repeated. In general, no course may be repeated more than once and no more than four courses may be repeated. Students who fail the EPE twice must register for ENG 051. ENG 051 shall be an exception to the policy that students are allowed to repeat a course only once. Only the highest grade earned will be used in computing the grade point average; all grades will be shown on the transcript. Any exception to this policy requires ap- proval by the provost. Quality Points: To compute the quality points earned in a course, multiply the number of credits of that course by the grade points earned. To compute the grade point average (GPA) Academic Information and Regulations 52 for a semester, divide the total quality points earned that semester by the number of credits attempted that semester. To compute the cumulative grade point average, divide the total qual- ity points earned at UVI by the number of credits attempted at UVI. Twice the number of quality points as registered credits (equivalent to a “C” grade average) is required for graduation. Reports on work of less than degree-standard (“C”) quality are issued to students at mid- term. Final grades are issued at the end of the term. Only final grades are recorded on the student’s permanent record. Banking Credits: Part-time students who do not wish to pursue studies toward a degree may enroll as non-matriculated students. Any credits earned will be “banked” until the students have been formally matriculated. Upon matriculation, any credits earned by the students, which are applicable to their degree program, will be counted. It is recommended that part-time students who intend to eventually matriculate receive ad- visement on course selection from the chair and/or faculty of the academic college or school in which they plan to pursue a degree. Individuals may be admitted formally as matriculated students to the University’s degree programs for part-time study if they meet admission requirements. Non-matriculated stu- dents may register for non-degree credit courses, or they may take credit courses to earn a maximum of thirty credits as part-time students before being required to matriculate. For admission procedures, see pages 18-24 of this catalog. Registration Procedures All students are required to register on the dates announced. A student is regularly registered for a course only when in registering, the student has con- formed to all applicable university regulations and requirements. Students not properly registered in a course may be deleted and will not receive credit for the course. All students registering for courses in the fall or spring semester shall submit their programs of study to their advisors for approval before officially registering in the courses. All prerequisites to courses listed in the catalog must be met by students prior to register- ing in those courses. Students must document that they have completed the prerequisites. Questions concerning prerequisites should be addressed to faculty advisors, or the Ac- cess and Enrollment Services Office on either campus prior to registration. Substitution of a program course requirement can be made only if approved by the provost. Students seeking such approval must make their request to the dean who will submit a written recommenda- tion to the provost for consideration. Changes of Registration: Students may adjust their schedules with or without penalty during the semester, depending on the timing of the change. The deadlines for the different actions are advertised in the academic calendar or the current semester’s Significant Dates docu- ment published by the Office of Access and Enrollment Services, and available from the reg- istrar’s link on the UVI Web site. The Change of Registration form is to be completed at the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus, in order to add, drop, withdraw from, or change a course from credit to audit, or vice versa. Students are allowed to add or drop individual courses without financial or academic penalty during the first week of classes. In order to effect an add/drop, a completed Change of Reg- Academic Information and Regulations 53 istration form (available at the registrar’s link on the UVI website) must be submitted to the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus, by the deadline indicated in the academic calendar. Change of Major: Students who wish to change their major must obtain a Request for Change/Addition of Program form from the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus. The form must be signed by the student, faculty advisors, and deans. The new major will become effective at the start of the following fall or spring semester. Withdrawal Withdrawal from Courses: Students may withdraw from a course without penalty up to about six weeks after the course begins. They must, however, secure a course withdrawal form from the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus and obtain the sig- natures of the instructor and advisor. This form, containing the proper signatures, must be returned to the Office of Access and Enrollment Services . The students will then receive a grade of W on their permanent record. The last date to receive WP or WF is specified on the academic calendar. WP means that the student is doing passing work at the time of withdrawal. WF means that the student is doing failing work at the time of withdrawal. A course not dropped by any other means will result in the student automatically receiving an “F” for the course. After mid-semester and in case of unusual circumstances, such as extended illness, the dean may give a student special permission for a late withdrawal. This is designated AW (administrative withdrawal). In situations where an administrative withdrawal from a class is necessary, students are required to apply for the withdrawal when it becomes evident that they cannot complete the course. Students are required to provide documentary evidence in support of requests for administrative withdrawal. Applications will not be accepted after the last day of instruction within that semester. The policy for withdrawing from courses which are given out of the normal academic calen- dar sequence is as follows: 1. The last day to withdraw from a course will be at the conclusion of 40 percent of the total instructional period, or at the end of three weeks for an eight-week course and two weeks for a six-week course. 2. The last day to withdraw from a course without special permission from the dean will be at the conclusion of 50 percent of the instructional period, or at the end of four weeks for an eight-week course and three weeks for a six-week course. 3. Students who withdraw between the end of the third or fourth weeks for an eight-week course, or between the end of the second and third weeks for a six-week course (or another analogous period for courses of duration other than six or eight weeks) will receive either a WP or WF. 4. Students seeking to withdraw after 50 percent of the instructional period can do so only by means of an administrative withdrawal (AW) which will be governed by the same policy as stated above. Withdrawal from the University: A student who withdraws from the University either during the term or between terms must initiate the process with a withdrawal form in the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus, and the completion of the process out- lined thereon. In addition, to protect her/his academic standing, the student must complete Academic Information and Regulations 54 specific course withdrawal procedures above. Failure to comply with these requirements may adversely affect the student’s grades and academic standing. A student not attending full-time for two consecutive semesters who desires readmission to full-time status at the University must apply to the Office for Undergraduate Recruitment and Admissions for con- sideration. Applications must be received by April 30 for the fall semester and by October 30 for the spring semester, with the appropriate readmission fee. Transcripts Official transcripts of academic records at the University of the Virgin Islands are issued only upon the authorization of the student. Requests for transcripts will not be filled until written authorization has been secured from the individual student. When these requests can be anticipated, the student should send authorization in advance, to avoid delay in the issuing of the transcript. The charge for each copy of a student’s transcript is $10.00. All checks and money orders should be made payable to the University of the Virgin Islands. Courses Taken at Other Institutions Matriculated students who expect to take courses at another institution (including UVI Online) for transfer to the University of the Virgin Islands must obtain a permit to attend another institution (including UVI Online) from the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus. The appropriate college or school must certify that the course will fulfill the University of the Virgin Islands degree requirements and the permit must be signed by the registrar on the Orville E. Kean Campus or the associate registrar on the Albert A. Sheen Campus before the student enrolls. Students are responsible for ensuring that an official transcript will be sent to the Office of Access and Enrollment Services after the completion of the off-campus course work. No credit will be evaluated until an official transcript has been received. FERPA The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) (20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 CFR Part 99) is a Federal law that protects the privacy of student education records. The disclosure or publication of student information is protected by FERPA and insures every student is af- forded certain rights with respect to his/her education records. Amongst these rights are: 1) the right to inspect and review the student’s education record; 2) the right to request the amendment of the education records that the student believes are inaccurate or misleading by writing the University official responsible for the record to clearly identify his/her concern for review; 3) the right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent. Schools may disclose, without consent, “directory” information, unless otherwise notified by students not to disclose information about them. Disclosure is permitted without consent to school officials with legitimate educational interests. Parents or legal guardians have access to students’ records only if the student is financially dependent on them, as defined by Internal Revenue Code and Tax statements. The University is required to establish guidelines for implementing FERPA and a list of records maintained by various university offices are available in the Access and Enrollment Services Office. For additional information about student privacy, filing complaints and right-to-know concerns, contact the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus. Academic Information and Regulations 55 Directory Information Directory Information will be treated as public information and generally will be available on all students and former students at the discretion of the University. Directory information may include the student’s name, address, official university e-mail address, date of birth, major field of study, height, weight, age, hometown, hobbies, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, general interest items of membership of athletic teams, dates of atten- dance, degree applied for or received, honors and awards received and previous educational institutions attended. Students, or parents of students who are under 18, may refuse to permit the release of any or all of the categories of directory information until the end of the spring semester by sub- mitting a written request to the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus within 10 days of the beginning of any academic semester during which the students are enrolled. Academic Standards The following dispositions are important for success in the academic programs of the Univer- sity: • A willingness to go beyond the minimum required in an assigned task, and dissatisfaction with superficial work. • Intellectual curiosity, integrity and responsibility. In university studies, students are expected to contribute as well as to receive, to cooperate fully with what is asked of them in courses, and to take an interested and active part. Instructors are expected to make clear the specific require- ments and expectations of their courses. • A critical spirit that recognizes the relationship among the different fields of knowledge and their relevance to the needs and problems of our time. Students are expected to maintain an academic record which will qualify them for gradua- tion. It is the responsibility of the students to complete all assigned work, to strive for the best performance of which they are capable, to meet graduation requirements, and in many other ways to take charge of their own academic welfare. Instructors, faculty advisors, the Univer- sity counselors, the registrar and the vice provost, are available for consultation and assis- tance, but this in no way diminishes the responsibility of students for familiarizing themselves with the contents of the University catalog, satisfying the requirements of the degree they are pursuing, and adhering to those rules and regulations which pertain to them. Most students are able to judge their own progress through periodic grades and reports from instructors. At the end of each semester, the vice provost for access and enrollment services will review the academic records of all students whose performance did not meet the estab- lished standards. Credit Load: A full load is considered to be from 12 to 16.5 credits. A load of 15.5 credits ordinarily is sufficient to complete the associate degree in two years and the baccalaureate degree in four. Any student proposing to take more than 16.5 credits must have the ap- proval of the faculty advisor and dean. In general, overloads are granted only to students with cumulative grade point averages of 3.00 or higher in accordance with the following guidelines for overload approvals. GPA: 3.00 - 3.49 3.50 - 3.74 3.75 - 4.00 FR up to 17.0 crs up to 17.5 crs up to 18.0 crs SO up to 18.0 up to 18.5 up to 19.0 JR up to 19.0 up to 19.5 up to 20.0 SR up to 20.0 up to 20.5 up to 21.0 Academic Information and Regulations 56 The Right of a Student to Appeal a Grade Assignment: If a student feels that a grade he or she has received was incorrectly calculated according to the standards set forth in the course syllabus, that it was assigned in an arbitrary, capricious, or unprofessional manner, or that it was unduly influenced by race, sex, age, personal animosity or other factor extraneous to the merit of the student’s performance, the student may appeal the decision of the instructor of record. Procedures for Appeal by a Student: 1. A student who wishes to question a grade should discuss the matter first with the instructor of record for the course, doing so as soon as possible after receiving the grade. 2. The instructor of record should be willing to listen, to provide explanation, in writing if so requested, and to be receptive to changing the grade if the student provides compelling arguments for doing so. 3. If, after discussion with the instructor of record, the student’s concern remains unresolved, the student may approach the instructor of record’s dean, and/or the member of the faculty who is the instructor of record’s immediate academic supervisor. The dean and the instructor of record’s immediate academic supervisor will jointly review the student’s case, and if they believe the student’s case has merit, shall discuss the case with the instructor of record and attempt to resolve the dispute. If the matter still remains unresolved, the dean shall refer it to the college or school grievance committee. 4. The college or school grievance committee shall examine any written information on the dispute, shall make itself available to meet with the student and the instructor of record, and will carry out any other activities it deems necessary to investigate the dispute. If the student declines or fails to meet with the college or school grievance committee within a reasonable time frame as determined by the committee, the case may be dismissed. If the committee determines that compelling reasons exist to change the grade, it will first request, in writing, that the instructor of record change the grade, providing the instructor with a written explanation of its findings. The college or school grievance committee, after considering the instructor of record’s explanation and upon concluding that it would be unjust to allow the original grade to stand, may request in writing that the provost order the registrar to change the grade over the objections of the instructor of record, providing copies of the request to both the student and the instructor of record. Only the provost, and only on the written recommendation of the college or school grievance committee, has the authority to change a grade over the objection of the instructor of record who assigned the original grade. Academic Grievance: There is, in each academic college and school, a grievance committee to which a student has recourse. The committee consists of a faculty member and a student. All grievances must be submitted in writing. The student has the right to appeal the decisions of the grievance committee, to the dean and through him/her, to the provost. Academic Probation, Suspension, Dismissal Students are expected to remain in good academic standing. For those who do not, there is a three-step procedure which may lead to dismissal from the University if the student’s academic performance does not improve. All full-time and part-time enrolled students are subject to these standards and procedures. Once a student has attempted 12 degree cred- its, these procedures become applicable. Academic Probation: Academic probation is essentially a warning to the student to show scholastic improvement in order to remain at the University. A student on probation status is not considered in “good standing” at the University and eligibility to continue under scholar- ship or other financial aid programs, to participate in extracurricular activities, or to run for certain offices may be affected. A student placed on academic probation will be limited to Academic Information and Regulations 57 taking 12.5 hours of course work and will remain on probation until the cumulative GPA equals or exceeds the standards set forth in the chart below. A student who does not achieve the minimum cumulative grade point average for the corre- sponding number of degree credits attempted is placed on academic probation. Also, a stu- dent is placed on academic probation for failing to achieve a semester grade point average corresponding to the cumulative grade point average required for degree credits attempted, as set forth in the chart below. A student placed on academic probation will be limited to taking 12.5 credits. If a student achieves a semester GPA of at least 2.0 but the cumulative GPA remains below the standard, the student will remain on probation. Minimum GPA needed to avoid Academic Probation by Number of Credits Attempted Degree Credits Attempted 1-29 30-44 45 and above Minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average 1.70 1.80 2.00 Academic colleges and schools may set higher standards for courses related to majors. Academic Suspensions: A student on academic probation will be suspended if, at the end of the probation semester, the cumulative GPA is below the standard in the above chart and the most recent semester’s GPA is less than 2.0. A student on suspension may take no more than two courses and up to 7 credits hours during one semester with the intention of improv- ing his/her grade point average. The names of students on suspension within a school or college must be forwarded to the student’s faculty advisor and to the dean of that academic unit during the first four weeks of the fall and spring semesters each year. Each school or college will impanel an academic suspension committee of at least three full-time faculty members who will review an academic plan for progression and success prepared by the student and presented in person before the committee. The academic plan will be prepared by the student during the semester in which suspension status commences. The student’s faculty advisor must indicate approval by signing the plan. During that semester, the student may register for no more than 7 credits hours but cannot continue beyond that semester without appearing before the committee with an acceptable academic plan. Students who fail to appear before the committee will not be permitted to register for courses for the sub- sequent semester until this obligation is fulfilled. In response to the academic plan prepared and presented in person by the student, a determination will be made by the committee. The decision made by the committee will be either a) the student will be allowed to register for the subsequent term and be monitored as determined by the committee; or b) the student will be academically suspended. The committee may also allow the student to register for more than 7 credit hours if deemed appropriate. A copy of the committee’s decision will be sent to the student, the student’s faculty advisor, the dean, and the registrar’s office. Academic Dismissal: A student who has appeared before the academic suspension committee must maintain a grade point average of 2.0 for the semester of reinstatement and all subsequent semesters of study. Failure to do so will result in academic dismissal. A student who appeals this status must reappear before the academic suspension committee which will review the academic history of the student, prevailing circumstances and justification for appeal presented in person and in writing by the dismissed student. The committee shall then determine, a) that the status of academic dismissal stands; or b) that the dismissed student will receive a one-semester reprieve to attempt a 2.0 GPA. If the dismissed student fails to achieve this academic benchmark for the semester of reinstatement or any subsequent semester, academic dismissal will be immediate and final. Student Conduct (Disciplinary Warning, Probation, Suspension and Dismissal): The Student Handbook includes a statement adopted by the Board of Trustees of the University entitled “Rules and Regulations for the Maintenance of Public Order at the University of the Virgin Academic Information and Regulations 58 Islands” and a statement entitled “Channels of Communication Available to Students at the University of the Virgin Islands for the Consideration of Problems, Proposals and Grievances.” Disciplinary actions which may be used in response to violations of the University’s standards of conduct include: disciplinary warning, disciplinary probation, suspension or disciplinary dismissal. Disciplinary warning is issued when behavior is unacceptable or when repetition will most likely result in more serious action. The student is officially warned that further unac- ceptable behavior could result in more serious action. Disciplinary probation is a warning that a student’s conduct must be improved over a stated period if the student wishes to remain at the University. It means that the student is not considered in “good standing” at the University with resulting restrictions as described for academic probation. Suspension is a disciplinary action which results in the separation of the student from the University, normally for a stated period of time. Disciplinary dismissal normally means permanent separation from the University and is used only in the most serious cases of misconduct. No student who is suspended from the University or who is dismissed for disci- plinary reasons for student misconduct may register for any courses at the University. In addition to the above, and with reference to student misconduct as well as failure to main- tain academic standards, the University of the Virgin Islands assumes that a student who cannot handle important responsibilities in any part of the University program will consider voluntary withdrawal. Following due process procedure, the University may suspend or dis- miss students, at any time, when their academic standing, conduct, financial responsibility, or any combination of these, is not in compliance with standards set forth by the University catalog and the student handbook. It is the responsibility of every new student to obtain a student handbook upon admittance to the University. Each student is responsible for compliance with the rules and regulations contained therein. The student handbook can be obtained from the dean of students on either campus. Academic Renewal Policy Academic renewal is to allow degree seeking undergraduate students at the University of the Virgin Islands who have experienced severe academic difficulty (those who are no longer in good academic standing) to have one more opportunity to make a fresh start after an absence of three or more consecutive calendar years. This policy is primarily for undergraduate students who have acquired maturity, through ex- tended experience, outside course enrollment in higher education institutions. All previously attempted course work will continue to be recorded on the official transcript. Students who qualify for academic renewal must: • Not have enrolled for credit in any courses offered by academic/postsecondary institutions (accredited by one of the organization recognized by Council on Postsecondary Education Association) for at least three years after the enrollment period at UVI subject to academic renewal; • Be undergraduates who have not been awarded an associate or bachelor’s degree; and • Request academic renewal status within two academic semesters of re-enrollment or within one calendar year, whichever comes first. Academic Renewal Procedures and Implementation Issues: A student requesting academic renewal must submit a written request to the provost’s office within the required period as directed by the policy. Academic Information and Regulations 59 Academic credit for previously completed course work, including transfer course work, will be retained only for courses in which a grade above a C or P has been earned. Retained grades are not calculated in the academic renewal GPA. The course credit hours will count in the academic renewal hours earned. Course work and grades earned prior to a three-year (or longer) separation period will remain on the transcript. All courses will be considered for the determination of financial aid and/or veterans’ benefits. Past scholastic suspensions shall remain recorded on permanent records. In consideration of any course work completed after the period of separation, only the Uni- versity of the Virgin Islands’ course work and subsequent transfer work will be used in the calculation of the overall GPA. This GPA (overall GPA) will be used for admission to programs/ majors requiring a minimum grade point average. The academic renewal GPA will be used for determining academic standing and eligibility for graduation. All courses will be considered for the determination of financial aid and/or veterans’ benefits. Students who transfer from the University of the Virgin Islands should recognize that the receiving institution is under no obligation to acknowledge the adjusted GPA. The receiving institution is expected to recognize only the cumulative GPA. Academic renewal is approved only once during the student’s enrollment. Once academic renewal is requested and approved, it cannot be reversed. Any exceptions or appeals to this policy should be directed to the provost’s office. Any student with a past outstanding balance will not be considered until his/her obligation is satisfied. Drug-Free Workplace Policy: It is the policy of the University of the Virgin Islands that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensation, possession or use of a controlled or illegal substance is prohibited in and on the University of the Virgin Islands’ owned or controlled property. Additionally, the misuse or abuse of legal drugs, including alcohol, is prohibited. Any university employee or student determined to have violated this policy shall be subject to disciplinary action for misconduct, which action may include termination or expulsion. No employee or student is to report to work or class while under the influence of illegal drugs or influenced by the abuse of legal drugs. Violation of these policies by any employee or student will be reason for evaluation or treatment for a drug use disorder or for disciplinary action up to and including termination or expulsion in accordance with University policies and proce- dures. In order to comply with the federal law, the University requires that an employee or student notify the University of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace or classroom no later than five days after such conviction. The University must notify any federal contracting agency within ten days of having received notice that an em- ployee or student engaged in the performance of such contract or grant has had a criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace or classroom. The Univer- sity will discipline any employee or student who is so convicted or require the employee’s or student’s satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program in accordance with university policies and procedures. Sexual Harassment: Sexual harassment is a form of sex discrimination and is prohibited by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and Title IX of the Education Amend- ments of 1972. Academic Information and Regulations 60 University students and employees have the right to enjoy a workplace free from all forms of harassment, including sexual harassment. Sexual harassment in the workplace is unaccept- able and will not be tolerated in any form. Accordingly, the University is committed to uncompromised integrity and to doing all within its power to ensure a working environment that is inclusive and respectful of diversity and which promotes intellectual growth and development, and support the academic pursuits of faculty, students and staff. It is critically important that the University creates a safe and supportive environment for all students, employees and visitors. The University is strongly opposed to sexual harassment and will take whatever action is necessary to prevent, correct, and, if necessary, discipline behavior that violates its Sexual Harassment Policy. Sexual harassment includes unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal, visual or physical conduct of a sexual nature, made by someone from or in the work or educational setting. Students who believe that they have been sexually harassed in violation of the University’s Sexual Harassment Policy should notify the dean of students or the Title IX Coordinator on the Orville E. Kean Campus or the dean of students or the Title IX coordinator on the Albert A. Sheen Campus. Academic Integrity: Philosophy: Among the purposes of colleges and universities are scholarly and personal growth for all members of the academic community and open communica- tion among members of this community. Such growth requires an atmosphere of honesty and trust. It is for this reason that the University of the Virgin Islands strives to maintain an environment of mutual trust among its students and faculty and will not tolerate academic dishonesty. Definitions: Academic dishonesty includes, but is not limited to, the following examples of offenses, committed or attempted: Collaboration allowing another student to see an examination paper. Copying obtaining information by looking at the answers on another student’s paper or in any source that has not been specifically approved for that purpose by the instructor. Cribbing taking and/or using material, which has not been specifically approved, into an examination or using books, notes or other resources during an examina- tion without the instructor’s specific approval. Plagiarism presenting, either intentionally or unintentionally, the ideas, works, words or artistry of another as one’s own without appropriate acknowledgment of the source. Note that this includes sources on the Internet (World Wide Web, e-mail, etc.) Sabotage destroying the work of another student, such as laboratory experiments or computer programs. Substitution taking an examination or writing a paper for someone else or inducing an- other person to perform such acts. Theft stealing an examination. Penalties: For a first offense, the penalty levied will be at the discretion of the professor and can include, for example, the options of: Academic Information and Regulations 61 1) Giving a student a zero on the assignment or portion of the assignment in which the event occurred. 2) Giving the student a reduced grade for the assignment and requiring the student to redo the work correctly. 3) Giving the student an “F” in the course. If the infraction occurs after midterm, and if the student decides to appeal, an Incomplete (“I”) will be recorded and subsequently changed to an “F” if the appeal is denied. For a second offense, the penalty will be a grade of “F” in a credit course, or an “NP” in a skills course. If the infraction occurs after midterm, and if the student decides to appeal, an Incomplete (“I”) will be recorded and subsequently changed to an “F” if the appeal is denied. For any third offense reported to the Office of the Provost, the penalty will be a grade of “F” in the course and suspension from the University for an academic year. The Office of the Provost will notify the registrar of the suspension. The penalty for a fourth offense will be dismissal from the University. The Office of the Provost will notify the registrar of the dismissal, which will then be noted on the student’s academic record. No credit will be granted for non-course exercises such as the English Proficiency Exami- nation, CLEP tests, etc. The Office of the Provost will be notified when such examples of academic dishonesty have occurred. Procedures: In cases of suspected academic dishonesty, the faculty member making the charge will meet privately with the student suspected of the action to discuss the charge within 10 business days of the detection of the incident and provide the student with any supportive information pertinent to the charge. Within five business days, the faculty member shall decide if disciplinary action is to be taken and, if so, shall notify the student, the appro- priate dean and the Office of the Provost, in writing of: 1. The name of the student. 2. The course or activity where the infraction is alleged to have occurred. 3. The date and time of the alleged infraction. 4. The circumstances of the stated infraction with supportive information. 5. The action taken against the student. Penalties for repeated offenses will be dealt with by the provost. Once the instructor decides to bring charges against the student, the dean will have five days to give the student notice in writing of the charge(s) and of his/her opportunity to be heard. In this case, notice will be defined as a registered returned receipt mailing with the United States Postal Service addressed to the student at the address the student has identified as his or her home address. It is the student’s responsibility to maintain a current address with the Office of Access and Enrollment Services. In each stage of this process where there is an allowable time period for an action to occur, if the academic semester comes to an end before the allotted time frame has been met, the count will stop on the last day of the semester in question and resume on the first day of the subsequent semester. Within 10 business days of the meeting with the instructor, the student may appeal, in writ- ing, to the appropriate college or school Grievance Committee—composed of two students appointed by the campus Student Government Association president, one professional staff appointed by the Staff Council chair, and two faculty appointed by the college or school Academic Information and Regulations 62 dean—which will hold a hearing within 10 business days of receiving the student’s written appeal. The instructor making the charge of academic dishonesty and the student will be present at the hearing. The committee will make its recommendations to the provost within 10 business days of the hearing. The provost’s decision will be final. Students who are involved in an academic integrity grievance process will receive a grade of “Incomplete” until they have completed all steps in the grievance process they choose to pursue. English Proficiency Examination Requirement The purpose of the English Proficiency requirement is to ensure that all UVI graduates have demonstrated a required level of proficiency in using English as an effective means of written communication. Students must satisfy the English Proficiency Examination (EPE) requirement before graduat- ing from the University of the Virgin Islands (with the exception of persons who are holders of a bachelor’s degree or higher). The successful completion of the requirement applies to all matriculated students in the associate of arts, associate of science, bachelor of arts, bach- elor of business administration and bachelor of science programs. All students must take the EPE upon successful completion of ENG 201 or its equivalent. If a student is not required to take ENG 201 or its equivalent, he/she must consult with his/her advisor, who will submit written notification of approval to the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus. Students should satisfy the EPE requirement no later than their junior year in order to avoid a delay in graduation. It is ultimately the student’s responsibility to begin the process of satisfy- ing this requirement in adequate time to do so before his/her projected graduation date. Students may meet this requirement in one of two alternate ways. They may opt to either: • Take and pass the English Proficiency Examination or • Successfully complete English 051, Functional Writing, a course designed to meet English proficiency goals and objectives Students who opt to take the examination alternative, and who fail the EPE twice, must reg- ister for ENG 051 the semester following the examination, and each semester following until they have passed ENG 051. ENG 051 shall be an exception to the policy that students are allowed to repeat a course only once. The English Proficiency Examination is administered on both campuses in November and in April of each academic year, and again during the summer session. Dates can be obtained from the registrar’s office. Computer Literacy Requirement The University believes that all students must be familiar with computer concepts and the use of computers in order to work effectively in today’s high-technology world. Therefore, all matriculating students must fulfill the computer literacy requirement during the freshman year. Transfer students may complete up to 24 credit hours before fulfilling the computer literacy requirement. Students who have a bachelor degree or higher are exempt from the com- puter literacy requirement. All other exceptions to this requirement must be approved by the School of Business dean. Academic Information and Regulations 63 To fulfill the computer literacy requirement, students must pass the Computer Literacy Exami- nation, which is administered on both the Albert A. Sheen Campus and the Orville E. Kean Campus. Incoming students will take the examination as part of their orientation schedule. All other students should contact the School of Business to obtain additional dates and register for the examination. Students may choose to enroll in CSC 111 or CIS 021 to prepare for the examination; however, enrollment in these courses is not required to take the examination and completion of these courses does not fulfill the computer literacy requirement. Students to whom this requirement applies and who fail to meet the requirement must register in CIS 051 concurrently with their required courses. CIS 051 includes preparation for and the administration of the Computer Literacy Examination. Students who fail to pass CIS 051 must continue to register in the course every semester until they successfully pass the Computer Literacy Examination. Only the successful passing of the Computer Literacy Examination will fulfill the computer literacy requirement. Awards and Honors Dean’s List: Superior student achievement is recognized in a number of ways during each academic year. The vice provost for Access and Enrollment Services issues a Dean’s List composed of full-time students who were registered for at least 12 degree credits, main- tained a semester grade point average of 3.20 or higher for the previous semester, and earned no grade lower than C. Such students will be appropriately recognized at the annual Dean’s List awards ceremony. Students who receive awards and honors are also recognized at the annual Student Academic Awards Ceremony held in April of each year. The University of the Virgin Islands is a chapter member of Golden Key International Honour Society. Full-time and part-time matriculated students who have earned at least 60 credits at UVI and a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.30 may be invited to join. Full-time and part-time students receiving a baccalaureate degree who have earned at least 60 credits at the University are eligible for commencement honors. For the purpose of com- puting averages for honors, only grades earned at UVI will be considered. Honors are based on the following cumulative grade point averages: Cum Laude, 3.25 to 3.49; Magna Cum Laude, 3.50 to 3.74; Summa Cum Laude, 3.75 to 4.00. The academic colleges and schools and the Albert A. Sheen Campus of the University may award annually a Trustee Graduate Fellowship/Loan which seeks to highlight academic achievement, encourage post-graduate study, honor outstanding students and help increase the number of highly trained University of the Virgin Islands alumni. Each recipient receives $1,000, with half of that amount to be returned to the University when the student is no longer in graduate school. To be eligible for the Trustee Graduate Fellowship/Loan, a student must normally be a graduating senior who has been accepted into a graduate school for a master’s or doc- toral program and who has earned at least 60 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. Students are eligible to receive the fellowship/loan only in the college or school which advised them while at the University. The following criteria will be used in selecting recipients of the Trustee Graduate Fellowship/ Loan: cumulative grade point average, potential for scholarly or professional achievement, full-time attendance in a graduate program, financial need and the likelihood of return to the U.S. Virgin Islands. Academic Information and Regulations 64 A number of awards are made on both campuses at annual Awards Day ceremonies. Infor- mation on these awards is available from the Office of the Provost. The Honors Program Mission: The UVI Honors Program seeks to produce exceptional scholars and citizens by providing participants with enriched intellectual, leadership and outreach experiences de- signed to cultivate thoughtful, deliberative, articulate, ethically grounded, globally connected and actively contributing members of society. Admission: Students will be admitted to the Honors Program by invitation only. Upon admis- sion to the University, those students whose previous academic record, GPA (above 3.30), or who have sufficiently high SAT/ACT scores will receive an invitation. Students may also be admitted to the Honors Program after completion of up to two years of university-level course work at UVI or other institutions. Students applying for such late admission to the program must have a GPA of 3.30 or its equivalent in their university level courses and must still complete all program requirements. Program Requirements: In order to remain in the program and graduate with Honors, student participants must: • Attend Honors Program student forums. • Maintain a GPA of 3.30. • Accept a leadership role in ensuring adherence to the UVI Student Code of Conduct and demonstrate their personal adherence to that code. • Receive a grade of B or better in each of five required honors courses: HON 101 (or ENG 191 which substitutes for ENG 120 in the General Education requirements) HON 201 (or ENG 192 which substitutes for ENG 201 in the General Education requirements) HON 301 substitutes for any PHI course as a general education requirement. HON 401 and 402 (or Honors by Contract program specific capstone experience) • Complete and report on a structured educational experience, planning for which must be developed with their Honors advisor/mentor and approved by Director of Honors Program or his/her designee in collaboration with Honors Council by the end of their junior year. • Complete and report on a professional outreach experience, planning for which must be developed with their Honors advisor/mentor and approved Director of Honors Program or his/her designee in collaboration with Honors Council by the end of their junior year. • Complete and satisfactorily defend a thesis or project in their senior year via Honors by Contract, a program-specific capstone experience. Honors by Contract: Each school or college may create a program specific capstone experi- ence. At the suggestion of a student or faculty member, a course may be developed to replace HON 401/402. These program specific capstone experiences are to include XXX 495 Directed Independent Study or YYY 496 Internship/Field Studies or Practicum or ZZZ 499 In- dependent Study in the satisfaction of HON401 or HON 402, where XXX would include BIO, CHE, CSC, MBI and PHY; YYY would include BIO, CHE, CSC, ECO, MBI, MAT, PHY, POL and PSY; and ZZZ would include BUS, COM, EDU, ENG, MAT, SSC, SPA and THE. Honors by Contract courses are expected to have the same rigor and requirements as HON 401/402. The advantage to the student is that the project will be discipline specific. Honors students may be granted probationary status for only one semester by the Director of Honors Program or his/her designee in collaboration with Honors Council if their overall grade point average falls below 3.30. Academic Information and Regulations 65 Academic Information and Regulations Recognition: Participation in the Honors Program and successful completion of its require- ments will be included in student transcripts and acknowledged on degrees. Multiple Majors and Second Degrees The University of the Virgin Islands grants the following undergraduate degrees: B.A., B.B.A., B.F.A., B.S., B.S.N., A.A., A.S., and A.A.S. The preceding undergraduate degrees are the available options for a second degree. A major is a discipline within a given degree (e.g. busi- ness administration or education within the B.A. degree). Multiple Majors: Students may pursue up to three majors within the same degree. Students seeking to pursue more than three majors must receive the approval of the provost. The pro- spective student must apply through the Office of Enrollment Management, register the inten- tion of pursuing an additional major(s) and fulfill all the requirement of the additional major(s). The pursuit of a second or third major in the same degree area will not result in the conferring of a second or third degree. The completion of the coursework for the additional major(s) will be noted on the student’s official transcript. Second Degree: Students may pursue two different degrees concurrently. However, UVI will not award a second degree in the same major. Courses from one degree may be used to satisfy requirements of the other degree; however, a minimum of 30 additional credits must be completed in order for both degrees to be awarded. All college/school and university requirements for the two degrees must be satisfied. There will be one transcript with both degree areas recorded. Any student who has previously earned a degree from a regionally accredited institution (including UVI) may pursue a second degree. Transfer credits that have not expired (see policy on Expiration of Credits) from other institutions and prior credits from UVI may be used to satisfy requirements for the second degree; however, a minimum of 30 resident credits must be accumulated beyond the number of credits completed at the time the first degree was awarded. All college or school and university requirements for the two degrees must be satisfied. All courses completed will be recorded on a separate transcript. Students seek- ing a second degree must apply for admission through the Office of Access and Enrollment Services on either campus. UVI will not concurrently or subsequently award an associate degree to a student who holds a baccalaureate degree in the same discipline. A student may, however, be awarded an as- sociate degree in a discipline and subsequently receive a baccalaureate degree in the same major. 66 UVI Schools or Colleges may offer certificate programs within a particular discipline or multi- disciplinary series of courses that result in the student acquiring knowledge in an additional area beyond their major or minor. These programs consist of degree credit courses that together comprise a body of knowledge. Depending upon the prerequisites for certificate courses, these programs may be a gateway for non-matriculated students to begin their ter- tiary academic studies. The certificate programs range from nine-fifteen credits, have stated learning outcomes and are periodically assessed. Successful completion of the certificate programs will be noted on the student’s transcript. Below is a list of the current certificate programs. Broadcast Communication The Broadcast Communication program consists of a series of methods courses which pro- vide students with the body of professional knowledge and skills that prepare them to work effectively with broadcast media both as on-air talent and as station operators. The certificate is specifically for students who wish to enter the broadcasting profession with sufficient back- ground and training to succeed in the business. It is also for students who are studying other majors who wish to perfect their skills in presenting their ideas in public. Entrepreneurship Regardless of whether you aspire to launch a new business or be an innovator in an existing firm you will need the mindset and skillset of an entrepreneur. The entrepreneurship certificate program provides you with the opportunity to develop the entrepreneurial skills you need by allowing you to select a sequence of courses that aligns with your career ambitions. To earn the certificate you will need to complete a total of nine credit hours (excluding any prerequi- sites). Depending on the courses you select, you will never need more than 12 credit hours to complete the entrepreneurship certificate program. Inclusive Early Childhood Education (IECE) The unique nature of working with young children implies that professionals develop the skills necessary for working with and collaborating effectively with families and other profes- sionals. Additionally, the fact that not all children develop at the same rate and children with developmental delays and disabilities are included in typical early childhood classes requires that anyone who works with young children have an understanding of an even wider range of development and learning. As a result, this certificate program was created to give par- ticipants a basic knowledge, understanding and skills to develop environments and learn- ing experiences that support the physical, social, cognitive and emotional development of infants, toddlers, preschoolers and primary aged children. At the completion of this certificate program, candidates will be able to: • Identify the theoretical and philosophical approaches to early childhood education within the context of children’s diverse cognitive, linguistic, physical, social, emotional, and cultural needs. • Implement a learning environment that supports all aspects of the well-being of all chil- dren including those with special needs and diverse backgrounds. • Demonstrate an ability to plan and implement developmentally appropriate activities which enhance and integrate physical, cognitive, communication, and social/emotional development for all children ages birth through eight with diversified abilities. • Define collaborative strategies that help in establishing and maintaining relationships with families and the community to support children’s growth and development. • Demonstrate effective use of a variety of teaching materials and methodologies, and to incorporate the use of a variety of technologies into their instructional repertoires. Certificate Programs 67 Certificate Programs • Define collaborative strategies that help in establishing and maintaining relationships with families and the community to support children’s growth and development. Music Industry The Music Industry Certificate Program is a program designed to provide interested parties with training that will enable them to become successful entrepreneurs in the music business as audio engineers or music business entrepreneurs. The successful music industry certifi- cate student will have acquired the ability to create and maintain a successful music busi- ness, through the study of key music marketing principles and practices; patent, copyright, and trade law secrets which include patent protection for software and business methods. Students of the audio engineering track will be exposed to industry standards for digital audio recording methods, mixing equalization, and dynamic processing that includes acoustics for both studio and live sound installations. Students will learn how to record and mix audio and audio-visual productions, and how to produce distributable multi-channel surround sound products through mastering, mixing, and encoding. The Music Industry Certificate Program provides interested students with the opportunity to become proficient through one of two (2) distinct music Industry study tracks: audio engi- neering or music business. The Music Industry Certificate Program will require twelve (12) credit hours of instruction (including the necessary prerequisite course MUS 110). Program participants will take the required MUS 110 Business of Music course followed by any three (3) courses in one of the two (2) tracks outlined within the certificate program. Professional Spanish Certificate Designed for students who wish to work in sectors such as the medical field, law enforce- ment, first responders, hospitality and local businesses. Professionals within these com- munities repeatedly highlight the need for employees who are able to communicate with the Spanish-speaking population, either tourists coming to this area for recreational purposes or the Spanish-speakers who live in the U.S. Virgin Islands on a permanent basis. This program will assist students in acquiring the second language and intercultural skills needed to work with these populations, and to better meet the needs of their future employers. Psychology with concentration in Human Development Promotes a greater understanding of human developmental psychology. It may be especially useful to those who provide services to people and organizations across a wide spectrum of developmental levels from preschool to elderly populations. Secondary Teaching This certificate program consists of a series of methods courses which provide practic- ing teachers and other school professionals with the body of professional and pedagogical knowledge, skills, and dispositions that prepare them to work more effectively with learners in secondary classrooms. Additionally, this program provides training in materials development, assessment and evaluation and cross-cultural communication. The program requires participa- tion in field experiences and clinical practice under the supervision of the school’s administra- tion and university supervisor. Enrollment in individual courses is open to anyone who meets the stated prerequisite for each course. However, the certificate program is designed for in-service teachers holding at least a baccalaureate degree or equivalent from an accredited institution. Students at the University majoring in other content areas such as mathematics, science, social sciences, and English who aspire to one day become secondary classroom teachers may complete course work with the exception of the clinical course which can only be taken on the job in a secondary class- room. 68 Teaching English as a Second Language (TESL) This certificate program consists of a series of methods courses which provide students with the body of professional and pedagogical knowledge, skills, and dispositions that prepare them to work effectively with learners in elementary and secondary classrooms, whose first language is not English. Additionally, this course provides training in materials development, assessment and evaluation and cross cultural communication. Enrollment in individual courses is open to anyone who meets the stated prerequisites. How- ever, the certificate program is open only to a) seniors at the University of the Virgin Islands with a GPA of 2.33 or higher completing a teacher preparation program or b) in-service teachers holding at least a baccalaureate degree or equivalent from an accredited institution. More details about the above certificate programs are available on the UVI website. Certificate Programs 69 All students, regardless of their degree program and major field of study, must complete certain general education requirements. These do not include any requisite courses of skills remediation or freshman studies courses. The University of the Virgin Islands’ general education curriculum has been reformed and revitalized recently and is subject to continual refinement. The general education curriculum is intended to prepare students for today’s competitive world as well as for productive and ful- filling lives and responsible citizenship. Students completing these requirements are expected to have gained the following: • Knowledge of the history, geography, and demographic characteristics of the U.S. Virgin Islands, the Caribbean, the United States, and the world. • Knowledge of natural phenomena and of the earth in its place in the universe as well as an appreciation of scientific inquiry. • Highly developed communication skills. • Quantitative and computing skills. • Personal health and wellness skills. • Critical thinking, logic, and moral reasoning skills. • Self-awareness, interpersonal, leadership, and team skills. • Second language skills, multi-cultural and inter-cultural skills, and an understanding of aesthetic expression in literature and art. • Information management and research skills. General education requirements vary with degree programs but have the following categories in common: A. General Education Courses. These are specified for each degree program and include courses in: Humanities Mathematics Natural sciences Social sciences Physical education, fitness and wellness. The following exams are general education requirements: B. The English Proficiency Examination (EPE) — Please review its entry prerequisites on page 62. C. The Computer Literacy Examination (CLE) — Please review its entry prerequisites on page 62. The University reserves the right to change its course offerings and rules and regulations at any time. General Education Requirements 70 To qualify for an Associate of Arts degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 62 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The general education requirements for graduation in the Associate of Arts degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet general education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 15 COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 Additional humanities electives 6 Courses fulfilling the humanities electives include: humanities, communication, English, French, Spanish, music, theatre, philosophy, art. C. MATHEMATICS AND/OR SCIENCE 8-10 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 and Two approved science or math courses D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 6-9 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 and Two other courses in the social sciences: anthropology, criminal justice, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, sociology. TOTAL CREDITS 29-36 *Requirement of the Freshman-Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 15 Mathematics/science 8-10 Social sciences 6-9 TOTAL 29-36 Associate of Arts Degree 71 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in physical education for every semester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. This particular requirement may be waived by the provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of studies in another institution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current university course requirements. Appeals should be directed to the provost. In order to graduate, students must earn a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.00. This requirement is also applicable to courses required in their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY EXAMINATION (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on page 62 Degree Majors and Programs – A.A. Degree Students will ordinarily choose an associate degree program because they want to prepare for employment after only two years of study beyond high school, and because they are attracted to the work for which the program will train them. The programs are designed to prepare graduates for positions as technicians, supervisors, and managers in business, industry, service organizations, and government. The course requirements for graduation in each of the fields of specialization are outlined in the pages that follow. It is to the student’s advantage to enter one of these programs in the freshman year. It is possible for a student to change from a four-year program to a two-year program, but such a change may delay graduation because of the sequence of basic courses. A student may change from a two-year program to a four-year program but, again, it may then require additional time to complete the new program. Students may choose the following Associate of Arts degree program. SCHOOL OF EDUCATION Inclusive Early Childhood Education Associate of Arts Degree 72 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION Inclusive Early Childhood Education Major The Associate of Arts degree in Inclusive Early Childhood Education (IECE) is one of three programs with emphasis on the care and education of young children in inclusive early child- hood settings. This program provides a broad knowledge of and skills in promoting develop- ment and learning across the birth through age eight range, with emphasis on young children from infancy to age 5 years. This requisite knowledge and skills prepare early care and education personnel to support young children and their families through appropriate cur- riculum and assessment methods, as well as collaborative practices in culturally competent, ethical and legal ways. The IECE program is designed to ensure that students learn about the variability of young children and the adaptations and modifications that can be made to ensure best practices in developmental and learning experiences for all children. The pro- gram stresses the importance of natural environments, play support, and the integration of developmental/learning experiences into the curriculum. Students are trained to assume the primary role of facilitators of child development and learning, parent/caregiver-child relationships, and engaging families. The program meets the needs of early childhood care and education providers and individuals working with young children in the following early childhood care and education settings: center-based infant- toddler, center-based preschool, family childcare, home visitor, and kindergarten. Students completing the Associate of Arts degree requirements in Inclusive Early Childhood Education (IECE) Program are encouraged to apply to the Bachelor of Arts in Inclusive Early Childhood Education Program. Courses completed successfully can be transferred to the B.A. program. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 69-71), the following courses are required: Credits EDU 101 Introduction to IECE in the U.S., Caribbean & Global Contexts 3 EDU 110 Early Childhood Development and Inclusive Environments I 3 EDU 111 Early Childhood Development and Inclusive Environments II 3 EDU 214 Family and Community Relationships 3 EDU 215 Promoting Positive Socio-Emotional Foundations of Early Learning 3 EDU 216 Inclusive Early Childhood Curricula and Assessment 3 EDU 219 Promoting Language and Literacy in Early Childhood Education 3 EDU 223 Supervised Field Experience in Designing and Implementing Inclusive Early Childhood Education Programs II 5 Note - The A.A. in IECE program was revised in April 2020. Associate of Arts Degree 73 To qualify for an Associate of Science degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 62 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The general education requirements for graduation in the Associate of Science degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet general education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 9 Courses fulfilling the humanities electives include: humanities, communication, English, French, Spanish, music, theatre, philosophy, art. C. MATHEMATICS AND/OR SCIENCE 9-12 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean** 3 D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 6-9 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 and Two other courses in the social sciences: anthropology, criminal justice, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, sociology *Requirement of the Freshman-Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. **Nursing students are exempt from this course. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 9 Mathematics and/or science 9-12 Social sciences 6-9 TOTAL 24-31 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in physical education for every semester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Associate of Science Degree 74 Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current university course requirements. In order to graduate, students must earn at least two times as many quality points as registered credits in all their courses as well as in the courses of their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY REQUIREMENT (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on page 62. Degree Majors and Programs – A.S. Degree COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Computer Science - Albert A. Sheen Campus, and Orville E. Kean Campus Physics - Orville E. Kean Campus Associate of Science Degree 75 COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Computer Science Major The Associate of Science degree in computer science is intended to provide a sound foundation in computer science and to develop professional skills in programming and networks. It is also designed to serve as an intermediate step towards acquiring the baccalaureate degree in computer science. Depending upon previous educational background, this associate degree can be completed in two to three years on either the Orville E. Kean Campus or Albert A. Sheen Campus. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 73-74), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required computer science courses: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming I 4 CSC 118 Introduction to Programming II 4 CSC 241 Introduction to Computer Architecture and Digital Systems 4 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 CSC 243 Digital Communications and Networks 4 CSC 245 Databases and Information Retrieval 4 C. Required mathematics courses*: Credits MAT 241 Introduction to Calculus I and Analytical Geometry 4 MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 D. One of the following science course sequences is required*: Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 151L-152L General Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements. E. Required humanities courses: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 F. Two other courses in the social sciences from: anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, or sociology G. Physical education Associate of Science Degree 76 Full-time students must enroll for 0.5 credit hour of P.E. for each full-time semester up to 2 credits, or enroll in Personal Life Skills 200. H. Passing score on the English Proficiency Examination I. Passing score on the Computer Literacy Examination Physics Major The Associate of Science degree program in physics is intended to develop an acute awareness of our physical environment on a conceptual level through rigorous mathematical manipulation of the fundamental laws of physics and through utilization of the techniques of the modern physical scientist. It is also designed to serve as an intermediate step towards acquiring the baccalaureate degree in engineering, physics, or similar science. Depending upon previous educational background, this associate degree can be completed in two to three years. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 73-74), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements in the social sciences B. Required courses in science and mathematics: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 151L-152L General Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 or BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 CSC 117 Introduction to Programming I 4 CSC 333 Programming Languages or MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 PHY 311 Classical Mechanics or PHY 321 Electromagnetism 3 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 PHY 351 Modern Physics Laboratory 1 Note: MAT 346: Differential Equations is a recommended elective for students who have space in their programs of study. However, depending on their career plans, students may elect to take engineering drawing, engineering graphics, or other laboratory science courses to broaden their science base. Associate of Science Degree 77 Associate of Applied Science Degree To qualify for an Associate of Applied Science degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 62 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The minimum general education requirements in each discipline for graduation in the Associate of Applied Science degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet general education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 *Requirement of the Freshman-Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. B. HUMANITIES 9-12 Courses fulfilling the humanities electives include: humanities, communication, English, French, Spanish, music, theatre, philosophy, art. C. MATHEMATICS AND/OR SCIENCE 7-11 D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 3 Courses fulfilling the social sciences elective include: anthropology, criminal justice, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, sociology. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 9-12 Mathematics and/or Science 7-11 Social Sciences 3 TOTAL 19-27 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current university course requirements. In order to graduate, students must earn at least two times as many quality points as registered credits in all their courses as well as in the courses of their major. 78 Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY EXAMINATION (CLE) Please review entry requirements for EPE and CLE on pp. 62. Degree Majors and Programs – A.A.S. Degree COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Criminal Justice - Albert A. Sheen Campus and Orville E. Kean Campus COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Process Technology - Albert A. Sheen Campus COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Criminal Justice Major The A.A.S. in criminal justice is an interdisciplinary program that is designed to prepare students for employment in entry-level and advanced positions in the public and private sectors. This program prepares students for such positions as police officer, marshal, corrections officer, enforcement officers, state or federal patrol, customs agent, as well as manager and supervisor in these fields. It is recommended that students select additional courses from the criminal justice major core courses in order to broaden their preparation or to direct their program toward their interested field of specialization. Students should seek advisement from their criminal justice advisor to plan their career path and select appropriate electives and substitutions where available in the paradigm. Admission to the Criminal Justice Major • Achieved a cumulative GPA of 2.33 or higher following the completion of 26 credits of which 15 credit hours must have been taken at UVI • Earned a grade of C+ or better in CJU 110 • Completed an application • Completed a pre-admission interview Major Requirements Students pursuing an A.A.S., B.A. or B.S. in criminal justice are required to earn a minimum grade of C in all required courses in criminal justice, except for CJU 250 Criminal Justice Internship in which students must earn a minimum grade of B. Students declaring this major must meet the following requirements before taking any CJU courses: 1. completion of WAC and RAC or received a passing grade on the placement exam(s) for entrance into ENG 120 2. completion of MAT 023 and MAT 024 or received a passing grade on the placement exam(s) for entrance into MAT 140, MAT 143 or MAT 153 Associate of Applied Science Degree 79 I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 1 B. HUMANITIES Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 C. MATHEMATICS AND/OR SCIENCE Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 and MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 D. SOCIAL SCIENCES Credits SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 TOTAL CREDITS 20-21 *Requirement of the Freshman-Year Program for all students matriculating into the university with fewer than 24 credits. E. Required courses in communication, criminal justice, political science, psychology, sociology and Spanish: Credits COM 120 Public Speaking 3 CJU 110 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 CJU 205 Administration of Justice 3 CJU 207 Criminal Law 3 CJU 240 Constitutional Law 3 CJU 250 Criminal Justice Internship 3 POL 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 PSY 120 Introduction to Psychology 3 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 SPA 131-132 Functional Elementary Spanish I-II 4-4 F. The student must choose a minimum of 6 credits of electives from the following courses: Accounting: ACC 121-122 Biology: BIO 141-142, BIO 245, BIO 295 Business: BUS 112 Chemistry: CHE 151-152, CHE 251, CHE 252 Communication: COM 110, COM 223, COM 225 Computer Science: CSC 111 or CSC 101, CSC 119, CSC 239 Criminal Justice: CJU 120, CJU 222, CJU 223, CJU 224 Economics: ECO 221, ECO 222 Humanities: HUM 210 Military Science: MSL 101, MSL 102, MSL 201, MSL 202 Political Science: POL 121-122, POL 129 Psychology: PSY 202, PSY 203, PSY 223 Sociology: SOC 124, SOC 223 Associate of Applied Science Degree 80 COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Process Technology Major The Associate of Applied Science degree program in process technology is a technical program that will allow students to acquire the necessary skills, concepts, and experiences to be employed in a variety of positions in a wide range of process industries. The program blends essential elements of training for industrial process operations with general education courses needed by industrial plant employees such as reading, writing, communication, and mathematics. This program is a collaborative effort between the College of Science and Mathematics and several local industrial partners. It is modeled after similar programs offered at community colleges and universities throughout the United States. The objectives of this program are to (1) prepare graduates to enter industrial employment, (2) maintain up-to-date curriculum and industry standards, (3) assist local industries in providing up-to-date training for their present and future employees, and (4) provide an atmosphere and the facilities to stimulate students toward maximum intellectual growth in technology. FIRST YEAR First Semester Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 PRT 101 Introduction to Process Technology 3 PRT 110 Basic Electricity Theory 3 PRT 121 Instrumentation I 3 Total 16 Second Semester Credits ENG 120 English Composition 3 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 PRT 122 Instrumentation II 3 PRT 125 Industrial Process 3 PRT 130 Process Technology I- Equipment 3 Total 16 SECOND YEAR Third Semester Credits SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 CHE 141 Introduction to Chemistry 4 CHE 141L Introduction to Chemistry Lab 1 PRT 225 Safety, Health & Environment 3 PRT 231 Process Technology II - Systems 2 Total 16 Associate of Applied Science Degree 81 Associate of Applied Science Degree Fourth Semester Credits CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 PRT 232 Process Technology III - Operations 3 PRT 240 Process Troubleshooting 3 PRT 275 Internship 3 General elective course with a minimum of two credits 2 Total 14 82 Bachelor of Arts Degree To qualify for a Bachelor of Arts degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 120 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The general education requirements for graduation in the Bachelor of Arts degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet general education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 33-36 COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 ENG 261-262 World Literature I, II 6 HUM 115 Introduction to Humanities 3 PHI 200 Critical Thinking 3 Foreign Language Three semesters of the same foreign language, one of which must be at the 200 level or above. 9-12 TOTAL 33-36 C. MATHEMATICS 6-8 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra and one of the following: MAT 153/232/235 College Trigonometry/Calculus for Business and Social Sciences/Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 or For students with advanced preparation beyond the above levels, a minimum of six (6) credits of higher level mathematics courses 6-8 TOTAL 6-8 D. NATURAL SCIENCES 9-11 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 and SCI 200 Changes in the Natural World 3 83 Credits SCI 301 Application of Principles from the Natural World 3 or Any two laboratory courses in the natural sciences TOTAL 9-11 E. SOCIAL SCIENCES 6-9 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 and Two other courses in the social sciences: anthropology, criminal justice, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, sociology TOTAL 6-9 TOTAL CREDITS 51-63 *Requirement of the Freshman-Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 33-36 Mathematics 6-8 Natural Sciences 6-9 Social Sciences 6-9 TOTAL 51-63 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in physical education for every semester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. This particular requirement may be waived by the provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of studies in another institution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current university course require- ments. Appeals should be directed to the provost. To graduate, students must earn a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.00; this requirement is also applicable to courses required in their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY EXAMINATION (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on page 62. Bachelor of Arts Degree 84 Degree Majors and Programs – B.A. Degree Students enrolling in the Bachelor of Arts degree programs may select as a major field of study one of the following: SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Accounting Business Administration SCHOOL OF EDUCATION* Elementary Education Inclusive Early Childhood Education *Additionally, the University provides professional preparation for a career in secondary education through a balanced four-year offering of liberal arts and professional education courses. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Humanities Communication English Humanities The following majors are only offered on the Orville E. Kean Campus. Music Education Social Sciences Criminal Justice Psychology The following majors are only offered on the Orville E. Kean Campus. Social Sciences Social Work COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS** The following majors are only offered on the Orville E. Kean Campus. Biology Chemistry Marine Biology Mathematics ** This college also offers pre-medical technology programs. A student planning to attend a graduate school of medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine will normally major in chemistry or biology at the University of the Virgin Islands. Bachelor of Arts Degree 85 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Mission The School of Business facilitates business education to a diverse population of students, with its major focus on the territory of the United States Virgin Islands and the Caribbean region, providing students with the skills to succeed in a global environment. We are dedi- cated to the cultivation of leadership, intellectual query and discovery, social responsibility and lifelong professional development and growth through excellent teaching, scholarship and responsive community service. Program The courses of study in the School of Business are designed to prepare the student to assume positions in middle and upper management in business and governmental orga- nizations. The program has been constructed on the premise that contemporary study in business administration must build upon a broad base of liberal education. The plan of study is intended to develop the students’ capacity to make sound judgments in their eventual positions in management and administration and to endow them with the historical perspec- tive necessary for an understanding of human values and motivations and the relationships between economic activity and society as a whole. To achieve this objective, the program combines a number of required general business courses with the University’s general education requirements. By taking these courses, the student can gain the required background of liberal education and general business knowl- edge. These course requirements broaden students’ liberal education. This program provides additional study in a specialized area of business as well as practical business experience through a supervised work-study internship. A Master of Business Administration degree is offered by the University. Undergraduates who wish to take graduate courses or who plan to matriculate in the graduate program after earning their undergraduate degree should meet with their advisors and consult the Graduate Bulletin. Students in the School of Business pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree with majors in accounting or business administration are required to earn a minimum grade of “C” in all required courses in business administration and area of concentration. The following tables summarize requirements for the majors in the School of Business. Accounting Major A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in business administration: Credits ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 ACC 202 Management Accounting 3 ACC 301 Intermediate Accounting I 3 ACC 302 Intermediate Accounting II 3 ACC 315 Tax Accounting 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 86 Credits ACC 440 Cost Accounting I 3 ACC 442 Auditing 3 ACC 443 Advanced Accounting 3 BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 BUS 305 Business Communication 3 BUS 351 Business Law 3 BUS 436 Business Strategy 3 BUS 474 Professional Development Seminar 1 BUS 475* Undergraduate Internship in Business 2 IST 210 Business Information Systems 3 DSC 325 Statistics for Management Decisions 3 DSC 410 Quantitative Methods 3 DSC 430 Production/Operations Management 3 ENT 205 Innovation and Entrepreneurship 3 FIN 301 Fundamentals of Finance 3 MGT 301 Principles of Management 3 MGT 342 Human Resource Management 3 MKT 301 Principles of Marketing 3 *Under exceptional circumstances and on approval by the dean, student work experience may qualify for waiver and such credits made up by an elective course. Written applications for waiver, along with supporting documents, must be made a semester in advance. C. An additional six credits of accounting electives are required. 6 D. The following courses in related fields are required: Credits ECO 221** Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222** Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 **Partially fulfills the general education requirements in the social sciences E. The following mathematics sequence is required: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra 4 and MAT 232 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences 4 Business Administration Major A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B. Required courses in business administration: Credits ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 ACC 202 Management Accounting 3 BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 BUS 305 Business Communication 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 87 Credits BUS 351 Business Law 3 BUS 436 Business Strategy 3 BUS 474 Professional Development Seminar 1 BUS 475* Undergraduate Internship in Business 2 IST 210 Business Information Systems 3 DSC 325 Statistics for Management Decisions 3 DSC 410 Quantitative Methods 3 DSC 430 Production/Operations Management 3 ENT 205 Innovation and Entrepreneurship 3 FIN 301 Fundamentals of Finance 3 MGT 301 Principles of Management 3 MGT 342 Human Resource Management 3 MKT 301 Principles of Marketing 3 *Under exceptional circumstances and on approval by the dean, student work experience may qualify for waiver and such credits made up by an elective course. Written applications for waiver, along with supporting documents, must be made a semester in advance. C. The following courses in related fields are required: Credits ECO 221** Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222** Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 **Partially fulfills the general education requirements in the social sciences D. The following mathematics sequence is required: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra 4 and MAT 232 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences 4 E. The student must choose any one of the following concentrations. It is anticipated that additional areas of concentration will become available in the future. FINANCE CONCENTRATION* Credits FIN 323 Investment Analysis 3 FIN 324 Financial Markets and Institutions 3 FIN 425 Financial Policy and Strategy 3 FIN 430 International Finance 3 (ECO 321 and 322 are strongly recommended.) *Note - Orville E. Kean Campus only Bachelor of Arts Degree 88 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION Mission UVI School of Education (SOE) exists to produce high quality education professionals who are ethically and culturally competent to serve schools, foster innovation and change, and address social justice issues locally, regionally, and globally. Program The program for elementary education majors is designed to provide (a) broad preparation in the liberal arts, (b) concentrated study in one selected academic area, and c) professional preparation intended to produce highly effective teachers who can function successfully in a complex society — specifically the U.S. Virgin Islands — and to form a base for graduate study. The Inclusive Early Childhood Education major is consistent with the University’s liberal arts focus. In addition, the program is designed to provide students with a foundation of knowl- edge about child development in children from birth through age 8 years. Knowledge about atypical development and strategies to include children with developmental challenges are major components of this course of study. Students are prepared to become effective, professional teachers who value the collaborative relationships among and between schools, teachers, families, and therapists in a variety of disciplines in furthering children’s develop- ment. Preparation for secondary school teachers involves (i) satisfying general education require- ments for the Bachelor of Arts degree and (ii) majoring in English, humanities, mathematics, science, or social sciences. Required professional courses are detailed below. Admission to the elementary education major and secondary preparation, both of which be- gin with Education 250, is by written application. Admission to the Inclusive Early Childhood Education major is by written application, and begins with EDU 101. Prospective students are urged to apply at the beginning of their sophomore year. Admission can normally be secured by the second semester of the sophomore year. To qualify for admission, students must meet the following criteria (a) to (e), and have earned a minimum grade of “C” in the courses listed in (a). Students are required to: (a) complete both the general education and education requirements in Communication (COM 119, COM 120) English (ENG 120, ENG 201) Science (SCI 100 and 200, or two semesters of laboratory science) Mathematics (MAT 140 or MAT 143 and one of the following: MAT 153, MAT 235, MAT 232) and Education courses EDU 221 and EDU 230 (elementary major and secondary preparation or EDU 108, 109, 113, 114 (Inclusive Early Childhood Education). (b) maintain a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50. (c) pass the English Proficiency Exam. (d) pass the Computer Literacy Exam. (e) complete a pre-admission interview. Bachelor of Arts Degree 89 EDU 221 and EDU 230 are open to any student meeting the prerequisites. Non-education undergraduate majors may take education courses beyond these if they have satisfied the same general education and education requirements contained in section (a) above and have the required prerequisite(s) for the selected course. In addition, course work in the major area must be documented. Any person holding an earned baccalaureate degree from an accred- ited institution may enroll in education courses at the undergraduate level with the exception of student teaching. Students must demonstrate that they have met the prerequisite(s) for the selected courses by show of prior academic work. Elementary education and Inclusive Early Childhood Education majors and persons seeking secondary preparation are required to earn a minimum grade of “C” in all required education courses in order to be eligible for student teaching. (All education majors who intend to meet certification requirements for teaching in the United States Virgin Islands should complete HIS 342). Master of Arts degrees in education leadership and in school counseling & guidance are offered at the University. Undergraduates who wish to take graduate courses or who plan to matriculate in the graduate program after earning their undergraduate degree should meet with their advisors and consult the graduate bulletin. Elementary Education Major A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B. General education requirements as stated on pp. 82-83. C. Required education courses: Credits EDU 221 Foundations of Education 3 EDU 230 Educational Psychology 3 EDU 250 Curriculum Development and Instruction 3 EDU 257 Mathematics and the Elementary Teacher 5 EDU 302 Introduction to Special Education 3 EDU 350 Instructional Design and Technology 2 EDU 351 Classroom Management 2 EDU 353, 354 Teaching the Language Arts 3,4 EDU 360 Science and the Elementary Teacher 5 EDU 365 Teaching Social Studies in Elementary Schools 3 EDU 450 Measurement and Evaluation in Education 2 EDU 452* Student Teaching in the Elementary School 9 *Prerequisite to EDU 452 Student Teaching in the Elementary School: Students must complete all required education courses with a minimum grade of “C” in each course prior to enrolling in student teaching. D. Required course(s) in psychology: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 E. From one of the following areas a minimum of 18 credits are required, at least six of which must be at the 300 level or above. Courses taken to satisfy the general education require- ments also count toward satisfaction of item E: Bachelor of Arts Degree 90 English Spanish natural science mathematics social sciences F. Required electives to meet 122 credits for graduation. Inclusive Early Childhood Education Major A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B. General education requirements as stated on pp. 82-83. C. Required education courses: Credits EDU 101 Introduction to IECE in the U.S., Caribbean & Global Contexts 3 EDU 110 Early Childhood Development and Inclusive Environments I 3 EDU 111 Early Childhood Development and Inclusive Environments II 3 EDU 214 Family and Community Relationships 3 EDU 215 Promoting Positive Socio-Emotional Foundations of Early Learning 3 EDU 216 Inclusive Early Childhood Curricula and Assessment 3 EDU 219 Promoting Language and Literacy in Early Childhood Education 3 EDU 221 Foundations of Education 3 EDU 302 Introduction to Exceptional Children 3 EDU 304 Teaching Reading and Literacy in Inclusive Early Childhood Education 3 EDU 305 Teaching Mathematics in Inclusive Early Childhood Education 3 EDU 306 Creative Arts and Expression in Inclusive Early Childhood Education 3 EDU 307 Teaching Science in Inclusive Early Childhood Education 3 EDU 308 Integrating and Adapting Curriculum across the Content Areas 3 EDU 309 Teaching STEM in Inclusive Early Childhood Education 3 EDU 350 Instructional Design and Technology 2 EDU 403 Assessment for Effective Teaching in Inclusive Early Childhood Ed 3 EDU 408* Student Teaching in Inclusive Early Childhood Education 6 *Prerequisite to EDU 408 Student Teaching in Inclusive Early Childhood Education: Students must complete all required education courses with a minimum grade of “C” in each course prior to enrolling in student teaching. D. Required course in psychology: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 Students interested in owning or directing an inclusive early childhood facility may consider enrolling in the following education elective courses: Credits EDU 404 Administration and Supervision of IECE 3 EDU 405 Collaboration and Consultation in IECE 3 Secondary Teacher Preparation A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 Bachelor of Arts Degree 91 Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B. General education requirements as stated on pp. 82-83. C. Required education courses: Credits EDU 221 Foundations of Education 3 EDU 230 Educational Psychology 3 EDU 250 Curriculum Development and Instruction 3 EDU 302 Introduction to Special Education 3 EDU 350 Instructional Design and Technology 2 EDU 351 Classroom Management 2 EDU 450 Measurement and Evaluation in Education 2 EDU 469* Student Teaching in the Secondary School 6 EDU 497* Seminar in Secondary Teaching 2 *Prerequisite to EDU 469/497 Seminar in Secondary Teaching: Students must complete all required education courses with a minimum grade of “C” in each course prior to enrolling in student teaching. D. Required course in psychology: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 E. Requirements in the major (see the school or college for specific details). Master of Arts degrees in education leadership and in school counseling & guidance are offered at the University. Undergraduates who wish to take graduate courses or who plan to matriculate in the graduate program after earning their undergraduate degree should meet with their advisors and consult the graduate bulletin. Out-of-State Students The following applies to out-of-state students not regularly attending the University of the Virgin Islands: 1. Eligibility. Only students formally recommended by schools of education of accredited colleges and universities, or involved in an exchange arrangement that the University of the Virgin Islands has approved with another college or university, will be eligible for acceptance for enrollment in EDU 452, EDU 469/497, and/or EDU 406/407 (Student Teaching/Seminar). In approving any such requests, priority will be given to graduates of the U.S. Virgin Islands secondary school system enrolled in mainland colleges and universities. 2. Acceptance. Acceptance of any outside students will be on a “space-available” basis, with priority given to University of the Virgin Islands students. 3. Status. Outside students enrolled in EDU 452, EDU 469/497, and/or EDU 406/407 may attend the University of the Virgin Islands on a part-time status only, unless special circum- stances exist which warrant an exception. For example, an exchange relationship with another university may involve full-time students who, as part of their overall program, will enroll in EDU 452, EDU 469/497, and/or EDU 406/407. Exceptions may be made only by the provost. 4. Instruction and Credits. All outside students taking EDU 452, EDU 469/497, and/or EDU 406/407 must conform to University of the Virgin Islands policies regarding contact hours, Bachelor of Arts Degree 92 supervision credits, etc., which apply to University of the Virgin Islands students. No special arrangements can be made in this regard. 5. Fee schedule. Outside students will be required to pay a special fee of $470.00, plus tuition, to cover costs associated with their enrollment. 6. Department of Education. University of the Virgin Islands policies have been approved by the Commissioner of Education. All students seeking admission into EDU 452, EDU 469/497, and/or EDU 406/407 must receive the prior agreement of the Department of Edu- cation through the Office of School of Education’s Field Experience and Clinical Practice to do their student teaching in the local public school system. Bachelor of Arts Degree 93 CERTIFICATE Secondary Teaching This certificate program consists of a series of methods courses which provide practic- ing teachers and other school professionals with the body of professional and pedagogical knowledge, skills, and dispositions that prepare them to work more effectively with learners in secondary classrooms. Additionally, this program provides training in materials development, assessment and evaluation and cross-cultural communication. The program requires participa- tion in field experiences and clinical practice under the supervision of the school’s administra- tion and university supervisor. Enrollment in individual courses is open to anyone who meets the stated prerequisite for each course. However, the certificate program is designed for in-service teachers holding at least a baccalaureate degree or equivalent from an accredited institution. Students at the University majoring in other content areas such as mathematics, science, social sciences, or English who aspire to one day become secondary classroom teachers may complete coursework with the exception of the clinical course which can only be taken on the job in a secondary classroom. Teaching English as a Second Language (TESL) This certificate program consists of a series of methods courses which provide students with the body of professional and pedagogical knowledge, skills, and dispositions that prepare them to work effectively with learners in elementary and secondary classrooms, whose first language is not English. Additionally, these courses provide training in materials development, assessment and evaluation and cross cultural communication. Enrollment in individual courses is open to anyone who meets the stated prerequisites. How- ever, the certificate program is open only to a) seniors at the University of the Virgin Islands with a GPA of 2.33 or higher completing a teacher preparation program or b) in-service teachers holding at least a baccalaureate degree or equivalent from an accredited institution. ESL COURSES PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS EDU 320 The Use of Computers in ESL Curriculum and Instruction 3 EDU 324 Second Language Acquisition 3 EDU 326 The Reading Process for Second Language Learners EDU 324 3 EDU 330 Linguistics for ESL Teachers EDU 326 3 EDU 335 Curriculum Development and Language Learning in the ESL Classroom EDU 330 3 EDU 340 Classroom-based Assessment for the ESL Classroom EDU 335 3 Total 18 Bachelor of Arts Degree 94 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Mission The College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences (CLASS) of the University of the Virgin Islands (UVI) seeks to produce students who are self-directed problem solvers, with the ability to apply critical thinking to the study of the various disciplines of the liberal arts and social sciences. CLASS is dedicated to assisting students in attaining academic distinction and fulfilling ca- reers through our programs, by stimulating them culturally, mentally and physically by means of our course offerings, campus events and study abroad programs. The college offers degrees in communication, criminal justice, English, humanities, music education, psychol- ogy, public administration, social sciences, and social work. We are affiliated with universities on the US mainland which will afford students additional degree opportunities. The faculty of CLASS is steadfast in their commitment to students’ progress, preparing them for their future studies and professional achievements. Graduates of CLASS are tomorrow’s academicians, actors, attorneys, diplomats, economists and journalists. CLASS graduates are prepared to make significant contributions to societies locally, regionally and globally. Note: Humanities majors start below. Social sciences majors start on page 95. The Carib- bean cultural studies minor, communication minor, English minor, fine arts minor, political science minor, psychology minor, and Spanish minor start on page 109. Humanities Humanities studies are frequently divided into separate disciplines. All, however, involve or are concerned with the imaginative and reflective experience of human beings and their communication with others. Here at the University of the Virgin Islands, these humane stud- ies are collectively referred to as “the humanities,” and they are housed within the College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences. An education in the humanities provides a sound basis for careers in many fields. These fields include, but are not limited to, teaching, business and government administration, radio, print and visual media, public relations, and other areas which involve writing, editing, translating, and the performing arts. In the humanities, the University offers courses in art, communication, English, French, Spanish, journalism, music, philosophy, speech and theatre. It offers majors in communica- tion, English, music education, humanities, and speech communication and theatre. The English and music education majors are the more traditional programs; the humanities major affords an unusual degree of individual flexibility and range, while demanding some of the initiative and discipline associated with graduate study. Students can focus on journalism via the communication, English or humanities major. The speech communication and theatre major is a versatile degree which prepares students for advanced studies not only in speech and theatre, but for any areas in which the ability to communicate effectively is an asset. Students planning to teach in a secondary school must satisfy the secondary education re- quirements in the School of Education as well as the requirements of their respective school or college. Students intending to pursue graduate work in one of the humanities need not concentrate their undergraduate studies in the same field. In some instances it is possible, in a few it may be preferable, that they place emphasis on another of the humanities or on one of the social sciences. In all cases, however, students should consult graduate catalogs to determine minimum requirements for admission to the program in which they are interested. The follow- ing lists the required courses in the majors in the humanities. Bachelor of Arts Degree 95 Communication Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 86-87), which include COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and COM 120 Public Speaking, the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the communica- tion major program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences:A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshmen Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in communication (15 credits): Credits COM 110 Introduction to Communication 3 COM 225 Intercultural Communications 3 COM 308 Newswriting for Mass Media I 3 COM 360 Communication Theory 3 COM 402 Mass Communication Law and Ethics 3 C. A minimum of 21 credits from the following communication skills courses: Credits Broadcasting COM 205 Broadcasting I 3 COM 211, 212, 213, 214 Radio Production 3,3,3,3 COM 352 Mass Media Research 3 Computer mediated communication COM 230 Computer Mediated Communication I 3 COM 325 Web Publishing 4 COM 435 Digital Entrepreneurship 3 Journalism COM 200 Journalism Workshop 1-8 COM 310 Newswriting for Mass Media II 3 COM 312 Feature Writing 3 COM 315 Introduction to Public Relations 3 COM 325 Visual Communication 3 COM 350 Public Relations Campaigns 3 Speech track COM 221 Oral Interpretation of Literature 3 COM 227 Voice and Diction 3 COM 401 Argumentation and Debate 3 COM 403 Rhetorical Criticism 3 ENG 343 Language Theory 3 Theater THE 110 Introduction to Theater 3 THE 211-212-213-214 Theater Production (up to 2 credits) 1,1 THE 323 Basic Acting 3 Plus two electives in theater up to 6 credits. 6 Bachelor of Arts Degree 96 Credits Visual Arts ART 117 Design 3 ART 125 Survey of World Art 3 ART 126 Selected Problems 3 ART 128 Drawing I 3 ART Elective 3 D. 3 credits from the following courses: Credits COM 465,466 Selected Topics 3 COM 475 Directed Studies 3 COM 499 Independent Study 3 E. Internship requirement: Credits COM 404 Professional Internship in Mass Communications 3 F. Humanities senior seminar requirement (2 credits): Credits COM 497-498 Senior Seminar 1-1 Students in communication may elect to do a writing/broadcast/communication research or production project under supervision for their senior seminar. G. Recommended electives: Credits COM 223 Conference Techniques 3 COM 221 Oral Interpretation of Literature 3 COM 227 Voice and Diction 3 BUS 305 Business Communication (COM 120, ENG 201 prerequisite) 3 MKT 301 Principles of Marketing (BUS 112 prerequisite) 3 MKT 334 Advertising and Promotional Strategy (MKT 301 prerequisite) 3 CSC 119 Computer Graphic Applications 1 THE 413 Theatre Criticism 3 English Major A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in English/communication: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 ENG 261-262 World Literature 3-3 ENG 321,322 British Literature 3,3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 97 Credits ENG 361 American Literature 3 ENG 362 Major American Writing 3 ENG 363 Black American Literature 3 ENG 371 or 372 Caribbean Literature I or II 3 ENG 343 or 345 Language Theory or History of the English Language 3 ENG 344 Advanced Writing 3 ENG 415 Literary Criticism 3 C. One of the following three courses: Credits ENG 431 Major American Author 3 ENG 432 Major British Author 3 ENG 433 Major Caribbean Author 3 D. Four additional electives in English at the 300-level or above 12 E. HUM 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar 1-1 CONCENTRATIONS WITHIN THE ENGLISH MAJOR Using the four required electives in the English major, students may elect to concentrate their studies in a particular area. Concentrations are offered in (1) literature of the African diaspora, (2) creative writing and (3) journalism. Other concentrations may be offered in the future. Stu- dents may also design their own concentrations under the guidance of their advisors, or they may choose to take an assortment of English electives. Concentration in the Literature of the African Diaspora Using the four required electives in the English major, students may elect a concentration in literature of the African diaspora. To concentrate in this area, students should: 1. Complete required courses in the English major, choosing ENG 433 Major Caribbean Author. 2. Complete the following electives in the English major: Credits ENG 371 or 372 Caribbean Literature I or II* 3 ENG 381 Modern African Literature 3 ENG 421 Oral Traditional Literature of Africa 3 ENG 423 Women’s Literature of the African Diaspora 3 Each of these courses will be offered at least once every two years, so that students will have the opportunity to complete the concentration timely after finishing their general education requirements. *Whichever course has not been taken previously to fulfill English major requirements Concentration in Creative Writing Using the four required electives in the English major, students may elect a concentration in creative writing. English majors electing to concentrate in creative writing should complete the following courses: Bachelor of Arts Degree 98 Credits ENG 301 Introduction to Creative Writing 3 ENG 302 Intermediate Fiction Writing 3 ENG 303 Intermediate Verse Writing 3 ENG 401 Advanced Creative Writing 3 Each of these courses will be offered at least once every two years, so that students will have the opportunity to complete the concentration timely after finishing their general education requirements. Students concentrating in creative writing may elect to complete a creative project rather than a research project in HUM 497-498, Senior Humanities Seminar, under the direction and guidance of a faculty advisor in creative writing. Concentration in Journalism For a concentration in English, students must take a minimum of 12 credit hours in a particu- lar area. Students who wish to concentrate on journalism in English will take the following: Credits ENG 308 Newswriting for Mass Media l 3 ENG 310 Newswriting for Mass Media II 3 They will then choose from the following to round out the concentration: Credits ENG 312 Feature Writing 3 ENG 324 Desktop Publishing 4 ENG 404 Professional Internship in Journalism/Writing and Publishing 1-3 (up to 3) Students who wish to make regular contributions to the UVI VOICE student newspaper can take as an elective ENG 200 Journalism Workshop, 1 credit repeatable to 8 total credits. Students in the English journalism concentration may also elect to do an advanced journal- ism/writing/publishing project for their Hum 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar, under the direction and guidance of a faculty member in journalism. Humanities Major A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Primary area of emphasis (no fewer than 9 credits at the 300-400 level) 18 C. Secondary area of emphasis 15 D. Additional courses in the humanities 12 Journalism or a combination of communication/theatre courses may be selected as primary areas of emphasis. For the secondary field of emphasis, art, English, French, music, Spanish or a combination of speech communication/theatre courses may be pursued. Courses in the Bachelor of Arts Degree 99 humanities taken to satisfy the general education requirements for the bachelor’s degree may be counted toward the requirements for a humanities major with following exceptions: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 Foreign language (one year) 8 ENG 261 or 262 Literature (one semester) 3 E. The following courses are required: Credits HUM 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar 1-1 Music Education Major Objectives The objectives of the music program are to: 1) train students for professional careers as teachers and performers; 2) prepare students for graduate study; 3) provide opportunities for students in other academic areas to study music for cultural and professional values; and 4) enrich the music experiences of the University and community. Mission The mission of the Department of Music is to encourage academic excellence through the development of academic curiosity, and skill, as they relate to the discipline of music. In- structors of the music education degree program are committed to the tenets of higher edu- cation that embrace and share active learning principles capable of creating lifelong learners and thinkers. Students will be able to function creatively and imaginatively with the ability to excite and educate U.S. Virgin Islanders, students of the wider Caribbean, and students of the global community, through outstanding teaching of music and the arts. The University of the Virgin Islands is a learner-centered institution dedicated to the success of its students. As such, music department programs provide excellent and diligent teaching that instills personal and academic values through a professional commitment to academic excellence at all levels of teaching and learning. Students of the music department are pro- vided the opportunity to gain a Bachelor of Arts in music education, a music industry certifi- cate in either audio engineering or music business, and may participate in the fine arts minor. While the music major and fine arts minor are based on the Orville E. Kean Campus, music industry courses are offered across campuses. An additional Bachelor of Arts in performance will be added to curricula offerings in the near future. Members of the University community and community at large may register to participate in studio lessons, performance ensem- bles, and other program offerings. The music department trains students for professional careers as teachers and performers; prepares students for graduate study; provides opportunities for students in other academic areas to study music for cultural and professional values; and enriches the music experiences of the University community. Admission Students interested in the music education degree program at the University of the Virgin Islands currently enroll with a commitment to pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree in music education. The University is a four-year institution that provides every opportunity for students to graduate timely and enter the workforce environment prepared, engaged, and Bachelor of Arts Degree 100 equipped with a commitment toward lifelong learning and community engagement through the arts, especially. Students of the University of the Virgin Islands and music education majors are high school graduates that have successfully completed university entrance requirements and those of the music department. University entrance criteria are articulated in the UVI catalog. Students entering the music education degree program must successfully complete a music theory placement exam or, if necessary, enroll in MUS 124 Introduction to Music Theory. Interested parties are required to schedule an entrance audition. Please note, music education majors cannot register for MUS 124 Introduction to Music, as a humanities general education requirement. Auditions Auditions will be held in March for a fall matriculation. Auditions will be held in December for a spring matriculation. Entrance exams require the following: a. Scales (major and minor) b. Arpeggios (major and minor) c. Two (2) distinct stylistic selections d. Sight-reading Auditions last at least fifteen (15) minutes. Students who fail the audition may enter the program under a probationary period of one (1) semester of study on the applied instrument. The second audition occurs during the end of semester Jury. Failure to successfully complete the second entrance exam will require the student to identify another major. Students unable to attend an on island audition may submit audition requirements via a jump drive or DVD recording. Music Theory Placement Exam Entrance exams include a written music theory portion. The exam will assess the student’s knowledge of basic theoretical principles and practices. Students will need to exhibit profi- ciency with the following: Scales Key signatures Clef reading Unsuccessful candidates will need to enroll in MUS 124 Introduction to Music. If a student enters outside of the scheduled entrance examination period, the entrance audi- tion and theory placement exam are also given just before the beginning of the semester. General Requirements Recitals: Music education majors and all students enrolled in MUS 161-162 Applied Music are required to perform in at least two recitals per semester and provide other musical ser- vices for the University as recommended by applied music instructors. Suitable performance attire is required. Examinations: The final examination for MUS 497 Senior Research Seminar, is the presenta- tion of the abstract and supporting segments of the proposed Senior Recital program. The final examination for MUS 498 Senior Research Seminar is the presentation of the research paper and Senior Recital program in an open forum. Bachelor of Arts Degree 101 Ensemble Participation: Music education majors enrolled as full-time students are required to perform in at least one ensemble each semester of full-time enrollment. Students concen- trating in piano and voice must enroll in MUS 242. Students concentrating in instrumental studies must enroll in either MUS 132 or MUS 133. Music Organizations: Assignments to music organizations are made on the basis of audition or approval of the conductor. Music education majors are required to earn a minimum grade of “C” in all required music education courses. Program details A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in music: Credits MUS 103-104 Music Theory 3-3 MUS 161-162 Applied Music 2-2 MUS 173-174 Secondary Piano 1-1 or MUS 175-176 Secondary Voice 1-1 MUS 201-202 Music Theory 3-3 MUS 206-207 Music History and Literature 3-3 MUS 261-262 Applied Music 2-2 MUS 273-274 Secondary Piano 1-1 or MUS 275-276 Secondary Voice 1-1 MUS 301 Counterpoint 2 MUS 302 Form and Analysis 2 MUS 361-362 Applied Music 2-2 MUS 401 Orchestration and Arranging 3 MUS 497-498 Applied Music 3-3 MUS 132, 133 or MUS 242 Ensemble (eight semesters) 8 C. Required courses in music education/education: Credits EDU 221 Foundations of Education 3 MUE 311 Conducting Techniques 3 MUE 312 Teaching Music in the Elementary School 3 MUE 321 Brass and Percussion Methods 2 MUE 322 Woodwind Methods 2 MUE 411 Teaching Music in Secondary Schools 3 MUE 412 Student Teaching and Seminar in Music 6 D. Required courses in other fields: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 PSY 202 Life Span Development 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 102 Social Sciences The College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences offers social science majors in criminal jus- tice, psychology, social sciences and social work. While the social sciences are divided into a number of fields — each with its own theories, terminology and professional history — they have in common the use of the scientific method to study and interpret human behavior. The overall objective of the psychology major is to assist in meeting the increasing manpower needs of the Caribbean in two critical and expanding occupational areas — the delivery of human services and the development, exchange and processing of information. The specific objectives of the major are two-fold. The first is to provide the appropriate curriculum and the critical skills that will enable psychology graduates to qualify for entry-level professional posi- tions in human services and informational services such as research and the management and analysis of data. The second is to provide the program’s participants with a multicultural perspective on human perception, thinking and behavior along with the conceptual and practical skills needed to work effectively in multicultural settings. A comprehensive program provides a solid foundation in the fundamental principles of psychology as well as insight into the practical work involved in being a psychologist. The social sciences major is an interdisciplinary one, allowing the students to select courses in all of the major disciplines of the social sciences, namely anthropology, economics, geog- raphy, history, political science, psychology and sociology. Students may select the social sciences major as preparation for teaching the social sci- ences at the secondary or college level; as preparation for law school or graduate study in one of the social sciences, public administration, diplomacy or international relations; and/ or as preparation for employment in governmental or private sector professions that do not require graduate study. Students interested in teaching the social sciences at the secondary school level should major in social sciences and also satisfy the secondary education requirements of the School of Education. College teaching in the social sciences requires at least a master’s degree, but a Ph.D. is preferred. Students who intend to do graduate work in one of the social sciences should take as many courses as possible in the area they intend to pursue in graduate school. However, electives in other social sciences, the humanities, sciences or mathematics are strongly encouraged depending upon the specialization one intends to pursue in graduate school. In planning for graduate work, students should consult with their advisor and investigate minimum require- ments for admission to the graduate school of their choice. They can then plan to meet these requirements while simultaneously expanding their knowledge in other fields. University graduates may enter law school from any undergraduate field of concentration. However, familiarity with the basic concepts of economics, history, political science, psychology, and sociology is desirable. The social work major prepares baccalaureate level social work professional practitioners to meet the social work manpower needs in the U.S. Virgin Islands and the Caribbean as a whole. The aim of the curriculum is to prepare graduates who are social work generalists. The curriculum is also designed to enable graduates to enter graduate schools of social work at an advanced level. Criminal Justice Major The Bachelor of Arts in criminal justice prepares students for the many careers in criminal justice and law enforcement and lays the academic foundation for post graduate education Bachelor of Arts Degree 103 and law school. This program covers the study of law enforcement and security procedures, courts and corrections, and criminal justice theory. This degree will teach students the func- tions of criminal justice organizations and law enforcement procedures. Upon graduation, a student will have the knowledge necessary to begin a rewarding career in the field. This program is also designed to qualify those students who are already in the criminal justice and law enforcement fields for promotion to advanced positions. Students should seek advise- ment from the criminal justice advisor to plan their career path and select appropriate elec- tives and substitutions where available in the paradigm. Admission to the Criminal Justice Major • Achieved a cumulative GPA of 2.33 or higher following the completion of 52 credits of which 30 credit hours must have been taken at UVI. • Earned a grade of C+ or better in CJU 110. • Complete an application that can be obtained from the registrar’s office or program web- site and submit it to the chair of the social sciences department. Program Requirements Students pursuing an A.A.S., B.A. or B.S. in criminal justice are required to earn a minimum grade of C+ in CJU 110, and a C or better in all required criminal justice courses (CJU), ex- cept for CJU 250 Criminal Justice Internship in which students must earn a minimum grade of B. Students declaring this major must meet the following requirements before taking any CJU courses: 1. completion of WAC and RAC or received a passing grade on the placement exam(s) for entrance into ENG 120 2. completion of MAT 023 and MAT 024 or received a passing grade on the placement exam(s) for entrance into MAT 140, MAT 143 or MAT 153 Course Requirements A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences:A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements (see pp. 82-83). C. Required courses in social sciences Credits HIS 341 Caribbean History 3 or HIS 342 History of the Virgin Islands 3 CJU 110 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 CJU 205 Administration of Justice 3 CJU 207 Criminal Law 3 CJU 240 Constitutional Law 3 CJU 250 Criminal Justice Internship 3 CJU 325 Police Organization and Administration 3 CJU/POL 321 Contemporary Corrections 3 CJU 401 Criminal Justice Research Methods and Analysis 4 CJU 432 Criminal Procedure and Evidence 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 104 Credits POL 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 POL 129 Introduction to Public Administration 3 PSY 120 General Psychology 3 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 SOC 333/CJU333 Criminology 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar 1-1 D. Required courses in other fields:(These courses also count toward satisfaction of B above.) Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 MAT 235 Introduction to Statistics with Applications 4 E. For the nine credits of electives, students in the B.A. in criminal justice will choose a mini- mum of 6 credits at the three hundred level or above from among the following: · Anthropology · Business Administration · Criminal Justice · Political Science · Psychology · Sociology · Social Work · Social Science Psychology Major Three concentrations are offered: 1) An academic concentration in psychology offering a comprehensive foundation in the fun- damental principles of psychology, with broad introduction to and a multicultural perspective on normal and abnormal human development, cognition, and behavior. This concentration should be selected by persons interested either in continuing on to graduate study in clinical, counseling, developmental, neuropsychology, health or experimental psychology, or in ob- taining entry-level professional positions in the workplace after graduation with a B.A. degree, in roles such as information management or administrative positions which will require skills in research and the management and analysis of data. 2) A cross-disciplinary academic concentration in social relations, with an emphasis on the analysis of social institutions and social problems across cultures. Students with this concen- tration may be interested in graduate study in areas other than psychology, such as sociol- ogy, criminology or law school, or in obtaining entry-level positions in the workplace after graduation with a B.A. degree in administrative or information management roles. 3) An applied concentration in human services (currently in suspension), with a cross-disci- plinary focus on human and social problems, and methods of intervention. This concentration should be chosen by students interested in graduate study in social work, or in obtaining entry-level positions in human and social service institutions in the U.S. Virgin Islands and the wider Caribbean, in order to provide direct social services to individuals, groups and families under appropriate professional supervision. It should be understood that this concentration does not qualify the student to provide direct social or counseling services independently of supervision. In order to progress in this concentration students must achieve a minimum Bachelor of Arts Degree 105 grade of C (2.0) in the Introduction to Human Services and Field Placement and Seminar courses taken concurrently. Students who fail to achieve these grades may repeat the courses once for credit, or switch to another concentration in psychology. Requirements for all Majors A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements (see pp. 82-83). 64 - 70 credits C. Required courses in psychology, sociology, and social science: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 PSY 202 Life Span Development 3 PSY 203 Introduction to Personality 3 PSY 240 Biopsychology* 4 PSY 308 Helping Skills 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 PSY 440 Applied Research Methods 3 PSY 496 Practicum in Psychology 3 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar 1-1 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements in natural sciences. D. Required courses in other fields: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 Psychology Concentration E. The student must choose 12 credits from the following psychology courses: Credits PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 PSY 301 History and Systems of Psychology 3 PSY 302 Culture and Behavior 3 PSY 304 Cognitive Psychology 3 PSY 310 Introduction to Racial and Ethnic Health Disparities in Health Care 3 PSY 312 Psychology of Learning 3 PSY 327 Psychology of Women 3 PSY 332 Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 PSY 340 Behavioral Neurosciences 3 PSY 345 Introduction to Forensic Science 3 PSY 348 Sensation and Perception 3 PSY 349 Forensic Psychology 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 106 F. The student must choose 12 credits from the following psychology courses: Credits PSY 241 Social Determinants of Health and Disease 3 PSY 315 Human Sexuality 3 PSY 321 Child Development 3 PSY 322 Adult Development 3 PSY 323 Psychology of the Exceptional Child and Adolescent 3 PSY 325 Adolescent Development 3 PSY 350 Drugs, Behavior, and Society 3 PSY 432 Psychology of Personality 3 PSY 433 Introduction to Counseling and Psychotherapy 3 PSY 434 Abnormal Psychology 3 PSY 435 Tests and Measurements 3 PSY 465, 466 Selected Topics in Psychology 3,3 Social Relations Concentration E. The student must choose 12 credits from the following psychology and sociology courses: Credits PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 PSY 302 Culture and Behavior 3 PSY 327 Psychology of Women 3 PSY 332 Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 PSY 340 Behavioral Neurosciences 3 PSY 345 Introduction to Forensic Science 3 PSY 348 Sensation and Perception 3 PSY 349 Forensic Psychology 3 SOC 124 Social Problems 3 SOC 224 Introduction to Social Welfare 3 SOC 236 Marriage and the Family 3 F. The student must choose 12 credits from the following anthropology, sociology and psychology courses: Credits ANT 225 Introduction to Cultural and Physical Anthropology 3 SOC 241 Social Determinants of Health and Disease 3 SOC 257, 258 The Black Experience in the New World 3,3 SOC 332 Comparative Institutions 3 SOC 333 Criminology 3 SOC 335 Contemporary Issues in Social Gerontology 3 SOC 345 Race and Ethnic Relations 3 SOC 381 Contemporary Caribbean Society 3 PSY 465, 466 Selected Topics in Psychology 3,3 Human Services Concentration (currently in suspension) Social Sciences Major A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 Bachelor of Arts Degree 107 B. The general education requirements (see pp. 82-83). C. Required courses in social sciences: Credits ANT 225 Introduction to Cultural and Physical Anthropology 3 ECO 221 Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 GOG 121 Physical Geography 3 HIS 181,182 World Civilization 3,3 HIS 320 History of the United States 3 HIS 341 Caribbean History 3 HIS 342** History of the Virgin Islands 3 POL 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 POL 351 Comparative Government 3 or POL 352 International Politics 3 PSY 120 General Psychology 3 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar 1-1 **Students who do not plan to teach in the U.S. Virgin Islands may substitute a course in E below. D. The required courses for secondary teacher preparation 21 or E. Students who are preparing for law school; graduate study in social sciences, public administration, diplomacy or international relations; or for employment in governmental or private sector professions not requiring graduate study should choose four (4) of the following courses: Credits CAR 465 Caribbean Studies: Selected Topics 3 ECO 222 Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 HIS 330 United States-Caribbean Relations 3 POL 151 American Government 3 POL 340 Caribbean Government and Politics 3 POL 351 Comparative Government 3 POL 352 International Politics 3 PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 SOC 124 Social Problems 3 SOC 241 Social Determinants of Health and Disease 3 SOC 300 Sociological Theory 3 SOC 345 Race and Ethnic Relations 3 SOC 381 Contemporary Caribbean Society 3 F. Required courses in other fields (These courses also count toward satisfaction of B above.): Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 MAT 235 Introduction to Statistics with Applications 4 Bachelor of Arts Degree 108 Social Work Major A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements (see pp. 82-83). C. The following courses in social work are required: Credits SWK 224 Introduction to Social Welfare 3 SWK 325 Social Welfare as a Social Institution 3 SWK 331 Social Work Methods I 3 SWK 334A-334B Human Behavior and Social Environment 3-3 SWK 425 Social Work Methods II 3 SWK 426 Social Work Methods III 3 SWK 427 Field Instruction I and Field Seminar 6 SWK 428 Field Instruction II and Field Seminar 6 SWK 430 Social Welfare: Policies, Programs, Issues 3 D. The following courses in the social sciences are required: Credits ECO 221 Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222 Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 HIS 181,182 World Civilizations 3,3 PSY 120 Introductory Psychology 3 PSY 240 Biopsychology* 4 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar 1-1 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 E. The student must choose one course from the following social sciences courses as a social science major elective: Credits PSY 432 Psychology of Personality 3 POL151-152 American Government 3-3 PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 SWK 465, 466 Selected Topics 3,3 SOC 236 Marriage and the Family 3 SOC 257, 258 The Black Experience in the New World 3,3 SOC 345 Race and Ethnic Relations 3 SOC 381 Contemporary Caribbean Society 3 F. Required courses in other fields (these courses also count toward satisfaction of B above.): Credits MAT 140 College Algebra With Applications 4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 * Partially fulfills general education science requirement. Bachelor of Arts Degree 109 MINORS Caribbean Cultural Studies Minor The Caribbean cultural studies minor allows students to convert an interest in the diverse heritage from which the Caribbean identity is forged into a recognized part of their university degrees. Students will acquire valuable interdisciplinary skills and a renewed appreciation of Caribbean culture, as well as some preparation to meet the increasing demand for interna- tional studies or Caribbean cultural ambassadorships. In addition to the required five core courses, students will complete (with a grade of C or higher) three additional elective courses from the list below, for a total of 24 credits. A. Caribbean Cultural Studies PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS GOG 232 Geography of the Caribbean 3 HIS 341 Caribbean History 3 ENG 371 Caribbean Literature I ENG 261-262 3 HUM 115 Introductions to Humanities COM 120, ENG 120 3 COM 225 Intercultural Communication COM 119 3 B. And nine additional credits chosen from the following: ANT 225 Introduction to Cultural and Physical Anthropology 3 ANT 257 The Black Experience in the New World SOC 256 3 ENG 372 Caribbean Literature II ENG 261-262,ENG 371 3 ECO 461 Caribbean Economic Problems ECO 221-222 3 HIS 261 Introduction to History of Carnival and SSC 100 (or other SSC intro Caribbean Culture course) 3 HIS 330 United States-Caribbean Relations 3 HIS 342 History of the Virgin Islands 3 HIS 350 Latin America since Independence 3 MUS 363 World Music 3 POL 340 Caribbean Government and Politics POL 121 3 PSY 302 Culture and Behavior PSY 120, PSY 202 3 SWK 310 Intro to Racial and Ethnic Health Disparities in Health Care ENG 201 3 SWK 430 Social Welfare: Policies, Programs, Issues SOC 121 3 SOC 381 Contemporary Caribbean Society SOC 121 2 MSC 111 Open Water Scientific Diving (Must have Math & Science Dean’s approval if non- science major before registration) 1 Communication Minor The Communication minor affords students the opportunity to learn about Communication as an enhancement to their chosen major through the use of various media, including print, video, audio and the internet, or to develop their independent interests in this area. In addi- tion to the general education and COM 110 prerequisites, students must complete (with a grade of C or higher) 18 to 24 credits from any of the following communication and/or theatre courses, including at least two 300-level or higher courses. Bachelor of Arts Degree 110 Bachelor of Arts Degree COMMUNICATION PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS COM 205 Broadcast Communication I 4 COM 221 Oral Interpretation of Literature COM 119 3 COM 225 Intercultural Communication COM 119 3 COM 227 Voice and Diction 3 COM 230 Computer-Mediated Communication I COM 110 3 COM 308 Newswriting I C grade (min) in ENG 201 3 COM 310 Newswriting II/Editing COM/ENG 308 3 COM 312 Feature Writing COM/ENG 308 3 COM 315 Introduction to Public Relations COM/ENG 308 3 COM 324 Desktop Publishing COM/ENG 308 4 COM 325 Web Publishing COM 230 4 COM 340 Broadcast Communication II COM 230 3 COM 360 Communication Theory COM 110, 225 & 230 3 COM 402 Mass Communication Law and Ethics COM 110 3 COM 403 Rhetorical Criticism PHI 200 3 COM 430 Computer-Mediated Communication II COM 230 3 COM 465,466 Selected Topics TBA 3,3 COM 475 Directed Studies Five COM courses 1-3 COM 499 Independent Study See Course Description 3 THEATRE PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS THE 210 Theatre Service 4 THE 211-212- Theatre Production THE 110 1-1-1-1 213-214 THE 220 Stage Movement 3 THE 312 Directing Stage Production 3 THE 323 Basic Acting 3 THE 325 Readers Theatre COM 227 or COM 221 3 THE 411 Creating Theatre 3 THE 412 Design and Stage Lighting THE 210 & THE 211 or THE 212 or 213 or 214 3 English Minor Students pursuing other majors may choose to pursue a minor in English. A minor in English will consist of 18 credits in English at the 300-level or above, distributed as follows: One writing course, chosen from the following: ENGLISH PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS ENG 301 Introduction to Creative writing 3 ENG 344 Advanced Writing ENG 201 3 One course in English language, chosen from the following: ENG 343 Language Theory and Practice ENG 201 3 ENG 345 History of the English Language ENG 261-262 3 111 Bachelor of Arts Degree PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS Two literature survey courses, chosen from the following: ENG 321 British Literature I ENG 261-262 3 ENG 322 British Literature II ENG 261-262 3 ENG 361 American Literature ENG 261-262 3 ENG 362 Major American Writing ENG 361 3 ENG 363 Black American Literature ENG 261-262 3 ENG 371 Caribbean Literature I ENG 261-262 3 ENG 372 Caribbean Literature II ENG 261-262 3 One major author course, chosen from the following: ENG 431 Major American Author ENG 261-262 3 ENG 432 Major British Author ENG 261-262 3 ENG 433 Major Caribbean Author ENG 261-262 3 One course in literary criticism: ENG 415 Literary Criticism ENG 261-262 3 Fine Arts Minor The fine arts minor affords students the opportunity to learn about fine arts as a complement to their chosen major or to develop their independent interests in this area. In addition to the HUM 115 prerequisite, students must complete (with a grade of C or higher) 18 to 24 credits from music, art, theatre or English creative writing, with 25% of the classes being at the 300 or 400 level and selected from any two fine arts areas. ART PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS ART 117 Basic Design 3 ART 125 Survey of World Art 3 ART 126 Selected Problems in World Art 3 ART 128 Drawing I 3 ART 150 Painting I 3 ART 217 Design ART 117 3 ART 218 Caribbean Art I 3 ART 219 Caribbean Art II 3 ART 228 Drawing 2 ART 128 3 ART 231-331 Painting Studio ART 150 3-3 ART/EDU 275 Teaching Visual Art toChildren and Adolescents 3 ART/COM 324 Desktop Publishing Minimum C grade in ART/COM 308 4 COMMUNICATION COM 221 Oral Interpretation of Literature COM 119 3 COM 227 Voice and Diction 3 COM/ART 324 Desktop Publishing Minimum C grade in ART/COM 308 4 112 Bachelor of Arts Degree PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS CREATIVE WRITING ENG 301 Introduction to Creative Writing 3 ENG 302 Intermediate Fiction Writing ENG 301 3 ENG 303 Intermediate Verse Writing ENG 301 3 ENG 344 Advanced Writing ENG 201 3 ENG 401 Advanced Creative Writing ENG 301 & 302 or 303 3 MUSIC MUS 124 Introduction to Music 3 MUS 103 Music Theory I Placement exam or MUS 124 3 MUS 104 Music Theory II Placement exam or MUS 124 3 MUS 401 Orchestration and Arranging MUS 302 3 MUS 132 Concert Band Audition 1 MUS 133 Jazz Ensemble Audition 1 MUS 134 Steel Band Ensemble Audition 1 MUS 140 Class Steel Pan 1 MUS 151-152 Class Guitar 1-1 MUS 161-162, Applied Music 2-2, 2-2 261-262 MUS 242 Concert Choir Audition 1 MUS 364 Survey of Caribbean Music 3 MUS 465-466 Selected Topics in Music TBA 3-3 THEATRE THE 110 Introduction to Theatre 3 THE 210 Theatre Service 4 THE 211-212- Theatre Production THE 110 1-1-1-1 213-214 THE 220 Basic Stage Movement 3 THE 312 Directing Stage Productions 3 THE 315 Theatre in the Caribbean 3 THE 323 Basic Acting 3 THE 325 Readers Theatre 3 THE 411 Creating Theatre 3 THE 412 Scene Design and Stage Lighting THE 210 & 211 or THE 212 or 213 or 214 3 THE 413 Theatre Criticism THE 110 & 220 or 312 or 323 3 THE 415 Theatre Management 3 THE 465-466 Selected Topics in Theatre TBA 3-3 THE 499 Independent Study in Theatre See Course Description 3 Political Science Minor The minor in political science provides an understanding of emerging real world issues and enhances critical knowledge of political theory, political processes and governmental institu- tions and structures. In addition to the POL 120 prerequisite, students must complete (with a grade of C or higher) the required courses listed below for a total of 18 credits. 113 Bachelor of Arts Degree POLITICAL SCIENCE PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS One political science course, chosen from the following: POL 129 Introduction to Public Administration POL 120 3 POL 151 American Government POL 120 3 And four additional courses, chosen from the following: POL 330 Global Environmental Politics POL 120 3 POL 340 Caribbean Government and Politics POL 120 3 POL 341 African Politics POL 120 3 POL 351 Comparative Government POL 120 3 POL 352 International Politics POL 120 3 POL 310 Political Theory POL 120 3 POL 315 Political Participation and Elections 3 POL 401 US Virgin Islands Government and Politics POL 120 3 Psychology Minor The Psychology minor affords students the opportunity to learn about psychology as a complement to their chosen major or to develop their independent interests in the area. In addition to the PSY 120 prerequisite, students must complete (with a grade of C or higher) the required courses listed below and two additional 300-level or higher elective psychology courses for a total of 19 credits. PSYCHOLOGY PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS PSY 202 Life Span Development PSY 120 3 PSY 203 Introduction to Personality PSY 120 3 PSY 223 Social Psychology PSY 120 3 PSY 240 Biopsychology PSY 120, SCI 100 4 Sociology Minor Students may wish to pursue a minor in sociology as a basis for further study in the broad range of fields that require investigative skills and the ability to work with diverse people. Students must complete (with a grade of C or higher) the SOC 121 prerequisite, the required courses listed below, and two 300-level or higher elective sociology courses for a total of 24 credits. SOCIOLOGY PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS SOC 124 Social Problems SOC 121 3 SOC 236 Marriage and the Family 3 SOC 224 Introduction to Social Welfare 3 Two additional sociology courses, chosen from the following: SOC 333 Criminology 3 SOC 345 Race and Ethnic Relations 3 SOC 381 Contemporary Caribbean Society SOC 121 3 114 Spanish Minor Required courses: SPANISH PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS SPA 305 Oral Spanish Any 200 level course 3 or SPA 306 Advanced Conversation Any 200 level course 3 SPA 321 Studies in Spanish Language and Style Any 200 level course 3 Any four (4) 300- or 400-level courses in Spanish* 12 *One of the following may substitute one (1) of the four (4) mandatory 300- or 400-level courses CJU 222 Law Enforcement-Community Relations None 3 COM 225 Intercultural Communication COM 119 3 MGT 439 International Business Management ACC 202, MKT 301, MGT 301, DSC 430 3 MKT 422 International Marketing MKT 301 3 Any course transferred from a Spanish immersion program from UVI Study Abroad 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 115 Bachelor of Arts Degree CERTIFICATE Broadcast Communication This certificate program consists of a series of methods courses which provide students with the body of professional knowledge and skills that prepare them to work effectively with broadcast media both as on-air talent and as station operators. The certificate is specifically for students who wish to enter the broadcasting profession with sufficient background and training to succeed in the business. It is also for students who are studying other majors who wish to perfect their skills in presenting their ideas in public. Enrollment in individual courses is open to anyone who meets the stated prerequisites. The certificate program is open to students who are already matriculated at UVI or students who have come to UVI solely to pursue this certificate. The certificate will be awarded to students who complete 18 credits in the courses listed below with a grade of C or better in all. Everyone will take the following core courses: PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS COM 205 Broadcast Communication 4 ENG 120 English Composition 3 And up to 6 credits from the following courses: COM 211 Radio Production COM 205 3 COM 212 Radio Production COM 205 3 COM 213 Radio Production COM 205 3 COM 214 Radio Production COM 205 3 Students will take the remaining credits (to the 18 credit total) from the following: PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS COM 110 Introduction to Communication 3 COM 120 Public Speaking COM 119 3 COM 200 Journalism Workshop ENG 201 2 COM 227 Voice and Diction 3 COM 308 Newswriting for Mass Media 1 ENG 201 3 COM 310 Newswriting for Mass Media 2 COM 308 3 COM 340 Broadcast Communication 2 COM 205 4 ENT 205 Innovation and Entrepreneurship 3 MUS 110 Business of Music 3 MUS 125 Beginning Music Recording Workshop MUS110 3 MUS 215 Music Mixing Workshop MUS 110, MUS 125 3 MUS 217 Professional Tools: Digital MUS 110, MUS 125 Recording Techniques 3 Students taking courses for the sole purpose of being awarded the certificate in broadcast- ing are reminded that certain classes have prerequisites, and taking those classes will require more than 18 credits of course work. This is appropriate for matriculated students seeking a bachelor’s degree. Students only seeking a certificate and who want to complete only 18 credits should avoid courses for which prerequistes are required. The following courses have prerequisites: 116 PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS COM 200 Journalism Workshop ENG 201 2 COM 308 Newswriting for Mass Media 1 ENG 201 3 COM 310 Newswriting for Mass Media 2 ENG 201 3 Students completing the certificate program as part of a degree program can organize their coursework to have the prerequisites completed before beginning the classes that require prerequisites. Note also that some classes can be taken concurrently. The program will organize these classes so that an NSE student could come in August and complete the certificate in one year. This requires that classes be sequenced and orga- nized to ensure that the right sequence is available every year. Students are encouraged to simultaneously pursue parallel certificates in entrepreneurship or in the business of music and to participate in the 13D competition. The intent is to have certificate recipients skilled in broadcasting PLUS music recording or business operations. Music Industry The music industry certificate program is designed to provide interested parties with training that will enable them to become successful entrepreneurs in the music business as audio en- gineers or music business entrepreneurs. A student who successfully earns a music industry certificate will have acquired the ability to create and maintain a successful music business, through the study of key music marketing principles and practices; patent, copyright, and trade law secrets which include patent protection for software and business methods. Stu- dents of the audio engineering track will be exposed to industry standards for digital audio recording methods, mixing equalization, and dynamic processing that includes acoustics for both studio and live sound installations. Participants will learn how to record and mix audio and audio-visual productions, and will learn how to produce distributable multi-channel sur- round sound products through mastering, mixing, and encoding. The music industry certificate program provides interested students with the opportunity to become proficient through one of two (2) distinct music industry study tracks: audio engineering or music business. The music industry certificate program requires twelve (12) credit hours of instruction (includ- ing the necessary prerequisite course MUS 110). Program participants will take the required MUS 110 Business of Music course followed by any three (3) courses in one of the two (2) tracks outlined within the certificate program. MUSIC INDUSTRY COURSES PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS MUS 110 Business of Music None 3 Audio Engineering MUS 125 Beginning Music Recording MUS 110 Workshop 3 MUS 215 Music Mixing Workshop MUS 110, MUS 125 (3 credits per semester) 6 MUS 217 Professional Tools: Digital MUS 110, MUS 125 Recording Techniques (3 credits per semester) 6 MUS 250 Music Recoding Theory MUS 110, MUS 125 and Techniques 6 Bachelor of Arts Degree 117 PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS Music Business MUS 252 Music Industry Marketing Principles MUS 110 and Applications 3 MUS 254 Intellectual Property Rights MUS 110 3 MUS 315 Music Economics MUS 110 and Global Business 3 Psychology with concentration in Human Development This program will promote a greater understanding of human developmental psychology. It may be especially useful to those who attempt to provide services to people and organiza- tions across a wide spectrum of developmental levels from preschool to elderly populations. Bachelor of Arts Degree 118 COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Mission The College of Science and Mathematics is committed to helping students excel academically and achieve productive careers through programs in academics, research and community service. The college provides degrees in biology, chemistry, computer science, marine biology, mathematics, physics and process technology. Opportunities leading to degrees in engineering and medicine at affiliated universities augment our degree offerings. College faculty are committed to lifelong learning and scientific research, academic and pedagogical advancement, and outreach to the local community through service and enhanced opportunities. Program In the College of Science and Mathematics, the University offers courses of study in astronomy, biology, chemistry, computer science, marine biology, and mathematics, with major fields of specialization in biology, chemistry, marine biology and mathematics. The college also offers pre-engineering and pre-medical technology programs. Mathematics is the essential tool for all students of natural, physical and applied sciences. In addition, certain areas in mathematics, such as statistics, probability, linear algebra and cal- culus, are indispensable for certain advanced programs in the social sciences. The students’ readiness to begin the study of mathematics at the college level will determine whether they are able to complete their undergraduate degrees majoring in chemistry or mathematics in the normal period of four years. The student who has mastered mathematics through at least high school trigonometry and second-year high school algebra should be able to maintain the pace of a college program in science or mathematics. Four years of high school math- ematics are recommended. In addition, familiarity with the language and basic concepts of the sciences can be gained through high school courses in biology and chemistry. Students planning to attend a graduate school of medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine normally will major in either chemistry or biology as an undergraduate. Students should consult with their advisors concerning courses which may be required for graduate study in their fields of interest. Biomedical research training opportunities are available for interested students to work in the laboratory of faculty mentors. The University of the Virgin Islands is one of the few institutions in the United States offering an undergraduate major in marine biology. As the program develops, specialized field courses in chemical and physical oceanography, marine geology and marine instrumentation will be added. It is anticipated that the growing recognition for marine technicians will result in expanded career opportunities for those who complete the undergraduate program. Students in this program also will be prepared for graduate work. Preparation in such fields as architecture, pharmacy, engineering and forestry may often be completed within the four years of a normal baccalaureate program with transfer from the University of the Virgin Islands after the first year or two of undergraduate study. However, many engineering programs now require a minimum of five years of study for a bachelor’s degree. The bachelor’s degree, together with appropriate preparation in teacher education, is the basic qualification for those intending to teach science and mathematics at the secondary level. The following lists the required and recommended courses in the College of Science and Mathematics: Bachelor of Arts Degree 119 Biology Major The requirements for a Bachelor of Arts degree in biology consist of the following biology and related courses plus a study plan written by each candidate and his or her program advisor. Study plan guidelines and procedures will be published by the College of Science and Mathematics from time to time. The study plan must be approved by the faculty of the biology program and will be submitted to the enrollment services office. Course numbering reflects the year by which courses should be completed. The study plan must include at least one plant-based^ and one animal-based* course. Any change in the study plan must be ap- proved by the advisor and the program prior to course registration. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 82-83), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B. Required courses in biology (24 credit hours): Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 BIO 245 Genetics 4 BIO 360 Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 BIO 365 Junior Biology Seminar 2 or BIO 397-398 Junior Science Seminar I-II 1-1 BIO/MBI 497, 498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 C. Required courses in related fields (22-24 credit hours): Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 151L-152L General Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 MAT 241 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I 4 or MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 or PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 or PHY 241-212 General Physics I - Introduction to Physics II 5-4 D. Science, technology and mathematics (STEM) electives: Credits An additional 18 credit hours minimum are required from the following: BIO 210 Research Methods I 2 BIO 220** Marine Invertebrate Zoology 4 BIO 224 Population Biology 4 BIO 295 Responsible Conduct in Research 1 BIO 310 Research Methods II 2 BIO 339** Vertebrate Structure 5 BIO 342** Animal Physiology 4 BIO 349^ Aquatic Plant Biology 4 Bachelor of Arts Degree 120 Credits BIO 350^ Terrestrial Plant Biology 4 BIO 352^ Plant Physiology 4 BIO 353** Developmental Biology 3 BIO 355-356 Biology of Microorganisms I-II 4-4 BIO 361 Bioinformatics 4 BIO 370 Evolution 3 BIO 430 Coral Reef Biology 4 BIO 460 Cell and Molecular Biology II 4 BIO 465-466*** Selected Topics in Biology 4 BIO 495 Directed Independent Research in Biology (maximum 6 credits) 1-4 BIO 496 Internship/Field Studies (maximum 4 credits) 1-4 Any MBI or MSC course Any 200, 300 or 400 level Chemistry, Math or Physics course Any ENV course SCI 100 (if taken as a freshman), The Natural World: The Caribbean SCI 200 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems Any CSC course except CSC 111 or CSC 119 STE 110 and/or STE 112 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either BIO 497 or 498. **Animal-based course. ^Plant-based course. ***Depending on content, a Selected Topics in Biology may count as a plant- or animal-based course. Chemistry Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 82-83), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in chemistry: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 151L-152L General Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 CHE 251 Quantitative Analysis 2 CHE 251L Quantitative Analysis Lab 2 CHE 252 Instrumental Analysis 2 CHE 252L Instrumental Analysis Lab 2 CHE 253-254 Organic Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 253L-254L Organic Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 CHE 341-342 Physical Chemistry I-II 3-3 CHE 341L-342L Physical Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 CHE 397, 398 Junior Science Seminar I, II 1/2,1/2 CHE 432 Inorganic Chemistry 3 CHE 432L Inorganic Chemistry Lab 1 CHE 497, 498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either CHE 497 or 498. Bachelor of Arts Degree 121 C. The following courses in related fields are required: Credits MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 D. The following courses are strongly recommended: Credits CHE 348 Biochemistry 3 CHE 348L Biochemistry Lab 1 CHE 465,466 Selected Topics 3-4 CHE 495 Directed Independent Research in Chemistry 1-4 CHE 496 Internship/Field Studies 1-4 MAT 441-442 Advanced Calculus I-II 3-3 Marine Biology Major The requirements for a Bachelor of Arts degree in marine biology consist of the following biol- ogy, marine biology and related courses plus a study plan written by each candidate and his or her program advisor. Study plan guidelines and procedures will be published by the Col- lege of Science and Mathematics from time to time. The study plan must be approved by the faculty of the biology program and will be submitted to the enrollment services office. Course numbering reflects the year by which courses should be completed. Any change in the study plan must be approved by the advisor and the program prior to course registration. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 82-83), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B. Required courses in biology and marine biology (45 credit hours): Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 BIO 245 Genetics 4 BIO 349 Aquatic Plant Biology 4 BIO 360 Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 BIO 397-398 Junior Science Seminar 1-1 or MBI 365 Junior Biology Seminar 2 MBI 220 Marine Invertebrate Zoology 5 MBI 222 Ichthyology 4 MBI 424 Marine Ecology 4 BIO/MBI 497, 498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 MSC 239 Oceanography 4 C. Required courses in related fields (22-24 credit hours): Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 151L-152L General Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 Bachelor of Arts Degree 122 Credits MAT 241 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I 4 or MAT 245 Statistics for the Life Sciences 4 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 or PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 or PHY 241-212 General Physics I, Introduction to Physics II 5-4 D. In addition to the courses not chosen to fulfill the requirement in Section B, the following are strongly recommended for students intending to pursue graduate studies: Credits MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 CHE 253-254 Organic Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 253L-254L Organic Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either BIO 497 or 498. Mathematics Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 82-83), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B. Required courses in mathematics: Credits MAT 215 Introduction to Number Theory 3 MAT 241-242 Introductory Calculus and Analytic Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 MAT 362 Abstract Algebra I 3 MAT 441 Introductory Analysis I 3 MAT 397, 398 Junior Mathematics Seminar I, II 1/2, 1/2 MAT 497, 498* Senior Mathematics Seminar I, II 1,1 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either MAT 497 or 498. C. Six elective courses from the following are required; a cluster of four courses must be ap- proved by the advisor (see E. Suggested tracks): Credits MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 301 Modern Geometry 3 MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 344 Probability 3 MAT 346 Differential Equations 4 MAT 348 Complex Variables 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 MAT 361 Bioinformatics 4 MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics 3 MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 123 Bachelor of Arts Degree Credits MAT 458 Topology 3 MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II 3 MAT 465, 466 Special Topics 3,3 MAT 499 Approved Independent Study 3 One approved upper-level course in another discipline D. Strongly suggested courses in related fields: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming 4 PHY 241-242** General Physics I-II 5-5 **Partially satisfies the general education requirement in science. E. Suggested tracks: Credits Applied: For majors interested in applied mathematics in the physical and engineering sciences, actuarial sciences, or business MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 344 Probability 3 MAT 346 Differential Equations 3 MAT 348 Complex Variables 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 One approved upper-level course in another discipline. 3 Teaching: For majors considering a career in secondary education MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 301 Modern Geometry 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 344 Probability 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics 3 Graduate: For majors considering graduate study in mathematics MAT 348 Complex Variables 3 MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II 3 MAT 458 Topology 3 MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II 3 124 Bachelor of Business Administration Degree To qualify for a Bachelor of Business Administration degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 120 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The general education and general business education requirements for graduation in the Bachelor of Business Administration degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet general education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION (GE) COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 20 COM 119 Leadership and Interpersonal Communications 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 FOREIGN LANGUAGE (courses must be sequential in the same language) 8 C. MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE 14 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 MAT 232 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences 4 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SCIENCE ** Elective 3 D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 9 ECO 221 Introduction to Macro-economics 3 ECO 222 Introduction to Micro-economics 3 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 *Requirement of the Freshman-Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. ** Science elective may be any course under the prefix BIO, CHE, MSC, NSC, PHY, or SCI. II. GENERAL BUSINESS EDUCATION (GBE) REQUIREMENTS 48 Students are required to take the following set of courses in general business education Credits ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 ACC 202 Management Accounting 3 BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 125 Credits BUS 305 Business Communication 3 BUS 351 Business Law 3 BUS 436 Business Strategy 3 BUS 474 Professional Development Seminar 1 BUS 475 Undergraduate Internship in Business 2 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 DSC 325 Statistics for Management Decisions 3 DSC 410 Quantitative Methods 3 DSC 430 Production/Operations Management 3 ENT 205 Innovation & Entrepreneurship 3 FIN 301 Fundamentals of Finance 3 MGT 301 Principles of Management 3 MGT 342 Human Resource Management 3 MKT 301 Principles of Marketing 3 III. SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 20 Mathematics and science 14 Social sciences 9 General business education 48 IV. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students in the School of Business pursuing a Bachelor of Business Administration degree are required to earn a minimum grade of “C” in all courses offered by the School of Business. Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in physical education for every semester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. This particular requirement may be waived by the provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of studies at another institution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current University course require- ments. Appeals should be directed to the provost. In order to graduate, students must earn at least two times as many quality points as registered credits in all their courses as well as in the courses of their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY EXAMINATION (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on p. 62. Degree Majors and Programs – B.B.A. Degree Students enrolling in the Bachelor of Business Administration degree programs may select as a major field of study one of the following: Bachelor of Business Administration Degree 126 Bachelor of Business Administration Degree Accounting Hospitality and Tourism Management Information Systems and Technology Management Marketing Accounting Major The accounting major prepares students for professional, consulting, and/or entrepreneur- ial careers within the field of accounting. Students receive the academic preparation to sit for various certification exams in management accounting, auditing, taxation and forensic accounting. Graduates who are interested in sitting for the CPA exam should consider the Master of Accounting (MACC) program which satisfies the 150-hour credit requirement and includes examination preparation courses. In addition to the general business education (GBE) requirements in the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) degree, students in this major must take the following set of courses: A. The following course substitutions apply to the accounting major: Credits ACC 320 Accounting Information Systems 3 replaces the GBE requirement for IST 210 Business Information Systems 3 B. Required courses in accounting: Credits ACC 301 Intermediate Financial Accounting I 3 ACC 302 Intermediate Financial Accounting II 3 ACC 303 Intermediate Financial Accounting III 3 ACC 310 Governmental and Not For Profit Accounting 3 ACC 315 Fundamentals of Income Tax 3 ACC 440 Managerial Cost Accounting 3 ACC 442 Auditing 3 ACC 443 Advanced Accounting 3 ACC 499 Professional Research For Accountants 3 C. Elective course in the accounting major: 3 ACC 446 Forensic Accounting 3 or Another elective course selected from within the School of Business at the 300 or 400 level. The elective may not include a course which is part of general education or general business education requirements in the B.A. or B.B.A. degrees. D. Summary of requirements for accounting major: Credits General education 43-44 General business education 45 Required accounting courses 30 Elective course 3 Total credit hours 121-122 127 Bachelor of Business Administration Degree Hospitality and Tourism Management Major The hospitality and tourism management major prepares students for a management career in the hotel and tourism industry. This program combines industry related skills and experi- ences with academic training in management resulting in an excellent foundation program for entry level management positions in the hospitality and tourism industry. In addition to the general business education (GBE) requirements in the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) degree, students in this major must take the following set of courses. Certain courses in this major are substitutes for GBE requirements in the B.B.A.. A. The following courses substitutions apply to the HTM Major: Credits COURSE SUBSTITUTIONS: HOS 101 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry 3 replaces the GBE requirement for BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 ACC 203 Hospitality Accounting 3 replaces the GBE requirement for ACC 202 Management Accounting 3 HOS 435 Hospitality Strategy 3 replaces the GBE requirement for BUS 436 Business Strategy 3 HOS 430 Hospitality Internship II 4 replaces the GBE requirement for BUS 475 Undergraduate Internship in Business 2 B. Required courses in hospitality: Credits HOS 101 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry 3 HOS 120 Food Production and Safety 3 HOS 205 Customer Service Management 3 HOS 210 Lodging Operations 3 HOS 220 Food and Beverage Cost Control 3 HOS 230 Hospitality Internship I 4 HOS 301 Resort Management 3 HOS 305 Tourism 3 HOS 310 Cruise Line Operations 3 HOS 401 Food and Beverage Management 3 HOS 410 Tourism Development 3 HOS 430 Hospitality Internship II 4 HOS 435 Hospitality Strategy 3 C. Summary of requirements for hospitality and tourism management major: Credits General education 43-44 General business education 38 Hospitality and restaurant management 41 Total credit hours 122-23 128 Information Systems and Technology Major The information systems and technology (IST) major prepares students for a professional, consulting, and/or entrepreneurial career within the field of information technology. This program combines theoretical foundations with hands-on practical experiences to provide students with a comprehensive academic technology experience that prepares them to be successful in the ever-evolving digital economy. This flexible program includes six (6) cred- its of elective courses that may be applied to accommodate the personal and professional interests of each student offering the opportunity and flexibility to integrate IST theories and practice with students’ academic area(s) of interest. In addition to the general business education (GBE) requirements in the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) degree, students in this major must take the following set of courses: A. Required courses in information systems and technology: Credits IST 201 Introduction to Programming Logic 3 IST 205 Electronic Commerce 3 IST 301 Systems Analysis and Design 3 IST 305 Database Design and Implementation 3 IST 315 Data Communications and Network Management 3 IST 410 Technology Certification 3 IST 420 IS Project Management and Development I 3 IST 425 IS Project Management and Development II 3 B. Six credits from elective courses in information systems and technology. Elective courses can be chosen from within any discipline offered at the University and exclude any courses used to fulfill general education or general business education require- ments as outlined on pp. 124-125. Electives may also be available within the IST program to provide students with an in-depth and comprehensive academic experience within the field of information technology. IST elec- tives include: Credits IST 320 Web and Multimedia Design 3 IST 325 Enterprise Information Systems 3 IST 401 Mobile Application Development 3 IST 415 Information Security Management 3 IST 465 Selected Topics in Information Systems and Technology 3 IST 466 Selected Topics in Information Systems and Technology 3 In addition, students may opt to use the additional six (6) credits toward the completion of an academic minor. C. Summary of requirements for information systems and technology major: Credits General education 43-44 General business education 48 Required information systems and technology courses 24 Elective courses 6 Other requirements (physical education) 2 Total credit hours 123-124 Bachelor of Business Administration Degree 129 Bachelor of Business Administration Degree Management Major The management major prepares students for a successful career in management by providing an excellent foundation in a wide range on field specializations. Students with a degree in management will be qualified for entry and mid-level management positions. In ad- dition to the in-depth knowledge of the discipline, this program will also facilitate professional membership in the Chartered Institute of Management Consultants (CIMC). In addition to the general business education (GBE) requirements in the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) degree, students in this major must take the following set of courses: A. Students enrolled in the B.B.A. in management will complete the following MGT courses. Credits MGT 313 Small Business Management 3 MGT 410 Labor-Management Relations 3 MGT 429 Organizational Behavior 3 MGT 434 Public Policy Toward Business 3 MGT 436 International Business Management 3 MGT 437 Emotional Intelligence 3 MGT 438 Human Resource Planning 3 MGT 439 Organizational Change and Development 3 B. Elective courses in the management major 6 If selected from within the School of Business, the electives may include any 300 or 400 level course or any course used in pursuit of a minor. The electives may not include courses which are part of general education or GBE requirements for the B.A. or B.B.A. degree. If selected from outside the School of Business, the electives may include any course except courses which are part of the general education requirements for the B.A. or B.S. degree. C. Summary of requirements for the management major Credits General education 43-44 General business education 48 Required MGT major courses 24 Electives 6 Other requirements (physical education) 2 Total credit hours 123-124 Marketing Major The marketing major prepares students for a successful career in marketing by providing an excellent foundation in a wide range of skills that are in demand. Students with a degree in marketing will be qualified for entry and mid-level marketing positions. In addition to the in- depth knowledge of the discipline, this program will also facilitate professional membership in the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM). In addition to the general business education (GBE) requirements in the Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) degree, students in this major must take the following set of courses: 130 A. Students enrolled in the B.B.A. in marketing will complete the following MKT courses. Credits MKT 334 Advertising and Promotion Strategy 3 MKT 416 Principles of Merchandising 3 MKT 422 International Marketing 3 MKT 426 Marketing Research 3 MKT 427 Personal Selling and Sales Management 3 MKT 428 Consumer Behavior 3 MKT 429 Services Marketing 3 MKT 430 Strategic Marketing 3 B. Elective courses in the marketing major 6 Credits If selected from within the School of Business the electives may include any 300 or 400 level course or any course used in pursuit of a minor. The electives may not include courses which are part of general education or GBE requirements for the B.A. or B.B.A. degree. If selected from outside the School of Business the electives may include any course except courses which are part of the general education requirements for the B.A. or B.S. degree. C. Summary of requirements for the marketing major Credits General education 43-44 General business education 48 Required marketing major courses 24 Electives 6 Other requirements (physical education) 2 Total credit hours 123-124 Bachelor of Business Administration Degree 131 MINOR Entrepreneurship Minor The minor in entrepreneurship is offered to all UVI students regardless of their degree pro- gram. The program is designed to supplement any other degree with a focus on the funda- mental skills of entrepreneurship covered in six courses or eighteen total hours. Entrepre- neurship education will prepare students with the tools and experiences necessary to explore the role of new venture creation within their primary discipline. The minor is equally accessible to non-business students. No prerequisites are required to start the program. Entrepreneurship Students enrolled in the minor will complete the following required courses in addition to the respective prerequisites. Credits ENT 205 Innovation and Entrepreneurship 3 ENT 304 Entrepreneurial Marketing 3 Students enrolled in the minor will complete any four of the following six elective courses in entrepreneurship. Credits ENT 300 Foundations in Entrepreneurship l 3 ENT 301 Foundations in Entrepreneurship lI 3 ENT 306 Entrepreneurial Finance 3 ENT 308 Business Growth and Renewal Strategies 3 ENT 310 Entrepreneurship throughout the Caribbean 3 COM 435 Digital Entrepreneurship 3 Summary of total credit hour requirements: Non-business students must take a minimum of 18 hours of entrepreneurship coursework beyond their bachelor’s degree, plus any required prerequisites for the courses listed above. Business students must take an additional 18 hours of coursework beyond their bachelor’s degree. Bachelor of Business Administration Degree 132 Bachelor of Business Administration Degree CERTIFICATE Entrepreneurship Whether you aspire to launch a new business or be an innovator in an existing firm you will need the mindset and skill set of an entrepreneur. The entrepreneurship certificate program provides you with the opportunity to develop the entrepreneurial skills you need by allow- ing you to select a sequence of courses that aligns with your career ambitions. To earn the certificate you will need to complete a total of nine credit hours of approved courses 133 Bachelor of Science Degree To qualify for a Bachelor of Science degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 120 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The general education requirements for graduation in the bachelor of science degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet the general education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 18 Courses fulfilling the humanities electives include: humanities, communication, English, French, Spanish, music, theatre, philosophy, or art. C. MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE 13-16 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143** Precalculus Algebra D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 9-12 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 and three other courses in the social sciences: anthropology, criminal justice, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology. *Requirement of the Freshman-Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. **A student exempted from College Algebra with Applications or Precalculus Algebra by a qualifying examination must take one semester of a more advanced mathematics course. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 18 Mathematics and science 13-16 Social sciences 9-12 TOTAL 43-47 134 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in physical education for every semester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. This particular requirement may be waived by the provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of studies in another institution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current University course require- ments. Appeals should be directed to the provost. In order to graduate, students must earn at least two times as many quality points as registered credits in all their courses as well as in the courses of their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY EXAMINATION (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on pp. 62. Degree Majors and Programs – B.S. Degree Students enrolling in the Bachelor of Science degree programs at the University of the Virgin Islands presently may select as a major field of study one of the following: SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Maritime Management COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Criminal Justice Psychology SCHOOL OF NURSING Nursing COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Computer Science The following majors are only offered on the Orville E. Kean Campus. Applied Mathematics Biology Chemistry Marine Biology Mathematics Bachelor of Science Degree 135 Bachelor of Science Degree SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Maritime Management Major The Bachelor of Science in maritime management is designed to provide expanded career opportunities in the maritime industry by opening doors to shore side management positions that require expertise in business. The business education in combination with expertise and hands on experience in the maritime industry will open doors for long term and sustainable opportunities within the maritime industry to include, ship management, port management, logistics management, brokering, and other maritime trade and sales positions. This degree will allow students to supplement their technical expertise with business acumen needed to participate in or lead a successful business in the maritime industry. Students pursuing a B.S. in maritime management are required to earn a minimum grade of C in all required courses in maritime management with the prefixes ENT, BUS, ACC, IST, DSC, FIN, MGT and MKT. A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in humanities Credits BUS 305 Business Communication 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 Humanities electives 9 C. Required courses in mathematics and science Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT143 Precalculus Algebra 4 and MAT 232 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences 4 Science electives 6 (Science elective may be any course under the prefix BIO, CHE, MSC, NSC, PHY, or SCI.) D. Required courses in social sciences Credits Three courses in the social sciences: anthropology, criminal justice, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology. 9 E. Students must take a minimum of 34 technical credit hours from a maritime institute or academy. F. Required courses in business: Credits ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 ACC 202 Management Accounting 3 BUS 351 Business Law 3 BUS 436 Business Strategy 3 DSC 325 Statistics for Management Decisions 3 DSC 430 Production / Operations Management 3 136 Credits ECO 222 Micro-economics 3 ENT 205 Innovation And Entrepreneurship 3 FIN 301 Fundamentals of Finance 3 IST 210 Business Information Systems 3 MKT 301 Principles of Marketing 3 G. Required courses in management: Credits MGT 301 Principles of Management 3 MGT 342 Human Resource Management 3 MGT 429 Organizational Behavior 3 MGT 436 International Business Management 3 Bachelor of Science Degree 137 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Criminal Justice Major The Bachelor of Science in criminal justice is an interdisciplinary program that is designed to prepare students for the many careers in criminal justice and law enforcement and lays the academic foundation for post graduate education and law school. This program covers the study of law enforcement and security procedures, courts and corrections, and criminal justice theory. This degree will teach students the functions of criminal justice organizations and law enforcement procedures. The B.S. degree differs from the B.A. because of its emphasis on the institutions of criminal justice, specifically the police, courts and corrections, forensic science, and crime scene investigations (CSI). Upon graduation, a student will have the knowledge necessary to begin a rewarding career in the field. This program is also designed to qualify those students who are already in the criminal justice and law enforcement fields for promotion to advanced positions. Students should seek advisement from the criminal justice advisor to plan their career path and select appropriate electives and substitutions where available in the paradigm. Admission to the Criminal Justice Major • Achieved a cumulative GPA of 2.33 or higher following the completion of 52 credits of which 30 credit hours must have been taken at UVI. • Earned a grade of C+ or better in CJU 110. • Complete an application that can be obtained from the registrar’s office or program website and submit to the Chair of the Social Sciences Department. Program Requirements Students pursuing an A.A.S., B.A. or B.S. in criminal justice are required to earn a minimum grade of C+ in CJU 110, and a C or better in all required criminal justice courses (CJU), except for CJU 250 Criminal Justice Internship in which students must earn a minimum grade of B. Students declaring this major must meet the following requirements before taking any CJU courses: 1. Completion of WAC and RAC or received a passing grade on the placement exam(s) for entrance into ENG 120. 2. Completion of MAT 023 and MAT 024 or received a passing grade on the placement exam(s) for entrance into MAT 140, MAT 143 or MAT 153. Course Requirements A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in the humanities (which will also fulfill general education requirements): Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 Bachelor of Science Degree 138 Bachelor of Science Degree Credits ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 PHI 200 Critical Thinking 3 SPA 131-132 Functional Elementary Spanish I-II 4-4 SPA 231 Intermediate Spanish 4 C. Required courses in the science and mathematics (which will also fulfill general education requirements): Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra (MAT 143 recommended) 4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 D. Required physical education courses Credits (May be met by physical education courses or personal life skills course) 2 E. Required courses in the social sciences (which will also fulfill general education requirements): Credits CJU 110 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 CJU 205 Administration of Justice 3 CJU 207 Criminal Law 3 CJU 240 Constitutional Law 3 CJU 250 Criminal Justice Internship 3 CJU 325 Police Organization and Administration 3 CJU/POL321 Contemporary Correction 3 CJU 305 Criminal Investigation 3 or CJU 345 Forensic Science 4 CJU 401 Criminal Justice Research Methods and Analysis 4 CJU 432 Criminal Procedure and Evidence 3 HIS 341 Caribbean History 3 or HIS 342 History of the Virgin Islands 3 POL 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 POL 129 Introduction to Public Administration 3 PSY 120 General Psychology 3 or SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 SOC 333/CJU 333 Criminology 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar I-II 1-1 F. Elective courses for the criminal justice major: Nine credits of electives are required. Students in the BS in criminal justice will choose a minimum of 6 credits at the three hundred level or above from among the following: • Biology • Chemistry • Criminal justice • Economics 139 Bachelor of Science Degree • Marine biology • Mathematics • Political science • Psychology • Physics • Science Psychology Major A Bachelor of Science degree with a major in psychology is offered for preprofessional stu- dents who intend to pursue graduate studies. This degree program is challenging and should be attempted only by students with special talents in experimental psychology. Bachelor of Science in Psychology degree students must successfully complete a mini- mum of 120 credits. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet general education requirements and the selection of electives will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. The following courses, which include the general education courses, are required for the Bachelor of Science degree in psychology. A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in the humanities: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 ENG 300 Scientific Writing 3 Humanities electives 6 C. Required courses in science and mathematics: Credits MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra* 4 or MAT 241 Calculus 4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 BIO 110 Introduction to Research Methods 2 BIO 210 Research Methods I 2 BIO 295 Responsible Conduct in Research 1 *A student exempted from Precalculus Algebra by a qualifying examination must take ad- vanced mathematics courses to meet the minimum 8 mathematics credit requirement. D. Required courses in the social sciences: Credits Social science electives (anthropology, criminal justice, economics, geography, history, political science or sociology) 9 Total 40-47 140 Bachelor of Science Degree Credits E. Required physical education courses: 2 (May be met by physical education courses or personal life skills course) F. Required courses psychology and social sciences: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 PSY 202 Life Span Development 3 PSY 203 Introduction to Personality 3 PSY 240 Biopsychology 4 PSY 304 Cognitive Psychology 3 PSY 312 Psychology of Learning 3 PSY 350 Drugs, Behavior and Society 3 PSY 340 Behavioral Neuroscience 3 PSY 348 Sensation and Perception 3 PSY 434 Abnormal Psychology 3 PSY 440 Applied Research Methods 3 PSY 496 Practicum in Psychology 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar 1-1 Total 47 G. Psychology electives (minimum of 18 credits of any other psychology course): Credits Total 18 H. Other electives: Credits Any other courses in biology, chemistry, computer science, mathematics, or physics 15 141 SCHOOL OF NURSING Mission The School of Nursing, in a learner-focused and multi-cultural environment, educates and empowers its graduates to meet the health needs of individuals, families and communities, with a focus on the U.S. Virgin Islands, the Caribbean and the world. Faculty strive for excel- lence through rigorous academic standards, innovative teaching strategies, research and community engagement. Accreditation The Bachelor of Science in nursing degree in the School of Nursing is accredited by the Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing, 3343 Peachtree Rd NE, Suite 850, Atlanta GA, 30326, (404) 975-5000; Fax (404) 975-5020. Programs The School of Nursing offers a nursing major and has two tracks for completion of the Bachelor of Science degree in nursing (BSN): the generic program and a BSN Completion Program. One hundred and twenty-five (125) credits (at least four years) is required to com- plete the BSN degree. Generic BSN Program The generic BSN Program is designed to prepare the student to pass the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN), a requirement for obtaining a license to practice as a registered nurse in a United States (U.S.) jurisdiction. Prospective students should be aware that the Virgin Islands Board of Nurse Licensure (VIBNL) requires a Social Security number to be eligible to take the NCLEX-RN exam in the U.S. Virgin Islands. Graduates may be able to sit the NCLEX-RN exam in another U.S. jurisdiction. Licensure requirements may vary by state. Students should contact the Board of Nursing in the juris- diction in which they plan to practice. Contact information can be retrieved at the National Council of State Boards of Nursing website (http://www.ncsbn.org). Applicants intending to study nursing are expected to have completed a rigorous college preparatory program of study in high school, including four years of English or the equivalent, two years of college preparatory mathematics, one year of biology and one year of general chemistry. The BSN degree is a four-year degree program requiring at least 125 credits, with 66 credits in nursing. At least three semesters of full-time study are required prior to entry into the nursing program. Students who need pre-college classes, such as remedial English and/ or reading (ENG 100/WAC011; ENG101/RCA021) and/or remedial mathematics (MAT 023 and MAT 024), may need more than three semesters to complete all required pre-nursing courses. Nursing coursework typically begins in the spring semester of the sophomore year. BSN Completion Program The BSN Completion Program is cohort-driven and a minimum of 10 students is necessary to begin a new cohort. The program is open to graduates of associate degree and diploma nursing programs who want to complete the Bachelor of Science in nursing. In addition to general education requirements, nine nursing courses (26 credits) are required for the BSN Completion Program. These courses can be completed in three or more semes- ters. Recent graduates of accredited associate degree programs may receive 40 credits for course work already completed in the pre-licensure program. There are three categories of BSN Completion applicants: graduates of U.S. accredited nursing schools, graduates of U.S. non-accredited nursing schools, and graduates of foreign Bachelor of Science Degree 142 nursing schools. Requirements differ so applicants are urged to review information carefully and to speak to a nursing advisor before applying. Admission to the BSN Program To qualify for admission to the BSN Program, all applicants must be accepted to UVI and have a cumulative GPA of 3.0 for full time admission to the BSN Program. Generic applicants must have successfully completed, or be enrolled in: • Freshman studies courses, including FDS 100, SCI 100 and SSC 100. Transfer ap- plicants with more than 24 credits are exempted; • General education courses, including COM 119, ENG 120, ENG 201, HSC 100, MAT 140, MAT 235, PSY 120, PSY 202; • BIO 151, BIO 152, BIO 240 with grades of “C” or better (online courses and courses without a laboratory component are not accepted); • Computer Literacy Examination (unless exempt); • Test of Essential Academic Skills (TEAS) from Assessment Technologies Institute with a score of “basic” or better. A score of 60% is required on the science component of the TEAS. The TEAS is administered by UVICELL. Applicants from other locations can check www.atitesting.com for information about testing in other locations. Transfer applicants who have been enrolled in another nursing program and who wish to transfer into the BSN Program must contact the administrator of the previous institution and request that a letter be mailed directly to the dean of the School of Nursing indicating their academic standing and eligibility for re-admission. In addition, an interview with the admis- sions committee may be required. Admission to the BSN Completion Program BSN Completion Program applicants must be licensed as a registered nurse (RN) or gradu- ates of accredited associate degree or diploma programs. Program completion must have been within the last four (4) years. Graduates of foreign nursing schools must have a current, unencumbered license in one of the United States or U.S. territories to qualify for admission. All RNs must submit proof of licensure. Unlicensed nurses who are accepted must enroll in NUR 433: NCLEX Preparation and subse- quently pass the licensure exam. Proof of licensure is required prior to the beginning of the next semester. Unlicensed nurses who do not pass the licensure exam may not continue and must re-apply to the BSN Completion Program once licensed. If an unlicensed BSN Completion applicant is nearing the end of NCLEX-RN eligibility in the U.S. Virgin Islands and there are an insufficient number of students to begin a new cohort, then the applicant is strongly advised to enroll in NUR 433: NCLEX Preparation or some other NCLEX preparation course. Applicants who are graduates of accredited U.S. nursing schools will receive a maximum of 40 credits for the following courses: NUR 104, NUR 208, NUR 308, NUR 318, NUR 319, NUR 321, NUR 323, NUR 417, NUR 433 and PLS 200. Credits will be held in escrow until successful completion of NUR 418 and then added to students’ transcripts. Applicants who are graduates of non-accredited nursing schools and graduates who are not eligible to take the NCLEX-RN exam due to length of time since graduation must sit challenge exams offered by the School of Nursing and the National League for Nursing (NLN), Bachelor of Science Degree 143 Assessment Technology Incorporated (ATI) proctored examination if relevant, and faculty clinical evaluations. The following is the policy on Advanced Placement/Prior Learning As- sessment. Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Program A successful challenge of a nursing course is defined as satisfactory completion of both the required test, respective ATI proctored examination if relevant, and faculty clinical evaluation. The NLN pass mark deemed acceptable by UVI SON is 74% and the pass mark of faculty prepared tests is 75% per SON policy. Students who are unsuccessful on any required test or respective ATI proctored examination, if relevant, must take the course. The table entitled NLN RN Achievement Exams and Equivalent BSN Courses and Credit displays the challenge test, the course equivalent and the number of credits for each. NLN RN Achievement/ Faculty Prepared Exams and Equivalent BSN Courses and Credit Test UVI Course Equivalent Credit NLN Basic Nursing Care I & II NUR 208* Fundamentals of Nursing 6 NLN Physical Assessment NUR 209* Health Assessment 3 NLN Pharmacology in Clinical Nursing NUR 229 Pharmacology in Nursing 3 NLN Nursing Care of Adults I NUR 308* Adult Health I 6 Faculty Prepared Exam NUR 311 Pathophysiology 3 NLN Comprehensive Psychiatric Nursing NUR 318* Mental & Behavioral Health 4 NLN Nursing Care of Adults II NUR 319* Adult Health II 6 NLN Nursing the Childbearing Family NUR 321* Maternal & Newborn Nursing 4 NLN Nursing Care of Children NUR 323* Pediatric Nursing 4 *One comprehensive clinical evaluation will be conducted following successful challenge of the theory component of courses with clinical requirements. Challenge exams are also available for BIO 151/152 and BIO 240. Applicants will have two opportunities to take the challenge exams. Upon successful completion of challenge exams and payment of required fees, credits will be granted on the applicant’s UVI transcript. BSN Completion Program applicants must have successfully completed, or be enrolled in: • General education courses, including COM 119, ENG 120, ENG 201, HSC 100, MAT 140, MAT 235, PLS 200, PSY 120, and PSY 202. • BIO 151, BIO 152 and BIO 240 with grades of “C” or better. (Online courses and courses without a laboratory component are not accepted.) Drug dosage calculation competency is a requirement for all BSN Completion Program students. All applicants who are accepted will be given a comprehensive exam prior to the beginning of NUR 210 which must be passed with a grade of 90% or better. Study materials are posted on the School of Nursing website. Two opportunities to pass are permitted. Those scoring <90% on the exam are required to register for, and pass, NUR 104. The following are additional eligibility requirements to graduate from UVI unless exempted: • Computer Literacy Examination (CLE); • English Proficiency Examination (EPE). Application Process Admission to the University is a prerequisite for admission into the nursing program but does not guarantee acceptance into the BSN Program. All prospective BSN students must submit a separate application packet to the School of Nursing by October 15th, either in person or by mail. Application forms may be downloaded from the School of Nursing website or may be requested from the School of Nursing. Bachelor of Science Degree 144 Applications for the Orville E. Kean Campus should be addressed to: University of the Virgin Islands, School of Nursing #2 John Brewers Bay St. Thomas, U.S. Virgin Islands 00802-9990. Applications to the Albert A. Sheen Campus should be addressed to: University of the Virgin Islands, School of Nursing RR1, Box 10,000 Kingshill, St. Croix U.S. Virgin Islands 00850-9781. The application packet should include: 1. Application form; 2. Official transcripts - UVI students currently enrolled may submit an Unofficial UVI Tran- script; 3. Results of TEAS (all applicants except BSN Completion). Minimum of basic proficiency is required. Effective intake of 2021, the science portion of the TEAS will require a 60% score; 4. Two (2) letters of recommendation from professors or supervisors from place of employ- ment; 5. Writing sample: Write a one-page essay on the following topic: “Nursing: My Career of Choice”. Write this essay in a minimum of three paragraphs with at least one citation; Font: Times New Roman, Font Size 12, Line spacing 1.5, citations and references must be in APA format; 6. Official letter of good standing from the applicant’s previous university or nursing program(s). This letter must indicate the applicant is in good standing and eligible for re- admission; and 7. Copy of RN license (BSN Completion Program applicants). Deadline for submission: September 30. Selection and Notification of Applicants Admission to the Generic BSN Program is competitive and based on a point system. Enroll- ment is limited and applicants with the most points will be selected for admission. Points are awarded to applicants for grades in prerequisite courses, performance on the TEAS test, current enrollment at UVI and a bachelor’s degree in another field. Admission to the BSN Completion Program is open to nurses who meet the prerequisites and complete the application process. Bachelor of Science Degree Applicants to the BSN Program will be notified of acceptance, or conditional acceptance, by November 15th. Required courses in progress at the time of application must be completed successfully in order to begin the program. All applicants who are accepted into the BSN Program will have to submit documentation that meets clinical agency requirements, includ- ing a criminal background check and drug screen, immunization record and certification in CPR for Healthcare Professionals. Progression Requirements for Generic and BSN Completion Program Students In order to progress in a BSN program, students must: • Earn at least a “C” grade in all nursing courses, except for NUR 104 and NUR 433; • Earn at least a grade of “A-” in NUR 104 and NUR 433; • NCLEX Preparation (BSN Completion Program students may be exempt from these courses); Bachelor of Science Degree 145 • Score 90% or better by the third attempt on the Drug Dosage Calculation exam given each semester (if applicable); and • Maintain an overall GPA of “C” (2.0). Within the School of Nursing, a “C” grade is defined as 75%. A student may only repeat two (2) nursing courses. Student repeating nursing courses must register during the advising and registration period to ensure a place in that course. The third failure of a nursing course results in dismissal from the program. Returning Students Students in good standing in the School of Nursing who have an interruption in their nursing education must meet the current admission, progression and graduation requirements and notify the dean of the School of Nursing in writing of their desire to return by October 15 for the spring semester and by March 15 for the fall semester. Returning students are required to meet with their advisor and, if eligible, register during the advisement/registration period to communicate their intent to return to the School of Nursing. Failure to register in advance means that the student forfeits their opportunity to secure a place in the course(s). Nursing Major Generic BSN At least 125 credits are required to complete the BSN, with 66 credits in nursing. There may be some flexibility with general education course sequencing, but nursing courses must be taken as shown in the paradigm located in the School of Nursing student handbook, which is found on the UVI website, under “Academics”, then “School of Nursing” then “Documents”. Please note that many nursing courses and general education courses are only offered once per year. For further information regarding prerequisites, see the course description section of the UVI Catalog. The following courses, which include the general education courses, are required for the BSN degree. A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B. Required courses in the humanities: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 FRE 131-132 Functional Elementary French I-II 4-4 or SPA 131-132 Functional Elementary Spanish I-II 4-4 Humanities elective 3 C. Required courses in science and mathematics: Credits BIO 151-152 Human Anatomy and Physiology I-II 4-4 BIO 240 Microbiology 4 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra 4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 Bachelor of Science Degree 146 D. Required courses in the social sciences: Credits Social science elective 3 PSY 120 General Psychology 3 PSY 202 Life Span Development 3 E. Other required courses Credits HSC 100 Medical Terminology 1 PLS 200 Self Management: Wellness and Risk (satisfies PE requirement) 2 F. Required courses in nursing: Credits NUR 208 Fundamentals of Nursing 6 NUR 209 Health Assessment 3 NUR 229 Pharmacology in Nursing 3 NUR 308 Adult Health Nursing I 6 NUR 311 Pathophysiology 3 NUR 318 Mental/Behavioral Health Nursing 4 NUR 319 Adult Health Nursing II 6 NUR 321 Maternal Newborn Nursing 4 NUR 322 Evidence-Based Practice 3 NUR 323 Pediatric Nursing 4 NUR 417 Adult Health Nursing III 6 NUR 418 Community Health Nursing 4 NUR 421 Nursing Leadership & Issues 5 NUR 432 Senior Clinical Practicum 5 NUR 433 NCLEX Preparation 2 BSN Completion Program At least 125 credits are required for the BSN, including general education credits, earned nursing credits and credits granted to nurses for prior learning. In addition to courses already completed, students who are recent graduates of the ASN Program are required to take the following: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 Foreign language: two semesters 4-4 Humanities elective 3 Social science elective 3 Nine nursing courses (26 credits) are required for the BSN Completion Program. These courses can be completed in three or more semesters. Nursing courses required for BSN Completion Program for RNs Credits NUR 208 Fundamentals of Nursing 6 NUR 209 Health Assessment 3 NUR 210 Bridge to Professional Nursing 2 NUR 229 Pharmacology 3 NUR 322 Evidence-Based Practice 3 NUR 311 Pathophysiology 3 NUR 418 Community Health 4 NUR 421 Leadership 5 Bachelor of Science Degree 147 Credits NUR 434 RN Clinical Practicum 3 Total credits in nursing 26 Recent ASN graduates will receive 40 credits for NUR 104*, NUR 208, NUR 308, NUR 318, NUR 319, NUR 321,NUR 323, NUR 417, NUR 433**, and PLS 200. Credits will be held in escrow until successful completion of NUR 418 and then added to the student’s transcript. *Drug dosage calculation competency required: Drug dosage calculation competency is a requirement for all BSN Completion students. During orientation week, BSN Completion students will be given a comprehensive exam, which must be passed with a grade of 90% or better. Two additional opportunities to test will be offered during the first week of classes. Those scoring <90% on the exam are required to register for NUR 104 along with NUR 210. BSN Completion students will also be tested in NUR 434. **RN license required: Unlicensed nurses who are accepted must enroll in NUR 433 and sub- sequently pass the licensure exam. Proof of licensure is required prior to the beginning of the next semester. Unlicensed nurses may not continue and must re-apply to the BSN Comple- tion Program once licensed. Bachelor of Science Degree 148 COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS A Bachelor of Science degree with majors in biology, chemistry, computer science, marine biology or mathematics is offered for preprofessional students who intend to pursue graduate studies. A Bachelor of Science in applied mathematics is offered to students who complete the dual degree engineering programs. These degree programs are challenging and should be attempted only by students with special talents in science. The biology major provides a firm foundation in biology and cognate sciences while allow- ing students to specialize within a field of interest (e.g., zoology). The marine biology major requires that a broad base in the biological and physical sciences be acquired and applied in the study of marine environments. The course of study results in a level of preparation difficult to obtain elsewhere at the bachelor’s level. The chemistry program provides a strong background in chemistry with grounding in physics and mathematics. With the proper choice of electives the student can design a curriculum with sub-specialization in biology, marine biology, computer science, engineering, mathemat- ics or physics. It is suitable for students wishing higher degrees in chemistry, biochemistry or related fields. A computer science major is offered for students who plan on starting a professional career in computer science immediately after graduation or for students who intend to pursue grad- uate studies. The program provides a strong professional foundation in computer science, mathematics and science, and includes electives which can be selected to provide exposure to an application area in science or computer information systems. It is suitable for students seeking employment in the computing industry and for students seeking an understanding of how computers and their applications evolve. The mathematics major requirements accommodate a wide variety of interests and career goals. The courses provide broad training in undergraduate mathematics, preparing majors for graduate study, for positions in government, industry and the teaching profession. While students must consult with their advisors in designing appropriate courses of study, three suggested tracks in the description of the major, as well as a concentration in computer sci- ence are offered. The concentration in computer science is recommended for those students interested in graduate study in applied mathematics (e.g. numerical analysis), as well as for those students interested in teaching. The Bachelor of Science programs in biology, chemistry with physics or marine biology are good preparations for students interested in careers in the health sciences. Interested students should seek details of a cooperative program with Boston University School of Medicine, together with other cooperative programs which may be available, from the dean of the college. Prospective majors should consult their academic advisors and carefully evaluate the demands of these programs before deciding to pursue a B.S. degree. The approximately 20-credit difference in general education requirements between B.S. degrees and B.A. degrees is more than compensated by increased requirements in science and mathematics in the B.S. programs. Not only are more science and mathematics credits required for the B.S. degrees, but the additional required courses are at more advanced and challenging levels. Applied Mathematics Major (3-2 Engineering Program) The Bachelor of Science in applied mathematics is available only for students who complete the dual degree or 3-2 engineering program. Through this program, students Bachelor of Science Degree 149 spend approximately three years at the University of the Virgin Islands and two years at a participating institution. At the end of the program, the student receives a Bachelor of Science in applied mathematics from the University of the Virgin Islands, and a Bachelor of Science in his or her chosen field of engineering from the affiliated university. (A student may also opt to complete another existing UVI bachelors degree by completing all those requirements before enrolling at the affiliated university for the B.S. in engineering.) The University of the Virgin Islands has agreements with Columbia University and Washington University in St. Louis. The dual degree program offers a great deal of flexibility to students. Students follow a course of studies similar or identical to those taken by many of our science majors, while adding certain required courses. Many pre-medicine majors can also prepare for engineering by adding a few courses to their normal curriculum. A well-planned curriculum will open up many options to those students who begin in the dual degree engineering program. Interested students should consult with the engineering liaison officer early in their college career. Applied Mathematics Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 133-134), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in mathematics: Credits MAT 241-242 Introductory Calculus I-II 4-4 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 MAT 346 Differential Equations 4 MAT 397, 398* Junior Mathematics Seminar 1/2, 1/2 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of MAT 398. C. Required courses in related fields: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 151L-152L General Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 PHY 241-242 General Physics 5-5 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 CSC 117 Intro. To Programming I 4 ECO 221 Intro. To Macro-Economics 3 D. In addition to the required courses, the student is strongly recommended to take more courses in his/her chosen field of specialization: Field of Specialization Suggested Courses Credits Biomedical Engineering BIO 141-142 4-4 Biology courses numbered above 200 Chemical Engineering Chemistry courses numbered above 200 Bachelor of Science Degree 150 Credits Computer Engineering MAT 223 (Discrete Mathematics) 3 MAT 325 Numerical Methods 3 CSC 118 Intro to Programming II 4 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 CSC course Mechanical Engineering Physics courses numbered above 200 Electrical Engineering Physics courses numbered above 200 Applied Mathematics MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 325 Numerical Methods 4 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 Biology Major The requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree in biology consist of the following biology and related courses plus a study plan written by each candidate and his or her program advisor. Study plan guidelines and procedures will be published by the College of Science and Mathematics from time to time. The study plan must be approved by the faculty of the biology program and will be submitted to the Office of Enrollment Services. Course numbering reflects the year by which courses should be completed. The study plan must include at least one plant-based^ and one animal-based* course. Any change in the study plan must be approved by the advisor and the program prior to course registration. In addition to fulfilling the general education requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree, students must pass a science comprehensive examination following completion of formal academic course work and prior to graduation. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 133-134), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B. Required courses in biology (24 credit hours): Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 BIO 245 Genetics 4 BIO 360 Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 BIO 365 Junior Biology Seminar 2 or BIO 397-398 Junior Science Seminar I-II 1-1 BIO/MBI 497, 498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 C. Required courses in related fields (36-38 credit hours): Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 151L-152L General Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 CHE 253-254 Organic Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 253L-254L Organic Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 Bachelor of Science Degree 151 Credits PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 or PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 or PHY 241-212 General Physics I - Introduction to Physics II 5-4 D. Science, technology and mathematics (STEM) electives: An additional 30 credit hours minimum are required from the following: Credits BIO 210 Research Methods I 2 BIO 220** Marine Invertebrate Zoology 5 BIO 224 Population Biology 4 BIO 295 Responsible Conduct in Research 1 BIO 310 Research Methods II 2 BIO 339** Vertebrate Structure 5 BIO 342** Animal Physiology 4 BIO 349^ Aquatic Plant Biology 4 BIO 350^ Terrestrial Plant Biology 4 BIO 352^ Plant Physiology 4 BIO 353** Developmental Biology 3 BIO 355-356 Biology of Microorganisms I-II 4-4 BIO 361 Bioinformatics 4 BIO 370 Evolution 3 BIO 430 Coral Reef Biology 4 BIO 460 Cell and Molecular Biology II 4 BIO 465, 466*** Selected Topics in Biology 3, 4 BIO 495 Directed Independent Research in Biology (maximum 6 credits) 1-4 BIO 496 Internship/Field Studies (maximum 4 credits) 1-4 Any MBI or MSC course Any 200, 300 or 400 level chemistry, math or physics course except MAT 232 Any ENV course SCI 100 (if taken as a freshman), The Natural World: The Caribbean SCI 220 Introduction to Geographic Information System Any CSC course except CSC 111 or CSC 119 STE 110 and/or STE 112 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either BIO 497 or 498 .**Animal-based course. ^Plant-based course. ***Depending on content, a Selected Topics in biology may count as a plant- or animal- based course. Concentration in Computational Biology Students earning the Bachelor of Science degree in biology may or may not also elect to complete a concentration in computational biology. This interdisciplinary concentration will prepare students to participate in new frontiers of research in which gigantic volumes of data are analyzed to seek answers to questions in molecular, medical, and environmental biology. The requirements to complete the concentration in computational biology include all of the requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in biology plus the following: Bachelor of Science Degree 152 Students must complete the following courses in partial fulfillment of the Section D science electives requirement: Credits CSC 117-118 Introduction to Programming I-II 4-4 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 BIO/CSC/MAT 361 Bioinformatics 4 Chemistry Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 133-134), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B. Required courses in chemistry: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 151L-152L General Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 CHE 251 Quantitative Analysis 2 CHE 251L Quantitative Analysis Lab 2 CHE 252 Instrumental Analysis 2 CHE 252L Instrumental Analysis Lab 2 CHE 253-254 Organic Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 253L-254L Organic Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 CHE 341-342 Physical Chemistry I-II 3-3 CHE 341L-342L Physical Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 CHE 397,398 Junior Science Seminar I, II 1/2,1/2 CHE 432 Inorganic Chemistry 3 CHE 432L Inorganic Chemistry Lab 1 CHE 497,498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 Subtotal 43 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of CHE 498. C. Required courses in mathematics: Credits MAT 143-153** Precalculus Algebra and Trigonometry 4-4 MAT 241-242** Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 341-342** Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 Subtotal 22 **A student may be exempted from MAT 143-153 by a qualifying examination. D. Required courses in physics: Credits PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 PHY 351 Modern Physics Laboratory 1 Subtotal 14 Bachelor of Science Degree 153 E.  Science electives: An additional 21 credits in science, mathematics, engineering, or computer science are required from the following: Any biology course 300 or 400 level chemistry courses 200, 300 or 400 level mathematics courses except MAT 232 Any computer science course except CSC 111 Any 200 level engineering courses 300 level physics courses F. The following courses are strongly recommended in partial fulfillment of the requirements in Section D: Credits BIO 245 Principles of Genetics 4 CHE 348 Biochemistry 4 CHE 348L Biochemistry Lab 1 CHE 465 Selected Topics in Chemistry 3 CHE 495 Directed Independent Research 1-4 MAT 346 Differential Equations 3 G. Pre-medical students are advised to take: Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 BIO 245 Principles of Genetics 4 CHE 348 Biochemistry 4 CHE 348L Biochemistry Lab 1 Computer Science Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 133-134), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B. Required courses in computer science: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming I 4 CSC 118 Introduction to Programming II 4 CSC 241 Introduction to Computer Architecture and Digital Systems 4 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 CSC 243 Digital Communications and Networks 4 CSC 245 Databases and Information Retrieval 3 CSC 310 Web Applications Development 3 CSC 333 Programming Languages 3 CSC 397,398 Junior Science Seminar I, II 1/2,1/2 CSC 410 Principles of Operating Systems 3 CSC 420 Software Engineering 4 CSC 497,498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of CSC 498. Bachelor of Science Degree 154 C. An additional 15 credits chosen from 200-400 level elective courses in CSC, MAT, BIO, CHE, PHY, or CIS. No more than six of the elective credits can come from outside of CSC. Any 200-level credits must come from the College of Science and Mathematics, are limited to a total of six credits, and may not include MAT 232. A maximum of three credits of CSC 496 (Internship/Field Studies) can be applied to this elective requirement. D. Required courses in mathematics: Credits MAT 215 Introduction to Number Theory 3 MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 MAT 241 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I 4 MAT 242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry II 4 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 E. One of the following science sequences is required:** Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 151L-152L General Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 PHY 241-242** General Physics I-II 5-5 **Partially satisfies the general education requirement in science and mathematics. Note: It is recommended that students with an interest in computer engineering or robotics take the PHY 241-242 sequence, and that students with an interest in medical technology and computing take the BIO 141-142 sequence. Concentration in Computational Biology Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science in computer science may or may not also elect to complete a concentration in computational biology. This interdisciplinary concentration will prepare students to participate in new frontiers of research in which gigantic volumes of data are analyzed to seek answers to questions in molecular, medical, and environmental biology. The requirements to complete the concentration in computational biology include all of the requirements for the B.S. computer science major, except one noted below, plus the following: Students must complete the following course in partial fulfillment of the Section D mathemat- ics electives requirement: Credits MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 Students must complete the following courses in partial fulfillment of the Section E science electives requirement: Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 Students must complete the following courses in fulfillment of the Section F supporting disci- pline requirement: Credits BIO 223 Ecology 4 BIO 245 Principles of Genetics 4 BIO/CSC/MAT 361 Bioinformatics 4 Bachelor of Science Degree 155 Students need to complete only 3 credits from among the 300- or 400-level electives in Section C, instead of the 6 credits required for non-computational biology computer science majors. Cybersecurity and Digital Forensics Concentration Students earning the Bachelor of Science in computer science may or may not also elect to complete a concentration in cybersecurity and digital forensics. Cybersecurity and digital forensics broadly covers the intersecting fields of computer programming, information security, networking, hardware data retrieval and criminal justice. In our modern interconnected society bad actors are constantly attempting to steal valuable information off of network connected devices. It is the job of the cybersecurity professional to attempt to identify, prevent, and catch these bad actors while at the same time defending the network connected devices from these attacks. Additionally, we are seeing that nearly every crime has a digital component and it is the job of the digital forensics professional to find the evidence contained on these digital devices. This cybersecurity and digital forensics concentration offers students the ability to learn relevant issues, technologies, and principles related to the field of cybersecurity and digital forensics. The concentration will prepare students to enter the high demand field of cybersecurity and digital forensics. The requirements to complete the concentration in cybersecurity and digital forensics include all of the requirements for the B.S. computer science major. In addition to the requirements for the B.S. computer science major, students must complete the following 15 credits with an average grade of C or higher in each course: Required courses: Credits CSC 220 Introduction to Cybersecurity 3 CSC 343 Introduction to Digital Forensics 3 CSC 345 Computer Forensics 3 CSC 443 Network Forensics 3 CSC 465 Selected Topics in Cyber Security and Digital Forensics 3 Marine Biology Major The requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree in marine biology consist of the following biology, marine biology and related courses plus a study plan written by each candidate and his or her program advisor. Study plan guidelines and procedures will be published by the College of Science and Mathematics from time to time. The study plan must be approved by the faculty of the biology program and will be submitted to the Office of Enrollment Services. Course numbering reflects the year by which course should be completed. Any change in the study plan must be approved by the advisor and the program prior to course registration. In addition to fulfilling the general education requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree, students must pass a science comprehensive examination following completion of formal academic coursework and prior to graduation. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 133-134), the following courses are required: A.  Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 Bachelor of Science Degree 156 Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B Required courses in biology and marine biology (45 credit hours): Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 BIO 245 Genetics 4 BIO 349 Aquatic Plant Biology 4 BIO 360 Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 BIO/MBI 365 Junior Biology Seminar 2 or BIO/MBI 397-398 Junior Science Seminar 1-1 BIO/MBI 497, 498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 MBI 220 Marine Invertebrate Zoology 5 MBI 222 Ichthyology 4 MBI 424 Marine Ecology 4 MSC 239 Oceanography 4 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either BIO 497 or 498. C. Required courses in related fields (30-32 credit hours): Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry 4-4 CHE 151L-152L General Chemistry Lab I-II 1-1 MAT 245 Statistics for the Life Sciences 4 MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 or PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 or PHY 241-212 General Physics I - Introduction to Physics II 5-4 D. Science, technology and mathematics (STEM) Electives: An additional 15 credit hours minimum are required from the following: Credits BIO 210 Research Methods I 2 BIO 224 Population Biology 4 BIO 295 Responsible Conduct in Research 1 BIO 310 Research Methods II 2 BIO 339 Vertebrate Structure 5 BIO 342 Animal Physiology 4 BIO 350 Terrestrial Plant Biology 4 BIO 352 Plant Physiology 4 BIO 353 Developmental Biology 3 BIO 355-356 Biology of Microorganisms I-II 4-4 BIO 361 Bioinformatics 4 BIO 370 Evolution 3 BIO 430 Coral Reef Biology 4 BIO 460 Cell and Molecular Biology II 4 BIO 465, 466 Selected Topics in Biology 4 BIO 495 Directed Independent Research (maximum 6 credits) 1-6 BIO 496 Internship/Field Studies (maximum 4 credits) 1-4 Any 200, 300, or 400 level chemistry, math, or physics course except MAT 232 Any CSC course except CSC 111 or CSC 119 Any ENV course Any MBI or MSC course SCI 100 (if taken as a freshman), The Caribbean: The Natural World SCI 220 Introduction to Geographic Information System STE 110 and/or STE 112 Bachelor of Science Degree 157 Mathematics Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 133-134), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 B. Required courses in mathematics: Credits MAT 215 Introduction to Number Theory 3 MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytic Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 MAT 362 Abstract Algebra I 3 MAT 397, 398 Junior Mathematics Seminar I, II 1/2, 1/2 MAT 441 Introductory Analysis I 3 MAT 497, 498* Senior Mathematics Seminar I, II 1,1 C. Six elective courses from the following are required: Note: A cluster of four courses must be approved by your advisor (see G: Suggested tracks) Credits MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 301 Modern Geometry 3 MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 344 Probability 3 MAT 346 Differential Equations 4 MAT 348 Complex Variables 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 MAT 361 Bioinformatics 4 MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics 3 MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II 3 MAT 458 Topology 3 MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II 3 MAT 465,466 Special Topics 3,3 MAT 499 Approved Independent Study 3 One approved upper level course in another discipline (See F) D. Required courses in related fields: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming 4 PHY 241-242** General Physics I-II 5-5 E. An additional 9 credits in science and mathematics are required from the following: 200 level or above biology courses Any chemistry course except CHE 111-112 200 level or above marine biology or marine science courses 300 or 400 level mathematics courses Bachelor of Science Degree 158 Any computer science course except CSC 111 300 or 400 level physics courses F. The following are strongly recommended: Credits ECO 221 Introduction to Macro-economics 3 ECO 222 Introduction to Micro-economics 3 MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II 3 or MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II 3 MAT 465,466 Special Topics 3, 3 PHY 311 Classical Mechanics 3 PHY 321 Electromagnetism 3 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 G. Suggested tracks: Applied: For majors interested in applied mathematics in the physical and engineering sciences, actuarial sciences, or business Credits MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 344 Probability 3 MAT 346 Differential Equations 4 MAT 348 Complex Variables 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 One approved upper level course in another discipline (See F) Teaching: For majors considering a career in secondary education Credits MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 301 Modern Geometry 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 344 Probability 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics 3 Graduate: For majors considering graduate study in mathematics Credits MAT 348 Complex Variables 3 MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II 3 MAT 458 Topology 3 MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II 3 Concentration in Computer Science: The following computer science courses are required. Nine of these credits will fulfill the required 9 additional credits in science and mathematics (see E). Credits CSC 118 Introduction to Programming II (C++) 4 CSC 197 Computer Science Seminar 1 CSC 239 Scientific Computing 2 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 CSC 317 Introduction to Programming III 3 Bachelor of Science Degree 159 The following courses are required. They serve as partial fulfillment of the six elective courses in mathematics (see C): Credits MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 or MAT 348 Probability 3 CSC 352 Analysis of Algorithms (Approved upper-level course in another discipline) 3 Concentration in Computational Biology Students earning the Bachelor of Science in mathematics may elect to complete a concen- tration in computational biology. This interdisciplinary concentration will prepare students to participate in new frontiers of research in which gigantic volumes of data are analyzed to seek answers to questions in molecular, medical, and environmental biology. The requirements to complete the concentration in computational biology include all of the requirements for the B.S. mathematics major. Students must complete the following courses in partial fulfillment of the Section C math- ematics electives requirement: (6 courses) Credits MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 MAT/BIO/CSC 361 Bioinformatics 4 or MAT 346 Differential Equations 4 MAT 344 Probability 3 or MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 CSC 242 Data Structures (the approved upper level course in another discipline) 4 Students must complete the following courses. Nine of these credits will fulfill the Section E science and mathematics electives requirement: (5 courses) Credits CSC 118 Introduction to Programming II 4 BIO 245 Principles of Genetics 4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 or BIO 360 Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 or BIO 370 Evolution 4 Additional Courses BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either MAT 497 or 498. **Partially satisfies the general education requirement in mathematics and science. Physics with Astronomy Authentic Research Experience (PAARE) Major The Bachelor of Science in Physics with Astronomy Authentic Research Experience (PAARE) is a 4-year degree for students who wish to specialize in physics and/or astronomy and who may pursue graduate studies. The degree is sufficiently general that students choosing to continue their graduate studies may do so in any field of physics. Bachelor of Science Degree 160 Bachelor of Science Degree In addition to the general education requirements or 18 credits of humanities and 12 hours of social sciences, the following courses are required: A. Required courses in freshman studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in physics: Credits PHY 241, 242 General Physics I-II 5,5 PHY 271 Astronomy I 3 PHY 311 Classical Mechanics I 3 PHY 321 Electromagnetism 3 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 PHY 351 Modern Physics Lab 1 PHY 371 Astronomy II 3 PHY 397, 398 Junior Science Seminar I, II 0.5, 0.5 PHY 411 Thermal and Statistical Physics 3 PHY 441 Quantum Mechanics 3 PHY 481 Astronomy Lab I 1 PHY 482 Astronomy Lab II 1 PHY 495 Directed Independent Research 1-4 PHY 496 Internship/Field Studies 1-4 PHY 497, 498 Senior Science Seminar I, II 0.5, 0.5 C. Required courses in mathematics: Credits MAT 143, 153* Pre-calculus Algebra and Trigonometry 4,4 MAT 241, 242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4,4 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 341, 342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3,3 MAT 346 Differential Equations 3 MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 *A student may be exempted from MAT 143-153 by a qualifying examination. D. Required courses in chemistry: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 E. Required courses in computer science: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming I 4 CSC 239 Scientific Computer Applications 2 F. Science electives: An additional 9 credits in science, mathematics, engineering, or computer science are required from the following: Any selected topics in physics Any biology course 200, 300, or 400 level chemistry course 200, 300 or 400 level mathematics course except MAT 232 and MAT 257 Any computer science course except CSC 111 and CSC 120 Any 200 level engineering course 161 MINORS Computational Science Minor Computational science (or scientific computing) is an interdisciplinary field that combines mathematical and computing methods for solving complex real-world scientific, financial or societal problems through modeling, simulation, optimization, or visualization methods. This computational science minor offers students opportunities to study and apply scientific and mathematical techniques in various application fields. The minor in computational science will prepare students to solve complex problems by completing computational based projects that require intensive computational processes and high-performance computing tools. Note: computational science or scientific computing should not be confused with computer science which is the study of the theoretical foundations of information and computation, and of practical techniques for their implementation and application in computer systems. In addition to the general education prerequisites, students must complete 23-26 credits with an average grade of C or higher. COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCE: PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS Required courses CSC 118 Programming II CSC 117 4 CSC 242 Data Structure CSC 118 4 CSC 239 Scientific computing none 2 MAT 261 Linear Algebra MAT 241 (may be taken concurrently) 4 Select one of the following: MAT 325 Numerical Analysis MAT 261 (may be taken concurrently) CSC 117 (or knowledge of a programming language) 4 or MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling MAT 261 (may be taken concurrently) 4 At least 6 credits from the following: CSC 317 Programming III CSC 242 3 CSC 465 Introduction to High Performance Computing* 3 CSC 361 Bioinformatics BIO 142, CSC 118, MAT 153, either (BIO 245 and BIO 223) or (8 credits of 200-level CSC)or (MAT 233 and MAT 261) 4 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling** MAT 261 3 MAT 325 Numerical Analysis** MAT 261 and CSC 117 4 MAT 346 Differential Equations MAT 342 (may be taken concurrently) 4 CHE 341 Physical Chemistry I MAT 242 and PHY 241 3 CHE 342 Physical Chemistry II CHE 341 3 CSC 466 Selected Topics: Data Mining CSC 332 or CSC 245 3 BIO 465, CHE 465, MAT 465, MBI 465, or PHY 465 Selected Topics in Computational Science*** To be announced in each topic 2-4 Bachelor of Science Degree 162 Bachelor of Science Degree PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS BIO 495, CHE 495, MAT 495, MBI 495, or PHY 495 Directed Independent Research in Computational Science*** To be announced in each topic 2-4 *Computer science majors are required to take Introduction to Hi Performance Computing: Parallel and Distributed Computing CSC 465 ** Cannot be used to satisfy both the required and the elective section of the minor. *** As approved by the chair of Computer and Computational Science in consultation with the chair of the of the department of the student’s major. Approval will be based on the coherence of the selected courses in preparing the student for work in a particular interdisci- plinary area. Environmental Science Minor The environmental science minor affords students the opportunity to learn about environmental science as a complement to their chosen major or to develop independent interest in the area. In addition to the general education prerequisites, students must complete (with a grade of C or higher) at least 18 credits. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS Required courses CJU/SSC/ SCI 220 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems 3 ENV 200 Introduction to Environmental Science and Policy SCI 100, MAT 024, ENG 101/RCA 021 3 ENV 365 or 366 Topics in Environmental Science ENV 200 4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications MAT 140 or 143 4 or MAT 245 Statistics for the Life Sciences 4 Two classes, chosen from the following, one of which must be at the 300 level: BIO/MBI 220 Marine Invertebrate Zoology BIO 142 5 BIO 223 Ecology BIO 141-142 4 BIO 224 Population Biology BIO 223 4 BIO 349 Aquatic Plant Biology BIO 142 4 BIO 350 Terrestrial Plant Biology BIO 142 4 BIO 370 Evolution BIO 245 3 BIO/MBI 430 Coral Reef Biology BIO 223 & one of BIO 220, MBI 222, BIO 349 4 BIO 495 Directed Independent Research 20 credits in some combination of BIO, MBI, CHE, PHY, CSC, & MAT 1-6 BIO 496 Internship/Field Studies 20 credits in some combination of biology courses 1-4 CHE 251 Quantitative Analysis CHE 152 4 CHE 252 Instrumental Analysis CHE 152 4 CHE 253 &/or 254 Organic Chemistry I-II CHE 152 5, 5 CHE 348 Biochemistry CHE 254 5 163 PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS COM 325 Web Publishing COM 230 4 DSC 325 Statistics for Management Decisions MAT 232 & CIS 101 3 ENG 300 Scientific Writing ENG 201 & one semester BIO, CHEM or PHY 3 GOG 232 Geography of the Caribbean none 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics MAT 242 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling MAT 261 3 MAT/BIO/ CSC 361 Bioinformatics BIO 141-142, CSC 117-118, MAT 143-153, either (BIO 245 and BIO 223) or (8 credits of 200-level CSC) or (MAT 233 and MAT 261) 4 MBI 222 Ichthyology BIO 141-142 4 MBI 424 Marine Ecology BIO 223 & one of MBI 220, MSC 239, BIO 349 or MBI 222 4 MSC 239 Oceanography BIO 141-142 4 MSC 465 or 466 Selected Topics (must be approved) TBA with ea. topic 1-4 PHY 211/212 Intro to Physics I-II MAT 153 4,4 PHY 241 &/or 242 General Physics I-II MAT 241-241 5,5 SCI 200 Changes in the Natural World SCI 100, ENG 120 3 SCI 210 Introduction to Meterology SCI 100, ENG 120, MAT 140 or 143 4 SCI 301 Application of Principles from the Natural World MAT 140 or 143 3 SSC 327 & 328 Quantitative Research Methods MAT 140-235, SSC 327, SSC 328 4 Health Science Minor The health science minor is an interdisciplinary minor that is housed in the College of Science and Mathematics. Courses from a variety of UVI’s colleges of schools help to make this minor accessible to students in most of the University’s degree programs. With this goal in mind a wide range of courses will count towards the electives of this minor in addition to the required in psychology, biology and nursing. Students graduating with a health science minor will be prepared for a wide-range of career options in health fields that will depend on their major field of study or continuing secondary education. Prospective Students should be aware: As currently structured, entry-level courses can be com- pleted on either campus, but the minor will need to be completed on Orville E. Kean Campus. Students must complete the health science minor required and elective courses with a grade of C or higher. Required Courses: HEALTH SCIENCES PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS NUR 100 Medical Terminology None 1 Bachelor of Science Degree 164 PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS NUR 201 Consumer Health ENG 100/WAX 011 ENG 101/RAC 021 Or SAT exemption 3 NUR 310 Introduction to Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Health Care ENG 201 3 PSY/SOC 241 Social Determinants of Health and Disease ENG 100/WAX 011 ENG 101/RAC 021 Or SAT exemption 3 SCI 305 Biology of Health and Disease MAT 140 or MAT 143 ENG 201 3 Seven credits, minimum of two classes, chosen from the following courses, one of which must be at the 300-level: ACC 342 Managerial Accounting ACC 202, HRM 234 3 ACC 442 Auditing ACC 302 3 BIO 151 or 261 Human Anat. and Physiol. I CHE 112 or CHE 152 4 BIO 152 or 262 Human Anat. and Physiol. II BIO 261 4 BIO 301 Microbiology for Health Sciences BIO 142 or BIO 262 4 BIO 355 Biology of Microorganisms BIO 245, CHE 254 4 BIO 495 Directed Independent Research 20 credits in some (Approved* health science topic) combination of BIO, MBI, CHE, PHY, CSC & MAT 1-4 BIO 496 Internship/Field Studies 20 credits in some (Approved* health science topic) combination of biology courses 1-4 CHE 251 Quantitative Analysis CHE 152 4 CHE 252 Instrumental Analysis CHE 152 4 CHE 254 Organic Chemistry I-II CHE 152 5 CHE 348 Biochemistry CHE 254 5 CIS 310 Advanced Business Software CIS 300 or CSC 310 3 CIS 357 Business Information Systems CIS 310 or CSC 243 3 COM 325 Web Publishing COM 230 4 CSC 245 Databases and Information Retrieval CSC 241, CSC 242 3 DSC 325 Statistics for Management Decisions MAT 232 & CIS 101 3 ENG 300 Scientific Writing ENG 201, & one semester BIO, CHE, or PHY 3 HRM 243 Front Office Management HRM 234, HRM 233 3 MAT 235 Mathematical Statistics MAT 153 3 MAT/CSC/BIO 361 Bioinformatics BIO 141-142, CSC 117-118, MAT 143-153, BIO 245 or (8 credits of 200-level CSC) or (MAT 233 and MAT 261) 4 PSY 332 Industrial Organizational Psychology PSY 202 3 PSY 350 Drugs, Behavior, and Society PSY 120 3 SSC 327 Quantitative Research Methods MAT 140 or Mat 235 4 SSC 328 Quantitative Research Methods SSC 327 4 ----- 496 Approved* Internship course Varies by discipline 1-4 * Appropriateness of Internship or Directed Independent Study topics are determined by the director of the health science minor or chair of biological sciences. Bachelor of Science Degree 165 Mathematics Minor The minor in mathematics affords students the opportunity to extend their quantitative abili- ties as a route to deeper understanding of their chosen field and to greater marketability after graduation. Students must complete at least 21 hours in mathematics beyond the level of introductory calculus (MATH 241-242) to be distributed as follows: Required courses MATHEMATICS: PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS MAT 261 Linear Algebra MAT 241 may be taken concurrently 4 MAT 341 Intermediate Calculus I MAT 242 4 MAT 342 Intermediate Calculus II MAT 341 4 At least 9 credits to be chosen from the following list: MAT 215 Introduction to Number Theory MAT 140 or MAT 143 3 MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics MAT 140 or MAT 143 3 MAT 301 Modern Geometry MAT 242 3 MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics MAT 242 3 MAT 344 Probability MAT 242 3 MAT 346 Differential Equations MAT 342 may be taken concurrently 4 MAT 348 Complex Variables MAT 341 corequisite 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling MAT 261 3 MAT 361 Bioinformatics BIO 142, CSC 118, MAT 153, either (BIO 245 and BIO 223) or (8 credits of 200-level CSC)or (MAT 233 and MAT 261) 4 MAT 362 Abstract Algebra I MAT 261 and MAT 215 or MAT 233 3 MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics MAT 242 3 MAT 441 Introductory Analysis I MAT 341 3 MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II MAT 441 3 MAT 458 Topology MAT 341 3 MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II MAT 362 3 MAT 465, 466 Special Topics to be announced for topic 3,3 MAT 499 Approved Independent Study permission of instructor, math chair 1-3 Bachelor of Science Degree 166 Course Descriptions Following are the courses offered in the undergraduate program. Not all courses listed are offered on both campuses nor are they necessarily offered every semester. Students should consult their faculty advisors and the course schedules prepared for each campus. Courses are listed alphabetically by discipline. Two terms frequently encountered in course disciplines are “prerequisites” and “corequisites.” Whenever “prerequisite” is used, it means that the course identified as a prerequisite must be taken before the course for which it is a prerequisite. On the other hand, “corequisite” means that a course identified as corequisite must be taken at the same time as its corequisite. Courses numbered 100 to 198 are usually prerequisites to more advanced courses, and the student should plan a program in order that intermediate courses, numbered 200 to 298, can be scheduled after completing introductory courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are generally taken only by third- and fourth-year students. A hyphen separating two course numbers (e.g. 101-102) indicates that the course sequence must be taken in the order given. A comma separating course numbers (e.g. 101,102) indicates that the courses may be taken independently of one another in any order. Recognizing that there are entering students who are not ready to do degree level work in one or more subjects, the University offers developmental level courses, numbered 011 to 099, which are designed to help students strengthen their preparation for learning at the college level. Students desiring such preparatory work may also enroll in the University summer session. For course rotations, refer to the following codes: fall (F); spring (S); summer (SUM); Summer Session I (SUM I); Summer Session II (SUM II); alternate years (ALT); every other fall semester (F-ALT); every other spring semester (S-ALT); every third semester (THI); as arranged (AR); on demand (DEM); varies (VAR); odd years (O); even years (E); Albert A. Sheen Campus, (AAS); Orville E. Kean Campus (OEK). ACCOUNTING (ACC) ACC 100. CONCEPTS IN FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING. Designed as a mini-course for non-business majors, this course explores some of the major concepts in the financial accounting field. 1 credit ACC 201. FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING. Provides an introduction to the basic principles of financial accounting, the accounting cycle, the study of fundamental accounting concepts, and impact of the accounting treatment of business transactions on the income statement, balance sheet, and statement of cash flows. Prerequisite: Students must have successfully completed MAT 023 and 024 or received a satisfactory score on the mathematics or accounting placement exam. 3 credits ACC 202. MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING. Provides an introduction to management accounting principles, cost-volume-profit, cost behavior, cost management, budgeting, responsibility accounting, capital budgeting, cost allocation, variable and absorption costing, and the use of relevant information in decision- making. Prerequisite: ACC 201. 3 credits ACC 203. HOSPITALITY ACCOUNTING. Utilizing the Uniformed System of Accounts for hospitality operations (as approved by the American Hotel and Lodging Association), students will study revenue and expense accounting; inventory methodology; financial statement preparation; ratio analysis; accounting for intangible assets and payroll control. Prerequisite: ACC 201. 3 credits 167 ACC 301. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I. This course provides an in-depth study of the theoretical and conceptual foundations of accounting, the development of generally accepted accounting principles, and the nature of accounting information. The course explores the application of GAAP and international financial reporting standards to the preparation of financial statements with particular treatment of components like cash, receivables, inventories, fixed assets and their expiration. Prerequisite: ACC 202. 3 credits ACC 302. INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II. This course provides an in-depth study of the theory and practice surrounding accounting topics like tangible assets, short and long term liabilities, elements and structure of stockholder’s equity and investments. The course exposes students to cases and real life situations that would facilitate application of GAAP and relevant IFRS in accounting decision- making. Prerequisite: ACC 301. 3 credits ACC 303. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING III. This course provides an in-depth study of the theory and practice surrounding the accounting topics revenue recognition; accounting for income taxes; pensions and post-retirement benefits; leases; changes and error analysis; statement of cash flows; and disclosure issues. Prerequisite: ACC 302. 3 Credits ACC 310. GOVERNMENTAL AND NOT FOR PROFIT ACCOUNTING. This course provides an in depth study of the principles of accounting and financial reporting for state and local governments. Not for profit accounting as well as coverage of accounting for colleges and universities and health care organizations is also covered. Prerequisite: ACC 202. 3 credits ACC 315. FUNDAMENTALS OF INCOME TAX. Provides an introduction to the U.S. income taxation concepts with an emphasis on business and personal tax planning strategies. Includes approaches and skills needed to prepare individual tax returns and understand tax administration. 3 Credits ACC 320. ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Examines the important role that accounting information systems play in the business environment. Emphasizes the accounting information system’s function of collecting, recording, and storing business data in order to produce the information for sound business decisions. Fundamental concepts of accounting information systems emphasizing analysis, design and implementation of information systems and internal controls. Pre-requisite: ACC 201. 3 Credits ACC 440. MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING. Explores the development and use of accounting data in managerial decision-making, planning and control. Topics include job, process and standard cost systems; cost volume-profit analysis; differential and incremental analysis; contribution margin analysis; and capital budgeting. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 202. 3 Credits ACC 442. AUDITING. Introduces the concepts and procedures underlying contemporary auditing. Examines the roles, responsibilities and legal liabilities of internal and external auditors in the United States and their professional organizations. Topics developed include internal control systems and their evaluation; audit evidence and problems related to the audit of particular assets, liabilities, capital and income accounts. Nature of verification, audit evidence, testing, the elements of effective control structures, the use of statistical sampling and evolution of external, internal and comprehensive auditing. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 302. 3 credits ACC 443. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING. Explores the theory and application of accounting for branch operations, foreign operations, expansion by subsidiary companies, and various forms of consolidated statements. Also included are accounting for partnership formation; changes and liquidation; and accounting for estates and trusts. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 302. 3 credits ACC 445. ACCOUNTING SEMINAR. Introduces current controversies and unsolved problems in accounting. The course includes recent and historical views presented in the leading accounting and business periodicals. Prerequisite: ACC 443 or 24 credits in ACC. 3 credits ACC 446. FORENSIC ACCOUNTING. Explores concepts and skills necessary for examining financial fraud. Content includes fraud schemes, prevention and detection of fraud, ethics, forensic software tools, auditing techniques, and the law and regulations governing fraud cases. Coursework focuses on preparing students interested in earning the Certified Fraud Examiner (CFE) credential. Prerequisite: ACC 201 or equivalent. 3 credits Course Descriptions 168 ACC 448. SELECTED TOPICS IN ACCOUNTING. This is an elective course designed for junior and senior undergraduate students in accounting. Includes areas of special interest in business. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisites: To be announced with each topic. 3 credits ACC 450. CMA EXAM PREPARATION FINANCIAL DECISION MAKING. Prepares students to pass the Financial Decision Making section of the CMA exam. Topics covered are financial statement analysis, corporate finance, decision analysis, risk management, investment decisions and professional ethics. Prerequisite: ACC 302 or equivalent. 1.5 credits ACC 451. CMA EXAM PREPARATION FINANCIAL REPORTING, PLANNING, PERFORMANCE AND CONTROL. Prepares students to pass the Financial Reporting, Planning, Performance and Control section of the CMA exam. Topics covered are external financial reporting decisions, planning, budgeting, and forecasting, performance measurement, cost management and internal controls. Prerequisite: ACC 440. 1.5 credits ACC 499. PROFESSIONAL RESEARCH FOR ACCOUNTANTS. Examines professional research skills critical in the accounting profession. Students identify research problems and authoritative sources, develop search criteria, gather and evaluate data, and formulate conclusions using a real-world case study approach in the areas of financial accounting, tax and audit. Students prepare a written report of their research and findings, and present recommendations. Prerequisite: ACC 302. 3 credits ANTHROPOLOGY (ANT) ANT 225. INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL AND PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. A thorough examination of the concept of culture, the evolution of man and culture, human races, primitive culture and society. (S). 3 credits ANT 226. INTRODUCTION TO ETHNOLOGY. The comparative study of social systems as different ways of life; an analysis of modern societies in Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, Oceania, America; examination of selected cultures in the Caribbean. Prerequisite: ANT 225. (DEM). 3 credits ANT 255, 256. AFRICAN CIVILIZATION. Historical survey of the several major culture areas of continental Africa. Comprises a comparative study of the ways by which the several African peoples treated have handled the basic problems of human existence: origin, self-realization and destiny. (Also listed as HIS 255, 256 and SOC 255, 256.) (DEM). 3,3 credits ANT 257, 258. THE BLACK EXPERIENCE IN THE NEW WORLD. A study of the slave trade, the conditions of slavery, and the process of Black acculturation in the New World since emancipation. ANT 256 is recommended as a preparatory course. (Also listed as HIS 257, 258 and SOC 257, 258.) (DEM). 3,3 credits ANT 355, 356. CULTURAL HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA. Deals with the cultural history of West African Sudan - the area between 7 and 17 degrees north latitude and extending from the northwestern border of Nigeria to the Atlantic Ocean. The period covered extends from the 7th to the 19th centuries which permits a discussion of the rise and flowering of (Also listed as HIS 355, 356 and SOC 355, 356.) (DEM). 3,3 credits ART (ART) ART 117. BASIC DESIGN. Fundamentals of form, color, organization, structure, and visual perception in two dimensional design. 3 credits ART 125. SURVEY OF WORLD ART. Survey of the underlying principles of art and the relationships among the arts by tracing the development of painting, architecture and sculpture from their beginnings to the present; cultivation of appreciation and understanding of various periods, artists and media. 3 credits ART 126. SELECTED PROBLEMS IN WORLD ART. Focus is on some particular problem or approach, varying from semester to semester, such as Pre-Columbian, African, Caribbean, Modern, Contemporary Art, etc. 3 credits Course Descriptions 169 ART 128. DRAWING 1. Develops visual awareness and perceptual acuity and explores expressive potential through the process of drawing. A variety of topics and media present multiple methods of working and of communicating ideas visually. Subject matter includes object study, still life, interior/exterior space, light, self- portrait and the figure. Graphite, charcoal, pastel and ink are explored in order to understand the relationship between means, material and concept. Critical thinking skills are developed through class critiques, presentation of and research into historical and contemporary drawing precedents. 3 credits ART 150. PAINTING 1. Develops visual awareness and explores expressive potential through the use of color, value, form and creativity exercises. A variety of topics and techniques present multiple methods of working individually and collaboratively and of communicating visually. Areas of study include color theory, abstraction, landscape, still life, and preliminary portraiture. Opaque and transparent water-media on different grounds are explored in order to understand the relationship between means, material and concept. Critical thinking skills are developed through group critiques, a written critique of a local exhibition and oral presentation of an original final piece. Students should expect to spend extra time in the studio when needed. 3 credits ART 217. DESIGN. Form, color, principles of composition, structure and visual perception in three- dimensional design. Prerequisite: ART 117. 3 credits ART 218. Caribbean Art I. After a short history of Taino and Carib art and culture, Caribbean Art I will examine Caribbean art from pre-Hispanic times to the 1960s and will showcase the work of a range of native and transplanted artists from the Caribbean region and the Diaspora. The course includes Caribbean artists a) who work within the so-called popular or “high” culture; b) those characterized as either urban or rural, and c) those considered politically or religiously radical. The artists’ works explore Caribbean history, identity, and sociopolitical changes in terms of cultural encounters and convergences. 3 credits ART 219. Caribbean Art II. Will examine Contemporary Caribbean Art from the 1970s to the present and will showcase the work of established as well as emerging artists. The course includes Caribbean artists a) who were born, live and work in the region as well as abroad; b) who forged a dynamic hybrid culture/art, neither entirely local nor imported, that is constantly transforming itself; c) who apply various strategies to seek out ways to transform and alter existing notions about the region; and d) artists whose work carries an underlying spiritualism antithetical to the Western world. The artists’ works show consciousness in their own unique expressions and awareness of the dynamism underlying their expressions. 3 credits ART 228. DRAWING 2. Fundamentals of drawing, employing mixed media and use of color with an introduction to drawing the human figure. Prerequisite: ART 128. 3 credits ART 231-331. PAINTING STUDIO. An ongoing exploration of the techniques, problems and aesthetics of painting, the nuances of painting language, and the development of a personal direction. A variety of given and found problems will address color, composition, and the development of imagery, process, and both cultural and personal content. Students are required to improve in technical handling of paints and develop individualized modes of seeing, interpreting, and thinking for themselves in order to progress in the course at both the 200 and 300 levels. Prerequisite: ART 150. 3-3 credits ART 275. TEACHING VISUAL ART TO CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS. Fundamentals of art educational methods through practice with: meaningful visual arts and crafts production, creative problem solving, critical thinking, writing skills, assessment processes, and use of visual media appropriate for school-aged children. For: art teachers, classrsoom teachers, and those using art-making methods for visual and tactile learners of any age. Suggested to education majors; open to any student as an elective. (Also listed as EDU 275). 3 credits ART 324. DESKTOP PUBLISHING. Using industry-standard software, students will learn to use computers to design and produce print-based publications. The course offers an introduction to computer-assisted drawing and design, and photographic preparation. Students will study principles of typography, graphic design and color theory. The class culminates in a client-based portfolio project where students produce a substantive project on deadline, to the client’s specifications, and within budget. Prerequisite: Grade “C” or better in COM/ENG 308. (Also listed as COM 324 and ENG 324). (F-ALT). 4 credits BIOLOGY (BIO) BIO 110. INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METHODS. Students will be introduced to scientific methods, conversions, pipetting, solutions, electrophoresis, maintenance of plant, fly, and cell cultures, and beginning Course Descriptions 170 microscopy in the context of designing and carrying out a research project. Prerequisites: completion of one introductory course in biology, chemistry, computer science, marine science, mathematics, nursing, psychology, or science. 2 credits BIO 141-142. GENERAL BIOLOGY I-II. Basic principles of the life sciences providing the foundation for further study of biology. 3 lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. Corequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. BIO 141 (F-AAS; F, S-OEK). BIO 142 (S; SUM II-OEK). 4-4 credits BIO 151-152. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I-II. An integrated study of human anatomy and physiology. 3 lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Not for credit toward the biology major. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. BIO 151 (F). BIO 152 (S). 4-4 credits BIO 210. RESEARCH METHODS I. Students will develop competence and comfort with biological and biochemical research techniques such as experimental design, pipetting, solutions, PCR agarose gel electrophoresis, starch gel electrophoresis, DNA and protein separation, DNA and protein extractions, microscopy, and cell culture. Prerequisites: BIO 245, CHE 151. 2 credits BIO 220. MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. The evolutionary relationships, classification and life histories of major groups of marine Metazoa. Methods of collection, preservation and identification will be stressed in the laboratory sessions. 3 lectures and 6 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 142. (Also listed as MBI 220.) (ALT-E-OEK). 5 credits BIO 223. ECOLOGY. Modern concepts of ecology. Structure and function at various levels of organization in ecosystems will be emphasized. Field and laboratory studies utilize local environments. Three 50-minute lectures per week and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 142. Offered every spring. (S-OEK). 4 credits BIO 224. POPULATION BIOLOGY. A detailed consideration of natural populations, from static or ecological, and dynamic or evolutionary, viewpoints. 2 lectures and 6 hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 223. Generally offered in alternate years. 4 credits BIO 240. MICROBIOLOGY. Applied and medical microbiology, with emphasis on the bacteria, viruses, rickettsiae protozoa and fungi of particular significance to man. 3 lectures, 3 hours of laboratory and 1 hour of tutorials per week. Prerequisite: BIO 142 or BIO 152. Normally only offered on the Albert A. Sheen Campus. (F-AAS). 4 credits BIO 245. PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS. An overview of the principles of plant and animal genetics including Mendelian and modern concepts of heredity. Developments in molecular genetics will be addressed through the chemistry and physiology of the gene and the nature of gene action in prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Three 50-minute lectures per week and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 142 and two semesters of college mathematics (MAT 143, MAT 153 or higher level) or equivalent. (F-OEK). 4 credits BIO 261-262. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I-II. A comprehensive study of human anatomy and physiology with a special emphasis on medical relevance and applications. The course uses a systematic approach to the major anatomical systems from the biochemical level to the organismal level of each system. The lecture and laboratory are integrated and complementary. 3 hours of lecture, 1 tutorial, and one 3-hour laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: CHE 112 or CHE 152. BIO 261 (F-OEK). BIO 262 (S-OEK). 4-4 credits BIO 295. RESPONSIBLE CONDUCT IN RESEARCH. Science and the conduct of scientific inquiry occur within a social structure that has evolved through trial and error. Responsible Conduct in Research uses case studies of practical circumstances where ethical issues arise to examine the social foundations of science. Recognizing and understanding ethical issues inherent in the conduct of research provides a context in which the role of social values shapes the questions we ask and the answers we seek. This course is open only to students majoring in biology, chemistry, computer sciences, marine sciences, mathematics, nursing and psychology. Prerequisites: Completion of one introductory course in biology, chemistry, computer science, marine science, mathematics, nursing, or psychology. (F, S-OEK; S-AAS). 1 credit Course Descriptions 171 BIO 301. MICROBIOLOGY FOR THE HEALTH SCIENCES. The study of medically important microorganisms: their classification, morphological characteristics, physiology, life histories, diagnosis and control. In the latter part of the course, immunology, patterns of transmission and means of prevention of human infectious diseases will be emphasized, with particular attention to the problems of nosocomial infections and recent “new” diseases. 3 lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: CHE 112 or CHE 152 and BIO 142 or BIO 262. Normally offered on the Orville E. Kean Campus only. (F-OEK). 4 credits BIO 310. RESEARCH METHODS II. In the context of a semester-long research project, students will master advanced biological and biochemical research techniques such as acrylamide gel separation of DNA and protein products, SDS page, ELISA, Western blots, tissue culture, cloning, UV-vis spectroscopy, IR spectroscopy, protein synthesis, immunology, intermediate microscopy, natural product characterization, and chromatography. Prerequisites: BIO 210, CHE 152, BIO 360. 2 credits BIO 339. VERTEBRATE STRUCTURE. A survey of the development and comparative anatomy of vertebrates. Each organ system will be discussed in structural, functional and evolutionary terms. 3 lectures and 6 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 142. (ALT-E-OEK). 5 credits BIO 342. ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. A comparative study of adaptive functions at molecular, cellular and systems levels with particular attention to ecological and evolutionary significance. Prerequisites: CHE 152 and BIO 360. (S-OEK). 4 credits BIO 349. AQUATIC PLANT BIOLOGY. A comprehensive survey of aquatic plants with emphasis on marine algae. Classification, morphology, physiology and ecology of the major groups of algae and marine flowering plants are examined using local flora for selection of examples. 3 hours lecture and 3 hours field/ laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 142. (ALT-E-OEK). 4 credits BIO 350. TERRESTRIAL PLANT BIOLOGY. An examination of plant life from fungi through angiosperms. Morphology, evolution, systematics and significant biological aspects of selected genera are emphasized, with examples taken from the local flora. 3 hours lecture and 3 hours field/laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 142. (ALT-O-OEK). 4 credits BIO 352. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. Basic physiological processes of plants including photosynthesis, respiration, nutrition, growth, absorption and conduction. Three hours of lectures and 3 hours laboratory weekly. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisites: BIO 223 and CHE 152. (ALT-E-OEK). 4 credits BIO 353. DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY. An analysis of the component processes of development, growth, differentiation and morphogenesis, examined at both the cellular and organismal level. Early development of echinoderms and chordates included. 3 lectures weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 245. 3 credits BIO 355-356. BIOLOGY OF MICROORGANISMS I-II. The functional, ecological and evolutionary relations of microorganisms. 3 hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: BIO 245 and CHE 254. (ALT-O-OEK). 4-4 credits BIO 360. CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY I. A detailed look at the structure and function of cells, and the molecular biology of cells and multicellular organism. The laboratory portion of the class will introduce students to the techniques of modern cell and molecular biology laboratories, as well as to the foundations of cell and molecular biology research, through both directed and independent projects. Prerequisite: BIO 245. (F-OEK). 4 credits BIO 361. BIOINFORMATICS. In this interdisciplinary course, students learn a variety of computational techniques to distill information from biological data. Students apply these techniques to genome-scale data sets to investigate questions in biology. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. Prerequisites: All students must have passed BIO 141-142 and CSC 117-118 and MAT 143-153; in addition, all students must have passed either (BIO 223 and BIO 245) or (8 credits of 200-level CSC courses) or (MAT 233 and MAT 261). (Also listed as CSC 361 and MAT 361). (S-DEM). 4 credits BIO 365. JUNIOR BIOLOGY SEMINAR. A twice-weekly seminar encompassing the biological sciences. Each student will present at least one seminar. Introduces basic strategies and techniques for locating and presenting scientific information. Students conduct bibliographic searches of scientific literature. Course Descriptions 172 Students are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. One 50-minute and one 170-minute session per week. 2 credits BIO 370. EVOLUTION. Concepts of organic evolution; evidence for, and implications. 3 lectures weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 245. Generally offered in alternate years. (ALT-O-OEK). 3 credits BIO 397. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I. Introduces basic strategies and techniques for locating and presenting scientific information. Students conduct bibliographic searches of scientific literature. Students are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Junior standing as a biology major; approved study plan on file with the biology program. (F-OEK). 1 credit BIO 398. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR II. Students learn various methods for organizing materials for scientific presentation, such as preparing a poster based on a science journal article. Students are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Prerequisite: BIO 397 or equivalent. (S-OEK). 1 credit BIO 430. CORAL REEF BIOLOGY. An in-depth study of corals and their biology, the coral reef community, evolution of coral reefs, and problems facing coral reefs today. Topics will include biological and geological structures of coral reef ecosystems; linkages between coral reefs and other ecosystems; anthropogenic impacts on coral reefs; and coral reef conservation and management. Prerquisites: BIO 223 Ecology and at least one of the following courses: BIO/MBI 220, MBI 222, BIO/MBI 349. (Also listed as MBI 430). 4 credits BIO 460. CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY II. An examination of advanced topics in the function and interaction of cells and biomolecules. The molecular machinery of cells and control mechanisms will be addressed in depth. The laboratory portion will introduce students to more advanced and modern techniques through directed and independent projects. Prerequisites: BIO 360 and CHE 253. (ALT-O- OEK). 4 credits BIO 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN BIOLOGY. Electives in various biological fields, such as histology, entomology, plant pathology, biogeography and ichthyology. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. BIO 465 (ALT-O-OEK). BIO 466 (ALT-E-OEK). 1-4 credits BIO 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or studies in areas associated with their academic fields but outside of prescribed courses. Student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit, for approval, a proposal to the Dean at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Student may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of six credits. Proposals must also include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits in some combination of BIO, MBI, CHE, PHY, CSC, MAT with a minimum grade point average of 2.5. Corequisite: BIO 295. (DEM). 1-4 credits BIO 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credits for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a College committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits of biology courses with a grade point average of 2.5. Corequisite: BIO 295. (DEM). 1-4 credits BIO 497, 498. SENIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of science. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Two 50-minute sessions weekly. Required of all science seniors. Prerequisite: BIO 397, 398. BIO 497 (F-OEK). BIO 498 (S-OEK). 1,1 credits Course Descriptions 173 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BUS) BUS 112. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS. Designed to prepare students for a career in business administration and broaden students’ understanding of the vital role of business in our society. A study of the types of business ownership, a broad overview of business operations and examination of the major segments of business administration. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021, or passing scores on the placement exams, or satisfactory SAT score for exemption. 3 credits BUS 305. BUSINESS COMMUNICATION. (formerly BUS 224). Designed to give students a comprehensive view of business communication through study and application of the concepts of effective written and oral communication. Develops critical thinking, analytical, ethical and problem-solving skills. Students learn the importance of audience adaptation and concise written and oral expressions. Emphasis is on use of English language skills to effectively plan, organize, compose, evaluate, and edit business emails, letters, memoranda, reports and proposals. Additional emphasis is on verbal, non-verbal, and listening skills. The proficient use of word processing technology is required for document production. Prerequisites: COM 120, ENG 120, ENG 201. 3 credits BUS 351. BUSINESS LAW. (formerly BUS 251). Rules of law as they relate to business transactions, court systems and procedures, law of contracts, law of agency, employee-employer relations, law of negotiable instruments, law of sales, law of property, bailments, insurance and business organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 112 or HOS 101. 3 credits BUS 436. BUSINESS STRATEGY. A study of overall business strategy from the perspective of top management. Students will examine strategic goals, plans and actions of the business firm. Prerequisites: Senior standing and ACC 202 or HRM 234, MKT 301, MGT 301, FIN 301, and DSC 430. 3 credits BUS 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN BUSINESS. An elective course designed for junior and senior undergraduate students in business administration. Includes areas of special interest in business. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisites: To be announced with each topic. (AR). 1,1 credit BUS 474. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR. Designed to prepare business students for their senior level work-study experience. Topics include resume preparation and application letters, job search skills, interviewing techniques, dressing for success, interpersonal relations and communication skills, values and ethics, meeting the public in person and on the telephone, professionalism and workplace etiquette. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. 1 credit BUS 475. UNDERGRADUATE INTERNSHIP IN BUSINESS. A work-study program arranged on an individual student basis with participating organizations. Students will submit periodic written and oral reports on their internship experience. Prerequisite: Senior standing and BUS 474. 2 credits BUS 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individually directed special projects for the advanced student of business administration. Attention may be concentrated on any facet of the contemporary business environment as it relates to the individual student’s career objectives. Prerequisite: senior standing. 3 credits CARIBBEAN STUDIES (CAR) CAR 465. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas relevant to Caribbean studies which do not warrant catalog inclusion on a long-term basis. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. (DEM). 3 credits CHEMISTRY (CHE) For chemistry classes with labs, students enrolling in the class for the first time must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Subsequently, those students that have successfully completed one part of the course can register for the other part of the course. Course Descriptions 174 CHE 111-112. PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES I-II. A survey of chemical principles with application to the life sciences and with special emphasis on organic chemistry and biochemistry. This course is not intended as a prerequisite for any other chemistry course. It will not satisfy the general education requirement for science. Four one-hour lectures per week in the first semester. The course consists of three 1-hour lectures per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Prerequisites: MAT 140 or MAT 143 (may be taken concurrently) and successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or a satisfactory score on the placement exam, or satisfactory SAT score for exemption. Corequisite: CHE 112L, CHE 111 (F-OEK; VAR-AAS). CHE 112 (S-OEK; VAR-AAS). 4-3 credits CHE 112L. PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES LABORATORY. This laboratory course is designed to complement and supplement the material presented in CHE 111 and CHE 112. The course consists of one three hour laboratory in the spring semester. First time registrants must be concurrently enrolled in CHE 112. Corequisite: CHE 112 1 credit CHE 121. Fundamentals of Chemistry. This course is designed to provide an understanding of basic chemistry and is tailored for students with little or no science background who wish to enter the science or process technology program and enroll in CHE 151 or CHE 141, respectively. The course covers an introduction to the principles of chemistry, atomic structure, molecular structure, chemical bonding, ionic material, covalent materials, nomenclature, energy relationships in reaction, rates of chemical reactions, equilibrium, acids and bases, stoichiometry, periodic relations and relations to chemical properties. No laboratory. (F, S-OEK). 3 credits CHE 141. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY. This course is designed to provide a fundamental understanding of basic chemistry and is tailored for student with little or no science background, more specifically for students who are enrolled in the two-year degree Process Technology Program. The material to be covered includes an introduction to the principles of chemistry, atomic structure, molecular structure, chemical bonding, ionic material, covalent materials, nomenclature, energy relationships in reaction, rates of chemical reactions, equilibrium, acids and bases, stoichiometry, periodic relations and relations to chemical properties. The course consists of four one hour lectures per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Prerequisites: ENG 101/WAC 011, ENG 101/ RCA 021 and MAT 140. Corequisite: CHE 141L. (F, S-AAS). 4 credits CHE 141L. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. This laboratory course is designed to complement and supplement the material covered in CHE 141. The laboratories are specifically designed to aid in the understanding of laboratory techniques used by persons working in the chemical industry as a process technician. The course consists of one three hour laboratory period per week. First time registrants must be concurrently enrolled in CHE 141. Corequisite: CHE 141. 1 credit CHE 151-152. GENERAL CHEMISTRY I-II. An introduction to chemical principles emphasizing atomic and molecular structure. Topics include the principal states of matter, stoichiometry, thermochemistry, kinetics, chemical equilibrium, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry and the chemistry of the representative and transition elements. The course consists of four hours of per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Prerequisites: Successful completion of CHE 121, a chemistry pretest or, under special circumstances, the approval of the chemistry coordinator; ENG 101/RCA 021 or a satisfactory score on SAT for exemption; and MAT 140 or MAT 143 which may be taken concurrently. Corequisite: CHE 151L-CHE 152L. CHE 151 (F-AAS; F, S-OEK). CHE 152 (S-AAS; F, S, Sum I-OEK). 4-4 credits CHE 151L-152L. GENERAL CHEMISTRYLABORATORY I-II. An introduction to the laboratory techniques and principles that is required in an introductory chemistry course. The experiments are designed to complement and supplement the CHE 151-CHE 152 lecture courses. The course consists of one three hour laboratory per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Corequisite CHE 151-152. 1-1 credit CHE 251. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. A comprehensive course in the theory and application of chemical principles to analysis. Lecture topics include error analysis, gravimetric and volumetric methods, complex solution equilibria and electrochemistry. The course consists of two one hour lectures per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Prerequisite: CHE 152. Corequisite: CHE 251L. (F-O-OEK). 2 credits Course Descriptions 175 CHE 251L. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS LABORATORY. A laboratory course where the lab experiments supplement and complement the material covered in CHE 251. Experiments include gravimetric, volumetric, complex ion chemistry, and electrochemistry. The course consists of two three hour laboratories per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Prerequisite: CHE 152. Corequisite: CHE 251. (F-O-OEK). 2 credits CHE 252. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS. Quantitative analysis using chemical instrumentation. Lectures cover major categories of instrumentation, including infrared, ultraviolet, and atomic absorption spectrophotometry, gas and high pressure liquid chromatography, nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry. The course consists of two one hour lectures per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Prerequisite: CHE 251. Corequisite: CHE 252L. (S-E-OEK). 2 credits CHE 252L. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS LABORATORY. A laboratory course where the lab experiments supplement and complement the material covered in CHE 252. The laboratory experiments include extensive experience with available instrumentation, sample preparation and error analysis. The course consists of two three-hour laboratories per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Prerequisite: CHE 152. Corequisite: CHE 252. (S-E-OEK). 2 credits CHE 253-254. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I-II. An introduction to organic chemistry. Topics will include the structure, nomenclature, physical and spectral properties of various classes of organic compounds and their chemical reactivity and syntheses. Organic reactions will be treated in a systematic manner, with emphasis placed on their mechanisms and energetics. The course will consist of four hours of lecture per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Prerequisite: CHE 152. Corequisite: CHE 253L-CHE 254L. CHE 253 (F-OEK). CHE 254 (S-OEK). 4-4 credits CHE 253L-254L. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I-II LABORATORY. This laboratory course will present laboratory techniques and experiments in organic chemistry. The lab work will include an introduction to synthesis, spectroscopic methods, and chromatographic techniques. The course will consist of one three-hour laboratory per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Corequisite: CHE 253-CHE 254. 1–1 credit CHE 341-342. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I-II. Introduction to thermodynamics, atomic and molecular structures, chemical kinetics and elementary theory of chemical bonding. The course will consist of three hours of lecture per week. CHE 341 will be offered Fall semester even years and CHE 342 will be offered Spring semester odd years. Prerequisites: CHE152, MAT 242, and PHY 241. Corequisite: CHE 241L-CHE 342L. CHE 341 (F-E-OEK). CHE 342 (S-O-OEK). 3-3 credits CHE 341L-342L. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I-II LABORATORY. An introduction to laboratory techniques required for physical chemistry. The lab work will include an introduction to experimental data analysis, thermodynamics, kinetics, and spectroscopy. The course will consist of one three-hour laboratory per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Corequisite: CHE 341-CHE342. 1-1 Credit CHE 348. BIOCHEMISTRY. The application of chemical properties to life processes. The structure, biosynthesis and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipid, proteins and other classes of compounds are discussed. The course will consist of four hours lecture per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Prerequisite: CHE 253 with concurrent enrollment in CHE 254. Corequisite: CHE 348L. (S-OEK). 4 credits CHE 348L. BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY. The application of chemical properties to life processes. The structure, biosynthesis and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipid, proteins and other classes of compounds are discussed. The course will consist of three hours of laboratory work per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Corequisite: CHE 348. (S-OEK). 1 credit CHE 397, 398. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. Topics of interest and importance to science majors will be presented by faculty, visiting scholars, and junior and senior science majors. An opportunity for Course Descriptions 176 exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Prerequisite: Junior standing as a chemistry or chemistry/physics major. CHE 397 (F-OEK). CHE 398 (S-OEK). 1/2, 1/2 credit CHE 432. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. A survey of chemical properties of Main Group elements and the Transition Metals. Concepts developed in physical chemistry, such as bonding theory and thermodynamics are applied to the understanding of these properties. Coordination chemistry of the transition metals is emphasized and recent advances in this and other fields are discussed. Three hours lecture per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. Prerequisites: CHE 254 and CHE 341 (CHE 341 may be taken concurrently.) Corequisite: CHE 432L. (F-E-OEK). 3 credits CHE 432L. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. An introduction to modern synthetic techniques used by inorganic chemists. Lab work will consist of synthetic techniques and spectroscopic analysis of the synthetic products. The course will consist of one three-hour laboratory per week. First time registrants must take both the lecture component and the lab component concurrently. (F-E-OEK). 1 credit CHE 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY. Topics to broaden the experience of chemistry majors intending to enter graduate school. Individual topics will be announced at the time of registration. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisites: to be announced with each topic. 2-4 credits CHE 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN CHEMISTRY. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or study in areas associated with their academic field but outside of prescribed courses. Student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit for approval a proposal to the Dean at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Student may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of six credits. Proposals must also include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: CHE 254 with a minimum grade point average of 2.5. (DEM-OEK). 1-4 credits CHE 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a College committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: CHE 254 with a grade point average of 2.5. (DEM-OEK). 1-4 credits CHE 497, 498. SENIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of science. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Meets one hour weekly. Required of all science seniors. Prerequisites: CHE 397, 398. CHE 497 (F-OEK). CHE 498 (S-OEK). 1,1 credit COMMUNICATION (COM) COM 110. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION. An introductory course to acquaint the non-journalism student, as well as the journalism student, with the various media that communicate public information and mold public opinion. Newspapers, magazines, radio, television, trade publications, public relations and the motion picture field are surveyed. Considerable reading and analytical projects on these media are assigned. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 100/WAC 011, or satisfactory score on the placement exam, or SAT exemption. (F). 3 credits COM 119. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS. An introduction to interpersonal communication and to leadership skills basic to all disciplines. Specific areas include an examination of the communication process and the role that perception plays in the formation of verbal and nonverbal messages. Emphasis will be placed on demonstrating the relationship of interpersonal skills with basic communication skills central to promoting excellence in leadership. Prerequisites: ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021 or SAT exemption. 3 credits Course Descriptions 177 COM 120. PUBLIC SPEAKING. This course develops the communication skills required for effective public speaking. It involves the study of good presentational skills coupled with intensive study in researching topics, outlining and effective speech organization. The course will provide practical experiences in presenting both informative and persuasive public speeches. Prerequisite: COM 119. 3 credits COM 200. JOURNALISM WORKSHOP. Staff members of UVI VOICE student newspaper receive credit for making a regular contribution to the paper for the semester, acting as writers, copy editors or photographers for each issue. Participants create a portfolio reflecting on their development during the semester. This course can be repeated to a total of 8 credits. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in ENG 201. (Also listed as ENG 200.) (F, S). 1 credit (repeatable to 8 total credits) COM 205. BROADCAST COMMUNICATION I. This course covers the fundamentals of broadcast media audio production. Topics include storyboarding, recording and editing. Students will be introduced to the tools of the trade: consoles, microphones, digital recorders, digital cameras and computer-based editing systems. Students will learn how to use both studio and portable equipment. Technical skills covered will include: recording, editing and dubbing. Production skills will include: directing, mixing, production and the use of music, sound and visual effects. (F-ALT). 4 credits COM 211, 212, 213, 214. RADIO PRODUCTION. Students will plan, write, host and produce radio programming for WUVI radio station. They will be radio station operators, hosting talk shows, conducting field recordings and editing them for broadcast, interviewing visitors to the University and recording special events. Students will create, write and produce original radio drama, recitations and produce other original material. Students will be responsible for the daily operations and management of WUVI, on-the-air 12 hours per day – all year round. Students will be responsible for daily shifts on-air, weekly productions and a semester long major project, e.g. radio drama. The courses may be taken in 4 semesters in any sequence. Corequisite: COM 205. 3, 3, 3, 3 Credits COM 221. ORAL INTERPRETATION OF LITERATURE. A study of the basic techniques of oral reading and presentation through projects designed to help the speaker use his or her voice and body effectively in expressing the ideas of others. Subject materials will include poetry, descriptive prose, dramatic literature and story telling. Prerequisite: COM 119. 3 credits COM 223. CONFERENCE TECHNIQUES. A study of principles of conference leadership and discussion; methods of logical analysis and reflective thinking. Conference and discussions on current issues. Prerequisite: COM 120. 3 credits COM 225. INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION. A study of the dynamics of intercultural communication involving an examination of the many factors and problems that come into play when people with varying cultural backgrounds encounter each other. Prerequisite: COM 119. (S). 3 credits COM 227. VOICE AND DICTION. A course designed to help students improve their speaking ability by examining factors related to respiration, phonation, resonation, articulation, pronunciation, and to explore ways in which they might incorporate the proper usage of these processes in their everyday speech. 3 credits COM 230. COMPUTER-MEDIATED COMMUNICATION I. This is an introductory technical class focusing on major communication media that arise from computer-based sources. Students will learn how each medium works, how to make material in that form and what implications it has for our language, identity, relationships and communities. Prerequisite: COM 110. (F-ALT). 3 credits COM 308. NEWSWRITING FOR MASS MEDIA l. An introduction to writing for print and web-based news media. This course covers the basic types of news stories. Introduction to Associated Press style. Introduction to ethical standards in the profession. Course culminates in a project where students develop critical skills evaluating comparative coverage of a news topic across media. Prerequisite: grade “C” or better in ENG 201. (Also listed as ENG 308.) (F). 3 credits COM 310. NEWSWRITING FOR MASS MEDIA II. Intensive writing for print and web-based media, including in-depth newswriting and beat reporting. Introduction to libel law. Students also learn editing skills, including content, style, grammar, assignment-making, the publications production process, editing their work and that of others. Advanced AP style, exposure to editing in other styles. Prerequisite COM/ ENG 308. (Also listed as ENG 310.) (S-ALT). 3 credits Course Descriptions 178 COM 312. FEATURE WRITING. An advanced writing course focusing on feature writing and opinion/ editorial. Students analyze award-winning feature stories, and research and write their own in-depth magazine-style features. Focus on refining an individual writing style. Prerequisite: COM/ENG 308. (Also listed as ENG 312.) (S-ALT). 3 credits COM 315. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC RELATIONS. A survey of the public relations discipline, from the professional foundation of ethics, law and theory to the process, audiences and professional practice areas. The student will learn effective writing as it is applied in programmed communications for organizations in the private and public sectors as part of an overall public relations plan involving objectives, research, sound implementation and evaluation strategies. Prerequisite: COM/ENG 308. (S-ALT). 3 credits COM 324. DESKTOP PUBLISHING. Using industry-standard software, students will learn to use computers to design and produce print-based publications. The course offers an introduction to computer- assisted drawing and design, and photographic preparation. Students will study principles of typography, graphic design and color theory. The class culminates in a client-based portfolio project where students produce a substantive project on deadline, to the client’s specifications, and within budget. Prerequisite: Grade “C” or better in COM/ENG 308. (Also listed as ART 324 and ENG 324.) (F-ALT). 4 credits COM 325. WEB PUBLISHING. A basic to intermediate level hands-on course that teaches the theory, design and creation of original content for publishing on the web. Using the most recommended online applications and current theories underlying computer-mediated communication effectiveness, students will learn to use computers and mobile devices to quickly design and produce websites and blogs. Using templates or designing from scratch, the end product will be anywhere from simple web pages to complex presentations and interactive multi-media including fully functional e-commerce sites. Students will gain competence with a range of current computer technologies related to online publishing including standard global web terminology, simplified textual messages, responsive design principles, orientation and navigation skills, manipulation of images, and computer and mobile device user testing. Students develop the ability to critique effective vs ineffective sites and user-friendly navigation. Marketing-related best practices are also taught including the significance of branding from domain name registration, site hosting options and social media platform integration. Prerequisite: COM 230. (S-ALT). 4 credits COM 350. PUBLIC RELATIONS CAMPAIGN DEVELOPMENT. This course is designed to help students develop the essential research and analytical skills for the planning, execution and evaluation of action programs that address communication issues faced by organizations. Working in teams, students will develop targeted public relations campaigns. They will also develop individual portfolios of their work suitable for presentation to future employers. 3 credits COM 352. MASS MEDIA RESEARCH. This course is an introduction to quantitative and qualitative research methods and procedures used to study issues and problems in mass communication. It covers sampling, research design, observation and measurement, data analysis, documentation/reporting formats, and execution strategies and tools. Student teams will be responsible for conducting research that will result in the recommendation of media products to meet the requirements of the market. Prerequisites: MAT 235, COM 110, COM 308. 3 credits. COM 360. COMMUNICATION THEORY. This course will examine the major theoretical schools of thought regarding interpersonal communication, mass communication, verbal, non-verbal and intercultural communication. The course will focus on the scientific effort to place all types of communication behavior into a scholarly context. Specifically, the course will seek overarching theories that encompass all aspects of communication. Prerequisites: COM 110, 225 and 230. (S-ALT). 3 credits COM 401. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE. Focus is on the use of argumentative discourse in written and oral communication. Attention is given to structure or arguments in formal debate. Prerequisite: COM 120. 3 credits COM 402. MASS COMMUNICATIONS LAW AND ETHICS. A course designed to examine the historical background of the concepts of freedom of speech and freedom of the press and the limitations that have been imposed on them by statute and by common law. The case study approach is used, but the emphasis is on the principles and the philosophy that underlie the landmark cases. Prerequisite: COM 110. (S-ALT). 3 credits Course Descriptions 179 COM 403. RHETORICAL CRITICISM. A course designed to acquaint students with the art of rhetoric. They will explore classical and contemporary rhetorical theory and criticism. Prerequisite: PHI 200. 3 credits COM 404. PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP IN MASS COMMUNICATIONS. Practical experience in journalism in a supervised professional setting for which the student does not receive salary. Students enrolled in the course receive credit for professional experience in advertising, news-editorial and radio- television-film. Supervision is provided by the employer offering the professional experience. Credit hours will be based on Satisfactory-Unsatisfactory basis. Limit of three hours of enrollment in a student’s total course work. Prerequisites: Five communication courses. (F, S). 3 credits COM 435. DIGITAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP. This course addresses the problem of how to use communication to take an idea no one knows about and turn it into something everyone is talking about. Students will organize and bring on-line a new business venture. Working in teams, they will choose or develop a product, create a web site for that product and create a digital communication campaign to promote their product. They will also use on-line systems for making sales, collecting money and delivering a product. Students will utilize state of the art communication tools and concepts to bring their new idea from “known-to-no-one” to “well known.” They will learn how to use communication tools to raise awareness and make their idea “go viral.” This is an intense study of the tools of digital communication and e-commerce. Business majors are also encouraged to take this class. Prerequisites: COM 230, COM 430. Corequisite: COM 325. 3 credits COM 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in speech communication. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. (AR). 3,3 credits COM 475. DIRECTED STUDIES. Designed to allow directed study under a journalism professional and to enable a student to pursue special projects of production or research that are not a part of a regular course. Permission of the instructor is required before the student enrolls. Prerequisites: Five communication courses. (AR). 1-3 credits COM 490. ADVANCED PRODUCTION PROJECT. In this capstone portfolio project, students with advanced experience in Communication skills areas like print, broadcast, and web will come together to produce a group project that highlights their skills while learning how to work in groups and produce complex projects on deadline under supervision. The project will differ from section to section, and will be determined by the skills and interests of the particular group of students, under supervision. The final product will be a substantive, original print, broadcast or web-based project. Prerequisite: Five or more 300-400 level communication courses. (S-ALT). 4 credits COM 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individual study and research under the direction of a member or members of the College. Students will have weekly conferences with their advisors and do such readings and papers as may be required. Prerequisite: Advanced standing. Students must have completed at least 20 credits of communication and/or theatre courses beyond the 200 level with a cumulative grade point average of 3.00. Students must secure consent of the dean and advisor. Written proposals must be approved prior to the end of the preceding semester. (DEM). 3 credits COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS (CIS) CIS 051. BASIC COMPUTING CONCEPTS AND SKILLS. This course addresses basic computer concepts and skills required for university classes. Classes take place in computer labs where students are given instructions and tasks for hands-on practice. Modules are included in the use of the desktop, word processing, e-mail, the Internet, and spreadsheets. Students must register for the entire course even if they have passed some, though not all, of the CLE modules, but need only attend the classes for modules which they have not passed. Each module concludes with administration of the corresponding CLE module test. 1 non-degree credit CIS 101. BUSINESS SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS. Industry standard software including spreadsheets, database management systems, personal information management, the Internet, and word processing will be studied in depth. The capabilities, limitations and special features of operating systems are studied. Extensive out-of-class computer work is necessary. Format: 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial. 3 credits Course Descriptions 180 COMPUTER SCIENCE (CSC) CSC 110: INTRODUCTORY PROGRAMMING AND PROBLEM SOLVING. This course provides students with fundamentals of problem solving using basic algebra, the use of spreadsheets, and a programming language. The problems involve using one or several equations, and include unit conversions. The language elements covered are variable and constant declarations, input and output, assignments, expression syntax, logical expressions, testing structures and conditional looping structures. This course is designed to help prepare students for the first introductory programming course, Introduction to Programming I. 3 credits. CSC 111. USE OF COMPUTERS. This course provides an introduction to computer concepts and terminology, UVI computer resources, operating systems, e-mail, word processing, spreadsheets, database, graphics, Internet and computing ethics. It is appropriate for students with no previous background in computing who wish to apply microcomputer applications in their studies. Supervised labs provide students with (1) initial hands-on introduction to the UVI network and basic computer operations, (2) an overview of on-line resources, and (3) using e-mail. Students must complete additional lab assignments outside of class. (F, S). 1 credit CSC 117. INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING I. Students will learn problem solving strategies and create well designed, sequential algorithms in an object oriented programming language. While many students can succeed in this course having no previous programming background, for those students who require preparation in problem solving, logic, and programming, it is suggested they first take Introductory Programming and Problem Solving: CSC 110. Students will learn the use of a programming environment, which includes the program editor, libraries, and compiler. Students will learn the use of basic data types, statements, controls, and structures. A high-level computer programming language will be explored in the context of solving problems. Procedures and functions will be introduced while stressing the concepts of program modularity and top-down design. Students participating in this course must have acquired the skills of sending and receiving attached documents by e-mail and they must be familiar with web browser navigation. Students are expected to access class resources on the Internet daily. It is strongly recommended that students have a computer with available access to the Internet. Three 50-minute lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: MAT 023, MAT 024 or satisfactory score on placement exam, or satisfactory SAT score for exemption. (F, S, SUM). 4 credits CSC 118. INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING II. This second course in programming represents a continuation of the basic language features and elementary problem solving of the course, Introduction to Programming I. Criteria for well-formed problem definitions are examined, and increasingly sophisticated problem solving strategies are explored as more advanced programming elements are introduced. Recursion is introduced and compared to iterative solutions in terms of program efficiency and program simplicity. Data files of more complex data types, the use of pointers, dynamic structures, and basic abstract data files are introduced. Top-down development of programming solutions, as well as concepts in program modularity, are further emphasized. The processes of program documentation, production, testing and maintenance are studied. This course establishes a foundation for professional programming and software engineering design skills. Three 50-minute lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: CSC 117. (S, SUM). 4 credits CSC 119. COMPUTER GRAPHIC APPLICATIONS. This course assumes the ability to enter, edit and display text, and focuses on the production and manipulation of graphic images. The student develops skills in the use of software application for painting, desktop publishing, line drawing and animation. Students acquire a working familiarity with computer-based communication systems through the use of electronic mail and electronic conferencing for joint projects and tutorial support. Students participating in this course must have acquired the skills of sending and receiving attached documents by email and they must be familiar with web browser navigation. Students are expected to access class resources on the Internet daily. It is strongly recommended that students have a computer with available access to the Internet. (F, S, SUM). 1 credit CSC 120. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE. Introduction to computer science and computing careers. An integrated overview of the wide range of knowledge and skills involved in the theory and practice of computer science is acquired through critical thinking and comparative analysis of computer science courses and the computer science program. The history and ongoing directions of development in computing, and the impact of this development on society, is interwoven with discussion of course topics. Course Descriptions 181 Required of all computer science majors and recommended for any student considering a degree or career in computer science. (S). 2 credits CSC 210. GRAPHIC USER INTERFACE DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION. An Introduction to Graphic Computer interaction, the theory of user interfaces, and the application of user interface theory to software design and engineering. The course will give students the opportunity to develop and apply programming skills in an additional high level language and integrated development environment which is particularly focused on creation of graphic computer interfaces (GUI). The following topics are emphasized: input/output control objects, characteristics of user interfaces, human factors, programming tools for constructing user interfaces, and applications supporting web-based interfaces. Prerequisite: CSC 118. (S) 3 credits CSC 239. SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER APPLICATIONS. This course develops understanding and skills in the use of computer applications and software as a tool for scientific work. An ability to enter, edit and display text and numeric data is assumed and the course focuses on the analysis of numeric data, the exploration of numeric and logical relationships, and the integrated use of application software packages to create, maintain and analyze databases. Monitoring of physical systems and acquisition of quantitative data through hardware interfaces is considered and exemplified. Students participating in this course must have acquired the skills of sending and receiving attached documents by email and they must be familiar with web browser navigation. Students are expected to access class resources on the Internet daily. It is strongly recommended that students have a computer with available access to the Internet. (F). 2 credits CSC 241. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND DIGITAL SYSTEMS. The representation and processing of data by logical circuits are developed from principles of boolean logic and binary arithmetic. A basic model of a computer CPU is extended to alternative bus architectures and approaches to I/O and memory access. Execution cycle processes are developed and alternative instruction sets are compared. Parallel, multiprocessor and distributed processing approaches are explored. Prerequisite: CSC 117 or CIS 115. (F). 4 credits CSC 242. DATA STRUCTURES. An introduction to data structures, program specification and design emphasizing abstract data types and their implementation. Arrays, lists, queues, trees, and graphs will be examined along with their implementation for specific applications. Set operations involving abstract data types will be covered. A series of searching and sorting techniques using various data structures will be analyzed looking at efficiencies based on memory and runtime. Prerequisite: CSC 118 and either MAT 143 or MAT 140. (F). 4 credits CSC 243. DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS. This course establishes fundamental networking principles in connectivity, transmission, addressing and network management. Analysis and comparison of specific systems illustrates application of principles, and students acquire hands-on skills in the implementation, operation and maintenance of networks. User interfaces and information resources available through the Internet are explored and societal implications of communications and networks considered. Prerequisite: CSC 117 or CIS 300. (S). 4 credits CSC 245. DATABASES AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL. The physical storage mechanisms of disk and tape hardware are established and abstract data types applied in the exploration of approaches to logical level storage and retrieval. The organization and implementation of basic file structures are considered with respect to speed and efficient use of storage capacity. Databases are analyzed as organizations superimposed on data stored using basic file structures. Principles of query systems are applied do information systems design and implementation and the Standard Query Language, SQL, is introduced. Distributed data systems and search engines are considered. Prerequisites: CSC 241, CSC 242. (F). 3 credits CSC 310. WEB APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT. This course introduces the development of Web applications. The course examines the major components and concepts of Web applications, and provides practical hands-on experience necessary for deploying multi-tier web applications using recent Web technologies. Topics covered include Web architectures and models, technique and development methods. A project-oriented approach provides in depth knowledge of the client and server side development process of modern Web applications. Prerequisites: CSC 245. 3 Credits. CSC 317. PROGRAMMING III. Project oriented instruction in program development, using a professional development environment. Extensive programming practice is provided in both individual and team Course Descriptions 182 contexts for development of applications and systems. Design issues addressed include object oriented programming systems, approaches to inter-operability and portability, design of module interfaces and definition of system test beds. Prerequisite: CSC 242. (F). 3 credits CSC 333. PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES. Meta-linguistics notations in syntax and semantics. Procedure/ infix/prefix and postfix notation. Global properties of languages including the scope of declarations, storage allocation, subprogram structures and binding. Includes analysis and comparison of a number of algorithmic, list processing, string manipulation, data description and simulation languages. Prerequisite: CSC 117. (S). 3 credits CSC 352. ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS AND COMPLEX PROBLEMS. This course provides a theoretical treatment of complexity analysis of algorithms, complexity classes of problems, computability and undecideability, and an applied study of problem-solving strategies and search strategies. Parallel and distributed algorithms are considered and the problems and methodologies of AI are introduced through study of problem state spaces, adaptive algorithms and heuristics, pattern recognition and deduction and inference. Prerequisite: CSC 118. (S). 3 credits CSC 361. BIOINFORMATICS. In this interdisciplinary course, students learn a variety of computational techniques to distill information from biological data. Students apply these techniques to genome-scale data sets to investigate questions in biology. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. Prerequisites: All students must have passed BIO 141-142 and CSC 117-118 and MAT 143-153; in addition, all students must have passed either (BIO 245 and BIO 223) or (8 credits of 200-level CSC courses) or (MAT 233 and MAT 261). (Also listed as BIO 361 and MAT 361.) (S-DEM). 4 credits CSC 363. DOCUMENTATION AND TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS. Purpose and format of documentation accompanying software development, including user and reference manuals, on-line help, in-line program comments, training guides, RFPs, RFQs, testing plans and system specifications. Critical analysis of technical writing, development of appropriate and consistent style, and effective use of tools, such as word processors, grammar checkers, style guides, HTML editors and on-line help compilers. Prerequisites: ENG 201, CSC 118. (S). 3 credits CSC 397, 398. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. Topics of interest and importance to science majors will be presented by faculty, visiting scholars, junior and senior science majors. An opportunity for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Prerequisite: Junior standing as a computer science major. CSC 397 (F). CSC 398 (S). 1/2, 1/2 credit CSC 410. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATING SYSTEMS. This course serves as a capstone, integrating concepts from across the curriculum and demonstrating the application of theory and skills in the context of operating systems which create the interface between hardware and software. Key operating systems mechanisms are introduced, such as memory management, scheduling, resources allocation, process control and input-output operations and security. Case studies highlight modern operating systems issues related to multiprocessors and virtualization. The course emphasizes the design and implementation of essential micro-kernels components through programming activities and case studies. Prerequisites: CSC 241, CSC 242, CSC 243. 3 credits CSC 420. SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. An introduction to the principles and practice of the production of computer software products. The software life cycle is analyzed in terms of product specification and design, implementation and production support systems, testing and quality control. Orderly management based on documentation of planning, interfaces, jobs, tasks and products is emphasized. Human factors in the organization and deployment of professional teams are considered. Prerequisite: CSC 317 (Programming III). (F). 4 credits CSC 430. KNOWLEDGE ENGINEERING AND EXPERT SYSTEMS. Theory and techniques in gathering and codification of knowledge. Logic programming, formula manipulation and predicate logic. Decision support systems. Deductive retrieval and natural language processing interfaces. Exampler systems from implementations of expert systems. (F). 3 credits CSC 433. COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS. Application of communications abstractions in major network systems: Unix, Windows NT and Netware. Server and workstation configuration and system generation. Fault diagnosis and performance monitoring. Comparisons of strategies and products are made and opportunities for hands-on practice are provided. Prerequisite: CSC 243. (S). 3 credits Course Descriptions 183 CSC 434. PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE TRANSLATION. An in-depth study of the principles and design of programming language translation software. The major components of a compiler are discussed: lexical analysis, syntactic analysis, type checking, code generation and optimization. Alternative parsing strategies are presented and compared with respect to space and time trade-offs. Emulation and the linguistic implementation of virtual machine interfaces are considered. Prerequisites: CSC 333, CSC 317. (S). 3 credits CSC 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. Electives in various areas in computer science, affording an opportunity for exposure to evolving specialties in the discipline. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3-4 credits CSC 471. ISSUES IN THE COMPUTER PROFESSION. The computer science profession is placed in an historical and social context. Privacy, security, ethics, and professional responsibility, definition and protection of intellectual property, communications legislation, technical risks, and liability are among the topics of current professional concern addressed in this course. Prerequisites: Senior Standing in the computer science BSC program as indicated by completion of all CSC courses at the 300 level and below. (S). 1 credit CSC 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or study in areas associated with their academic field but outside of prescribed courses. The student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit, for approval, a proposal to the Dean, at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Students may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of 6 credits. Proposals must include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits of computer science with a minimum grade point average of 2.5. (F, S, SUM). 1-4 credits CSC 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can quality for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a College committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of 4 credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits of computer science courses. (F, S, SUM). 1-4 credits CSC 497, 498. SENIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of science. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Meets one hour weekly. Required of all science seniors. Prerequisites: CSC 397, CSC 398, CSC 497 (F). CSC 498 (S). 1,1 credit CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY (CON) CON 254. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. Development of a complete house plan, specifications, interior and exterior perspective. Two classes of three hours per week. Prerequisite: EGR 131. 2 credits CRIMINAL JUSTICE (CJU) CJU 110. INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE. This course provides an overview of the components and processes of the criminal justice system. Particular emphasis is placed on aspects of the system including the nature of crime, victim assistance, policing, courts and adjudication, punishment, sentencing and incarceration alternatives, and corrections. Class material will include an overview of career opportunities. Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of ENG 100/ WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021 or SAT exemption . A passing grade on the English and Reading placement exams. (F,S). 3 credits CJU 120. INTRODUCTION TO LAW ENFORCEMENT. The philosophy and history of law enforcement agencies involved in the administration of criminal justice; processes of justice from detection of crime to parole of offender; evaluation of modern police services; survey of professional career opportunities. Prerequisites: A satisfactory grade on the English and Reading placement exams or the satisfactory completion of ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021 or SAT exemption. (DEM). 3 credits Course Descriptions 184 CJU 205. ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE. A review of court systems; procedures and agencies involved from incident of arrest to final disposition; principles of constitutional, federal, state, and local criminal and civil laws as they apply to and affect law enforcement; organization, procedures and techniques of law enforcement agencies and courts. Case histories will be used to create understanding of major problems of administering justice and rehabilitating criminal offenders. Prerequisite: CJU 110. (F,S). 3 credits CJU 207. CRIMINAL LAW. Elements of criminal law with definitions and general penalties; laws of arrest, search and seizure; rights and duties of officers and citizens. Prerequisite: CJU 110. (S). 3 credits CJU 220. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS. This multidisciplinary course will cover basic concepts of geographic information systems (GIS) and will combine an overview of the general principles of GIS with analytical use of spatial information. Students will learn GIS techniques to collect, organize, analyze and present data. Students will apply these techniques to conducting “spatial inquiry.” (Also listed as SCI 220 and SSC 220.) (S). 3 credits CJU 222. LAW ENFORCEMENT-COMMUNITY RELATIONS. An examination of factors contributing to cooperation or friction between law enforcement personnel and the community, with emphasis on minority groups, political pressures and cultural problems. Citizen involvement in the criminal justice process, community organization and the social responsibility of law enforcement are examined. (F-O). 3 credits CJU 223. JUVENILE DELINQUENCY/JUSTICE. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime. Analysis of factors underlying juvenile delinquency, treatment and prevention. The adjudication process for juveniles-philosophy and practice. (F-E). 3 credits CJU 224. SECURITY CONCEPTS. The historical, philosophical and legal basis of security. The role of security and the security industry in modern society. Security as a major factor in criminal justice for the prevention of crime. The relationship between private security and public law enforcement. (S-O). 3 credits CJU 240. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW. This course provides an analysis of the historical development of the relationship of the states and the U. S. Virgin Islands to the Bill of Rights. The effect of the due process clause of the Fourteenth Amendment on the application of the Bill of Rights is examined through a study of the leading Supreme Court decisions relating to criminal justice. This course will teach students basic areas of constitutional law such as separation of powers, federalism, and individual liberties. Prerequisites: CJU 110 and ENG 120. (F). 3 credits CJU 250. CRIMINAL JUSTICE INTERNSHIP. The criminal justice internship is a cooperative effort between the criminal justice program at the University and public or private law enforcement agencies. The purpose of the internship is to give students the opportunity to apply their education to their interested field of study including law enforcement agencies, commercial security firms, correctional facilities, probation and parole offices and judicial, legal and political offices. The student works under the supervision of the criminal justice professional. Prerequisite: CJU 110 and Sophomore standing. (F, S). 3 credits CJU 305. CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION. Fundamentals of investigation; techniques of crime scene recording and search; collection and preservation of physical evidence; modus operandi processes; sources of information; interview and interrogation; follow up and case preparation; principles, procedures and techniques of investigation of specific crimes; laws affecting law enforcement regarding gathering of evidence; actual crime scene investigation, including autopsy laboratory work. Prerequisites: CJU 110, CJU 207. (S). 3 credits CJU 310. WOMEN, CRIME AND JUSTICE. A comprehensive examination of the research on gender as it relates to the criminal justice system, including girls and women as offenders, as victims of violence, and as female criminal justice professionals. Topics will include both Caribbean and U.S. mainland perspectives as they relate to the influence of gender in criminal justice, as well as a delineation of the necessary and effective changes demanded for the future by criminal justice personnel. (DEM). 3 credits CJU 315. VICTIMOLOGY. This course focuses on the victim and will expose students to a new study within the criminal justice field, Victimology. Students will study different types of victimization, and roles of and ethics related to the criminal justice practitioner. Students will access sources of information Course Descriptions 185 regarding crime victims from the UCR and the NCVS. This course will also examine victim allocution and victim-impact statement. An analysis of the different types of punishment and justice will be discussed. Prerequisites: CJU 110, ENG 120. (Also listed as SOC 315.) (S-E). 3 credits CJU 320. DRUGS AND CRIME. This course examines the historical and contemporary psychological, physiological, and sociological aspects of drug use and abuse, with considerable emphasis placed upon drug-related crimes and the criminal justice system, both in the Caribbean and on the U.S. mainland. This focus will include illicit drug trafficking and money laundering, as well as approaches to intervention, prevention, legislation, and public policy. (F-E) 3 credits CJU 321. CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS. A study of the development of penal philosophies from revenge to rehabilitation. The structure of the American correctional system including probation, institutionalization and parole with consideration of current alternatives to incarceration. Survey of techniques, strategies and problems encountered in correctional counseling. Prerequisite: CJU 110. (Also listed as POL 321.) (F). 3 credits CJU 325. POLICE ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION. The organization and administration of line, staff and auxiliary functions. A detailed examination of current command-level problems and trends in law enforcement organization and management; this includes the formulation of policy and procedure; rules and regulations, development; implementation of procedural and tactical planning; coordination and control of activity. Prerequisites: CJU 110, CJU 205. (F). 3 credits CJU 328. CRIME PREVENTION AND DELINQUENCY CONTROL. Planning and administration of crime prevention methods; techniques of handling juvenile offenders and victims; prevention and repression of delinquency; diagnosis and referral; organization of community resources. Juvenile law and juvenile court procedures. Prerequisites: CJU 110, CJU 207. (S-E). 3 credits CJU 333. CRIMINOLOGY. The study of criminal and delinquent behavior including its variations, ramifications, explanations and measures of prevention, control and treatment. (Also listed as SOC 333.) (F) 3 credits CJU 345. FORENSIC SCIENCE. Forensic Science is concerned with the analysis of physical evidence associated with the crime scene, the victim(s) and/or the suspect(s). This course will introduce students to the concept of forensic science, forensic psychology in the court system, the investigation of crime scenes and the analysis of evidence, specifically the identification and characterization of biological fluids and stains, DNA, terrorism, and the federal rules of evidence which relate to the admissibility of evidence. Depending on the availability of guest lecturers who are considered experts in their area of specialty, other areas of forensic science to be discussed may include but are not limited to medicolegal investigation of death, entomology toxicology, odontology, trace evidence such as hair, fiber, glass paint or soils, fingerprints, impressions such as footwear and tire, firearms and tool marks, accident reconstruction, forensic psychology and/or psychiatry, and white-collar crime. Weekly laboratory exercises will provide students with a deeper understanding of the methods of analysis of evidence. Prerequisite: CJU 110. (Also listed as PSY 345.) (F). 4 credits CJU 349. FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY. This course provides a comprehensive introduction to the field of psychology and law, emphasizing how theory and research in psychological science is used to enhance the gathering and presentation of evidence, improve legal decision-making, prevent crime, rehabilitate criminals, and promote justice. Topics such as DNA and forensic identification, criminal profiling, lie detection, eyewitness testimony, the insanity defense, workplace law, and the death penalty will be considered. Prerequisites: PSY 120, CJU 345/PSY 345, PSY 203. (Also listed as PSY 349). (S-E). 3 credits CJU 365. SELECTED TOPICS. This course is designed for Police Science and Administration students to further their knowledge in areas of special interest which may fall outside of their required program. Approved topics at this time are Biological Evidence in Forensic Science and Introduction to Forensic Sciences. Topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. The course may be repeated for credit under various topics. (S-O). 3 credits CJU 401. CRIMINAL JUSTICE RESEARCH METHODS. This course is concentrated on research methods with an emphasis on applying them to the field of criminal justice. Students will be provided with a sound understanding of the scientific method, the terminology of research, how to conduct research. An Course Descriptions 186 introduction to the basic methods used in analyzing data from criminal justice agencies, including crime patterns, crime rates, analyses of victim and offenders, recidivism rates, and offense typologies. Students will be provided with hands on experiences in interpreting and analyzing crime data from different sources like homicide reports, Department of Corrections, the Probation Departments, victim agencies/advocates, attitudinal surveys, and other relevant sources. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or above and ENG 201, CJU 110, MAT 235 and SSC 327. (S). 4 credits CJU 405. COMPARATIVE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEMS. This course is a study of the variations in patterns of corruption and political crimes as well as patterns of law enforcement and adjudication among political systems: democratic, communist and modernizing. This course introduces students to a global, comparative approach to the study of crime and penal sanctioning. Students will survey transnational crimes such as human trafficking and terrorism and learn how different countries respond. This course will cover a wide range of topics over a large number of countries. Prerequisites: ENG 120, CJU 110, POL 120. (Also listed as POL 405.) (F-O). 3 credits. CJU 432. CRIMINAL PROCEDURE AND EVIDENCE. Constitutional and procedural considerations affecting arrest, search and seizure. A study of United States Supreme Court cases involving the fourth, fifth, sixth and fourteenth amendments to the U. S. Constitution specifically dealing with the law enforcement officers’ investigative and police powers, and their limitations, in connection with obtaining evidence, confessions and identifications, and in making searches, seizures and arrests. The origin, development and philosophy of rules of evidence, evaluation of evidence and proof required, competency and consideration of witnesses, tests of advisability and weight and value of types of evidence. Prerequisites: CJU 110, CJU 207, CJU 240. (S). 3 credits DECISION SCIENCE (DSC) DSC 325. STATISTICS FOR MANAGEMENT DECISIONS. (formerly BUS 325). A study of those areas of statistics which find widest application in problems of management. Students develop basic statistical theory and apply that theory to decision-making situations by means of examples and problems. Topics include graphical appreciation, index number theory, probability and hypothesis testing, analysis of variance, sampling techniques, regression theory, decision theory and forecasting. Prerequisites: MAT 232 and IST 210. 3 credits DSC 410. QUANTITATIVE METHODS. Provides students with a conceptual understanding of the role of quantitative methods in decision analysis and decision making. Students will be exposed to several quantitative problem solving techniques in an application-based environment to help sharpen their analytical skills and problem solving abilities. Prerequisite: DSC 325. 3 credits DSC 430. PRODUCTION/OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (formerly BUS 330). The functions of management as related to the production of goods and services; plant layout; quality control; raw materials, from supply through the finished product. Prerequisites: MGT 301 and DSC 325. 3 credits ECONOMICS (ECO) ECO 221. INTRODUCTION TO MACRO-ECONOMICS. Examines the major problems of economic stability, growth, unemployment, and the role of the government in controlling and regulating economic activity with particular focus upon fiscal and monetary policies. Prerequisite: MAT 153 or 232 or 235. (F, S, SUM). 3 credits ECO 222. INTRODUCTION TO MICRO-ECONOMICS. A thorough examination of price determination and how the market mechanism operates in allocating resources among alternative uses. Public policy in relation to business and labor. Prerequisite: MAT 153 or 232 or 235. (F, S, SUM). 3 credits ECO 225. MONEY AND BANKING. Analyzes the basic financial institutions, their functions and interrelationships. Emphasizes the central banking system and the impact of money aggregates and policy on interest rates and macro-economic behavior. Includes Caribbean systems and financial dualism. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. (F). 3 credits Course Descriptions 187 ECO 321. INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. Examines the major problems of economic growth and stability; develops major macro-economic models for analysis of the above problems. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. (DEM). 3 credits ECO 322. INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. Develops the economic efficiency model of resource allocation in the market system; covers all the major market structures; perfect competition, monopolistic competition, oligopoly, and monopoly. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. (DEM). 3 credits ECO 324. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS. A comparative analysis of the systems utilized to allocate resources with particular emphasis on the capitalistic and communistic systems. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. (DEM). 3 credits ECO 341. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS. Develops the theoretical tools for analyzing open economics: classical and modern trade and tariff models, balance of payments theory and the international monetary system. Special topics include West Indian migration, the multinational corporation, export dependence and CARICOM. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. (DEM). 3 credits ECO 360. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. An introduction to the nature of the economic development process and the characteristics of underdeveloped societies. Includes analysis of the problems of structural transformation and the role of the public sector. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. (DEM). 3 credits ECO 401. PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS. Focuses on the theory and policy of the public finance of the public sector. Essentially, the subject may be viewed as the micro-economic and macroeconomic rationale of government revenues and expenditures. Much of the thrust of the subject will be keyed to an understanding and evaluation of the public sector’s budgetary process, controls, and implementation of expenditure policies; analyses of various types of tax structures, public debt and public sector accountability will all be analyzed. Emphasis will be on the Caribbean public finance structures. Prerequisites: ECO 321, ECO 322. (DEM). 3 credits ECO 461. CARIBBEAN ECONOMIC PROBLEMS. A comparative analysis of contemporary Caribbean economics, emphasizing the resource and policy problems of development. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. (DEM). 3 credits ECO 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. An elective course designed for all social science students. Includes areas of special interest in economics. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of the semester. Prerequisite: ECO 221. (DEM). 3,3 credits ECO 496. PRACTICUM IN ECONOMIC RESEARCH. Provides supervised experience in applying the tools of economic analysis to contemporary development problems and policy issues on both the micro and macro levels of economic behaviors. A comprehensive program must be submitted to the Dean no later than the sixth week of the semester prior to the semester in which the field work is to be undertaken. Prerequisites: Senior standing with Economics concentration, ECO 321 and ECO 322. (DEM). 3 credits EDUCATION (EDU) Non-education undergraduate majors may take education courses if they have satisfied the same general education requirements and have the required prerequisite(s) for the selected course. EDU 101. INTRODUCTION TO INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (IECE) IN THE U.S., CARIBBEAN AND GLOBAL CONTEXTS. This course is designed to introduce inclusive early childhood education practices with emphasis on historical perspectives, theories, current trends and developments in a global society. The course engages adult learners in espousing the knowledge, skills and dispositions necessary to promote global-minded providers of early care and education, using developmentally appropriate learning experiences. A 10-hour field experience requirement is added to this course. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. Corequisite: EDU 110. 3 credits EDU 110. EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT and INCLUSIVE ENVIRONMENTS I. (formerly EDU 108, EDU 109) This course focuses on the variability in patterns of child development from conception through the toddler stages of life, the major influences on development, and ensuring developmentally appropriate inclusive environments. Students will gain thorough knowledge and skills in the development of children, Course Descriptions 188 pre-natal to age three years, through the study of developmental domains and the holistic nature of development. The course provides a core foundation of knowledge essential to students’ understanding of work with all young children, including children with and without disabilities. Corequisite: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. Corequisite: EDU 101. 3 credits EDU 111. EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT AND INCLUSIVE ENVIRONMENTS II. (formerly, EDU 113, EDU 114). This course provides the student with an in-depth understanding of the developmental domains, variability in patterns of child development from three years to eight years, the major influences on development, as well as the concept of developmentally appropriate inclusive environments. It provides a core foundation of knowledge essential to students’ understanding of work with young children, with and without disabilities. Prerequisite: EDU 101, EDU 110. 3 credits EDU 214. FAMILY AND COMMUNITY RELATIONSHIPS. This course provides the basis for understanding patterns of family dynamics and for building partnerships, effective communication, and collaboration skills with all families, including families who have children with disabilities. Supporting the family’s primary role in their young child’s early development and education is a primary focus of this course. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. (F, ALT SUM). 3 credits EDU 215. PROMOTING POSITIVE SOCIO-EMOTIONAL FOUNDATIONS OF EARLY LEARNING. This course introduces the student to methods of child guidance and group management that foster the development of self-esteem, self-control, and self-discipline/self-regulation in children in a developmentally appropriate context. Prerequisites: EDU 110 3 credits EDU 216. INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULA and ASSESSMENT. In this course the student will learn how to plan, implement and monitor children’s progress in developmentally and individually appropriate play and learning activities in a variety of inclusive settings. Content will focus on curriculum development and integration curriculum areas such as language and literacy, mathematics and prwoblem- solving, science, social studies, health, safety, and nutrition, art, music and movement education. Prerequisite: EDU 114. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 217. ETHICAL AND LEGAL ISSUES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course provides a basis for understanding the legal and socio-ethical considerations relevant to inclusive early childhood education. (No longer required as a separate course). Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 101/ RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. (S, ALT SUM). 3 credits EDU 219. PROMOTING LANGUAGE AND LITERACY IN EARLY CHILDHOOD. This course provides students with the research-based principles and practices for providing children through the age of five with a strong foundation in receptive and expressive language early reading and writing within a developmentally appropriate approach. Prerequisite: EDU 113 or EDU 230. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 221. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION. This course is essentially an historical study of the role of education in the United States and the U.S. Virgin Islands. It is designed to assist the student with a variety of significant education literature and provide an opportunity to examine the basic ideas (philosophical, sociological and psychological) which have tended to give form and purpose to educational thought and practice in the United States and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. (F, SUM I). 3 credits EDU 222. SUPERVISED FIELD EXPERIENCE IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD ENVIRONMENTS I. This course has two components, a seminar and a field experience. The seminar component provides weekly opportunities for discussion and interaction focused on developmentally appropriate methods and strategies for working with young children from infancy to age 3 in inclusive environments. The field experience provides the student with opportunities to observe, develop, and implement developmentally appropriate methods, best practices and services under the supervision of qualified professionals in a variety of settings in which young children and their families are served. Students are expected to complete 35 hours of unpaid field experience per week. Pre-requisites: EDU 214, EDU 215. (DEM). 5 credits EDU 223. SUPERVISED FIELD EXPERIENCE IN DESIGNING AND IMPLEMENTING INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS II. (formerly EDU 218, EDU 220). This course includes two components: A weekly seminar and field-based learning. The seminar component will provide opportunities for reflection Course Descriptions 189 and discussion based on field experience activities. The field-based learning component is designed to complement the seminar as it also promotes reflective practice. Students are required to spend four hours daily for the duration of the semester, engaging in community interactions with schools/early childhood facilities and carrying out classroom responsibilities under the supervision of early care and education providers and university personnel. These professionals comprise the Instructional Leadership Team. The field experience will occur in a variety of inclusive natural environments and programs in which young children, with and without disabilities, and their families are served. Prerequisites: EDU 214, EDU 215, EDU 216, EDU 219. (DEM). 5 credits EDU 230. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. An introduction to the ways in which psychological principles and theories of development apply to educational practice. The focus will be on the basic processes of development — cognitive, social and personality, moral, emotional, physical, language — from infancy through adolescence with special reference to their relationship to learning and instruction. The psychology of learning, motivation and social factors in education will also be considered. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and PSY 120. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 246. CURRICULUM AND TEACHING IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course covers the curriculum and teaching methods in early childhood education. It also studies the sociocultural and psychological factors relevant to curriculum development for young children ages 3 to 8. 3 credits EDU 250. CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND INSTRUCTION. A study of the theoretical bases of curriculum planning and design, and of the influences of learner, society and knowledge sources on the process of curriculum development and classroom instruction. Emphasis will be placed on the selection, planning and implementation of teaching strategies, methodologies and instructional materials appropriate for individualized and group instruction. Prerequisites: EDU 221, EDU 230 and admission to the School of Education. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 257. MATHEMATICS AND THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. This course is a joint offering of the Mathematics and Teacher Education Programs. The mathematics portion (3 hours per week) is a detailed examination of the mathematical content that is prerequisite for teaching elementary school mathematics. The development of methods and materials for the teaching of elementary school mathematics (1 hour per week) will be conducted by the Teacher Education faculty for a total of 4 hours of instruction per week. Demonstration teaching and student teaching experiences are important aspects of all segments of this course. During the semester, concurrent field experiences under the auspices of the School of Education will consist of two hours weekly in a public elementary school with instruction in mathematics. Prerequisites: EDU 250 and admission to the School of Education. (Also listed as MAT 257.) (F). 5 credits EDU 275. TEACHING VISUAL ARTS TO CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS. Fundamentals of art educational methods through practice with: meaningful visual arts and crafts production, creative problem solving, critical thinking, writing skills, assessment processes, and use of visual media appropriate for school-aged children. For: art teachers, classroom teachers, and those using art-making methods for visual and tactile learners of any age. Suggested to education majors; open to any student as an elective. (Also listed as ART 275.) 3 credits EDU 302. INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION. This is an introductory course designed to expose enrollees to children with exceptionalities. It will focus on the various categories of disabilities, the associated characteristics, etiology, prevalence, causes, and academic interventions based on the nature of the disability. The legal framework for services for students with disabilities as well as litigation that impacted legislation in the area will be explored. The foundation of special education along with current issues in special education will form a part of the course. Embedded in this course is 10 hours of classroom field work . Students will be required to work with or observe children with disabilities in preschool and/or elementary settings, offering direct exposure to and interaction with students with disabilities. (DEM). 3 credits EDU 304. TEACHING READING AND LITERACY IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. The reading course is designed to provide inclusive early childhood majors with an understanding of the reading process, as well as a detailed view of research-based principles of effective literacy instruction from kindergarten to third grade for all children, including children with disabilities. A field experience of two hours weekly is required, in addition to two contact hours of classroom time. Prerequisites: EDU 219 and 221. 3 credits Course Descriptions 190 EDU 305. TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. The foundation for children’s mathematical development is laid in the earliest years. Consequently, teachers of young children birth through age eight should build on the curiosity and enthusiasm of children. As a result, this course is designed to connect the world of children to new experiences that would challenge them to explore ideas related to patterns, shapes, numbers, measurement and space with increasing difficulty and sophistication. In this course, students will learn how to apply broad and varied concepts that will help young children learn mathematics with understanding, actively building new knowledge from experience and from prior knowledge. Prerequisites: EDU 221 and EDU 302. 3 credits EDU 306. CREATIVE ARTS AND EXPRESSION IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course is designed to provide the student with knowledge, strategies and skills needed to encourage children to learn in, through and about creative arts while actively engaging in quality, developmentally appropriate and meaningful experiences expressed through play and reflecting their own cultures. Students will learn how to facilitate creative expression through movement and dance, music, drama, and visual arts in inclusive settings. Prerequisites: EDU 221 and EDU 302. 3 credits EDU 307. TEACHING SCIENCE IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course prepares inclusive early childhood education teachers to plan, integrate, and implement science concepts for children from birth to eight years of age. The course includes developing an inquiry-based science program for young children that promotes exploration, discovery, development of a hypotheses, description, and analyses to promote science learning. Prerequisites: EDU 221 and EDU 302. 3 credits EDU 308. INTEGRATING AND ADAPTING CURRICULUM ACROSS THE CONTENT AREAS IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course is designed to assist inclusive early childhood educators in developing the ability to link their knowledge in specific content areas to the broader picture of managing the classroom environment, implementing an integrated curriculum across content areas, and applying philosophical principles to effective instruction of diverse young learners. This course is designed to prepare teachers to work with children of diverse learning needs and interests in a variety of inclusive educational settings. Teachers are prepared to integrate and link the different content areas (social studies, mathematics, science, language/literacy, creative arts and expression) to create a more meaningful curriculum. Prerequisites: EDU 304, 305, 306, and 307. 3 credits EDU 309 TEACHING STEM IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course is designed with an interdisciplinary curriculum approach in the areas of science, technology, engineering and math (STEM). It explores the sociopolitical context of schooling and impact on STEM education and uses Paul Gorski’s Equity Literacy framework to develop knowledgeable and skillful equity-literate STEM educators. Course offerings include two components: A weekly seminar and Field-based learning. The seminar component is taught in an integrated manner. Field-based learning is designed to promote reflective practice. Students are required to engage in community interactions with schools/early childhood facilities once a week under the guidance of public school teachers, early care and education providers and university personnel that comprise the Instructional Leadership Team. This engagement includes class observation and attendance at a professional learning community (PLC) meeting. Prerequisites: EDU 221 and EDU 302 3 credits EDU 320. THE USE OF COMPUTERS IN ESL CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION. This course prepares students to infuse technology into ESL curriculum and instruction. Additionally, students will develop technology skills and knowledge based on sound pedagogical principles that reflect research and theory in Second Language Acquisition and will apply this knowledge to K-12 ESL instruction. Prerequisite: None. 3 credits EDU 324. SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION. This course provides students with knowledge of first and second language acquisition, including the interaction of a bilingual’s two languages, with implications for the classroom. Research on different theories of bilingualism, the effects it has on the brain as well as on the cognitive and linguistic achievements of bilingual children will be examined. Further, the course will expose students to knowledge about the consequences of bilingualism for children’s cognitive development, school achievement, and linguistic processing. Prerequisite: None. 3 credits EDU 326. THE READING PROCESS FOR SECOND LANGUAGE LEARNERS. This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge that they need to analyze theories underlying the teaching of reading to second language learners, as well as to identify specific approaches, methods, and strategies used in teaching reading in the ESL classroom. Additionally, this course will provide students with the ability to Course Descriptions 191 identify and select assessments appropriate to measure the comprehension of second language readers. Prerequisite: EDU 324. 3 credits EDU 330. LINGUISTICS FOR ESL TEACHERS. This course provides students with an overview of key concepts, issues, insights, and pedagogical implications of current research on issues related to ESL and applied linguistics (phonology, morphology, syntax and semantics). Linguistic issues that will be examined are the use of phonics and phonemic awareness in learning to read, factors in teaching oral communication in social contexts, irregularities in English orthography and implications for teaching, word formation in vocabulary development and writing, and language proficiency in ESL. Prerequisite: EDU 326. 3 credits EDU 335. CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND LANGUAGE LEARNING IN THE ESL CLASSROOM. This course examines the development of curriculum for ESL classrooms. Students must apply their knowledge and understandings of language learning and learning environments to real life language- learning situations in the classroom as they develop curriculum. Specifically, the course will focus on the selection, planning, and implementation of teaching methodologies, strategies and materials specific to instruction of second language learners. Prerequisite: EDU 330. 3 credits EDU 340. CLASSROOM-BASED ASSESSMENT FOR THE ESL CLASSROOM. This course provides teachers students with the opportunity to examine the organization of curriculum for second language learners with a special focus on testing and evaluation procedures appropriate for ESL classrooms; study of formal and informal assessment of language proficiency for instructional purposes and use of standardized and teacher-made achievement tests. Prerequisite: EDU 335. 3 credits EDU 349. METHODS OF TEACHING ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE. This course is designed to develop a background in phonology, applied linguistics, and to develop audio-lingual and oral teaching methods for the teaching of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills in English as a second language with emphasis on teaching the Spanish-dominant student. Prerequisite: EDU 230. (SUM I). 3 credits EDU 350. INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY. Practice application of audiovisual methods and materials for instruction including the operation of equipment, computer uses and the planning and effective use of instructional technology with special emphasis on the development and use of training aids. Prerequisite: Admission to the School. (F). 2 credits EDU 351. CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT. Principles and practices for managing classroom behavior including preventive strategies, group and individual techniques, and social, cultural and psychological concerns. Emphasis is on the development of a personal philosophy and approach to effective classroom management. Prerequisites: EDU 250 (may be taken concurrently) and admission to the School. (S). 2 credits EDU 353, 354. TEACHING THE LANGUAGE ARTS. Designed to instruct learners in the utilization of methods and materials for teaching reading and other language arts on levels K-8. It will also deal with the interrelatedness of the language arts skills (reading, writing, speaking, listening, study skills), reading in the content areas, grouping for instruction, informal diagnosis in the classroom, programmed reading research and demonstration techniques, developmental and remedial reading techniques, and components of a sound children’s literature program. An entire semester will be devoted specifically to the teaching of reading. During one semester, concurrent field experiences will consist of two hours weekly in a public elementary school with instruction in the language arts. Prerequisites: EDU 250 and admission to the School of Education. EDU 353 (F). EDU 354 (S). 3,4 credits EDU 360. SCIENCE AND THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. This course, a joint offering of the Science and Teacher Education programs, is designed for elementary education majors. It will give students an opportunity to actively participate in the construction of scientific knowledge by engaging them in critical thinking and original research projects in the natural sciences. Additionally, the course will expose students to science teaching reform, standards in science teaching, and the theories of teaching and learning in science. During the semester, concurrent field experiences under the supervision of the School of Education in conjunction with the College of Science and Mathematics will consist of two hours weekly. Prerequisites: EDU 250 and admission to the School of Education. (Also listed as SCI 360). (F-ALT). 5 credits EDU 365. TEACHING SOCIAL STUDIES IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS. The course exposes students to the major principles, content, and components of social studies and dynamic social studies instruction. It Course Descriptions 192 provides an opportunity for small group interaction as a means of exploring social studies topics, programs, strategies and best instructional practices suitable for teaching in grades K– 6. Prerequisites: EDU 250 and admission to the School of Education. (S-ALT). 3 credits EDU 403. ASSESSMENT FOR EFFECTIVE TEACHING IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. Students will develop a basic understanding of the assessment process and learn how the results of assessment are linked to teaching and guiding young children from birth to eight years of age. Students will practice assessment techniques with children that are developmentally appropriate, family-centered, culturally and linguistically competent. Students will learn how to share assessment results with parents and other professionals. Prerequisites: EDU 304, 305, 306, and 307. 3 credits EDU 404. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course is designed to examine the multi-dimensional role of the early childhood program director/ administrator and to investigate the administrative styles, management tools and interpersonal skills that contribute to effective leadership. Prerequisites: EDU 304, 305, 306 and 307. 3 credits EDU 405. COLLABORATION AND CONSULTATION IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course is designed to provide the inclusive early childhood educator with consultative, collaborative, and teamwork skills. Students will be required to observe and critique experiences in the field with professionals who serve as consultants to general education teachers. It involves sharing expertise and concerns, as well as planning and working with parents and other professionals to identify students’ unique needs, thus enabling the implementation of programs that facilitate learning and achievement within inclusive educational settings. Prerequisite: EDU 308. 3 credits EDU 408. STUDENT TEACHING IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. (formerly EDU 406, EDU 407). Student teaching is the culminating experience in the inclusive early childhood education program. It provides the opportunity for the student teacher to put theory into practice under the guidance of a certified teacher and a university supervisor, allowing the gradual induction into the role of a professional teacher. Feedback and assessment are given in terms of growth in the understanding and abilities needed to assume the responsibilities of a beginning teacher. Emphasis is placed on helping the student teacher become a reflective professional. Cooperation among the classroom teacher, university supervisor and administrators is essential. The inclusive early childhood education program provides students with the opportunity to participate in multicultural and inclusive sites. Student teachers will be required to spend a full-day per day at their sites and to participate in a weekly seminar. It is strongly recommended that no other courses be taken during the student’s teaching semester. Prerequisites: EDU 214, EDU 215, EDU 216, EDU 308, EDU 309, EDU 350, EDU 403. (DEM). 6 credits EDU 450. MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION IN EDUCATION. Study of measurement and evaluation techniques appropriate to the assessment of classroom instruction. Emphasis will be placed on test construction, criterion-referenced and norm-referenced testing, and on alternative evaluative procedures used to measure and report student progress. Prerequisites: EDU 250 and admission to the School of Education. (S). 2 credits EDU 452. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Designed to develop high level teaching competence through observation, participation, direct full-day unpaid teaching experience, and related conferences. Guidance towards the development of specified competencies will be provided by selected faculty of local public schools and the University supervisor. Problems and successes encountered during the practical experiences will be addressed in a weekly seminar conducted by the University supervisor. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all other required education courses with a minimum of grade “C”. (DEM). 9 credits EDU 469. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Designed to develop high level teaching competence through observation, participation, actual teaching of a total class and related conferences, this course requires involvement of a full school day under the joint supervision of selected public school faculty and the University supervisor. In addition, the student teaching/school internship is an unpaid experience. The course must be taken in conjunction with EDU 497. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all other required education courses with a minimum grade of “C”. (DEM). 6 credits EDU 470. INTERNSHIP FOR PRACTICING TEACHERS. This course, designed for practicing elementary and secondary teachers who are employed full-time in Virgin Islands schools, but lack a course in student teaching or school internship, exposes students to research-based instructional practices and Course Descriptions 193 builds competence in teaching procedures and methodologies, classroom management, teacher- student relations, professional relationships, and oral and written communication. It provides students an opportunity to practice sound pedagogy within their own classrooms under the supervision of a university instructor. Prerequisites: A practicing teacher of three or more years with a bachelor’s degree and completion of pedagogy courses identified by the VI Board of Education as needed for certification. 6 credits EDU 497. SEMINAR IN SECONDARY TEACHING. A consideration of problems encountered in junior and senior secondary schools, and of strategies for teaching various subjects at this level. In-depth study and individual projects will relate to specific disciplines being taught concurrently and to major concepts connected with the practice of teaching at the secondary level. The seminar will be conducted by the supervisor of the student teaching experience and by visiting master teachers in relevant disciplines. The course must be taken in conjunction with EDU 469. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all other required education courses with a minimum grade of “C”. (DEM). 2 credits EDU 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. This course is designed to offer an opportunity and challenge for self- directed study aimed at developing the individual’s ability as an independent student. It is intended to allow the advanced student, under the guidance of a full-time faculty member, to read, research and report in an area in which appropriate courses are not offered. Approval of a study outline by the faculty member and number of credits by the chair is required prior to enrollment. (DEM). 1-4 credits ENGINEERING (EGR) EGR 110. INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING. A study of engineering, curricula, branches of engineering, basic concepts of engineering, professional ethics, and the engineer in society. This course provides the student with an introduction to: the engineering problem solving process; engineering analysis and design techniques; engineering calculations; statistical analysis; three-dimensional vectors; moments; equilibrium; work and energy; and DC circuit analysis. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MAT 143 and MAT 153. 3 credits EGR 131. ENGINEERING DRAWING. Elements of mechanical drawing; orthographic projection; isometric and oblique sketching and drawing, primary and secondary auxiliary views, dimensioning detail and assembly drawings, graphic computations, plotting experimental data and empirical equations, graphic statics. One hour lecture and 6 hours laboratory per week. 3 credits EGR 132. ENGINEERING GRAPHICS. Fundamental principles of descriptive geometry involving lines, surfaces and intersections, with application of these principles to engineering problems. One hour lecture and 6 hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EGR 131. 3 credits EGR 141. PLANE SURVEYING. Measurement of distance, directions and elevations; care, adjustment and use of surveying instruments; methods of plane and geodetic surveys; field practice; calculations and mapping; triangulations; precise leveling; area and earthwork; circular curves; stadia, plane table and topographic surveys, and public land surveys. Three hours lecture and 3 hours field work per week. Prerequisites: EGR 131 and MAT 153. 4 credits EGR 211. STATICS. A study of forces and force systems and their external effect on bodies, principally the condition of equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies. Includes a study of distributed forces, centroids and center of gravity, moments of inertia, analysis of simple structures and machines, and various types of friction. The techniques of vector mathematics are employed and the rigor of physical analysis is emphasized. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: EGR 110 or PHY 241. Corequisite: MAT 242. 3 credits EGR 212. DYNAMICS. A study of the kinematics of particles and rigid bodies, kinetics of particles with emphasis on Newton’s second law, energy and momentum methods for the solution of problems, and applications of plane motion of rigid bodies. Techniques of vector mathematics are employed. 3 hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: EGR 211. 3 credits EGR 213. CIRCUIT ANALYSIS. A study of resistive circuits; Kirchoff’s Laws; independent and dependent sources; nodal and mesh analysis; superposition; Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems; maximum power transfer; natural response of RC, RL and RLC circuits; operational amplifiers; Course Descriptions 194 sinusoidal analysis and phasors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisiste: EGR 110. Corequisites: PHY 242, MAT 346. 3 credits ENGLISH (ENG) ENG 051. FUNCTIONAL WRITING. The course addresses several heuristics for the writing process, but the main focus is on writing products. It satisfies the English Proficiency Examination requirement for graduation. The portfolio-based course is open to students who have taken the freshman level sequence or the equivalent and need further practice in examination writing. 3 non-degree credits ENG 100/WAC 011. WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: AN INTRODUCTION. Explores the fundamentals of writing in an interdisciplinary context. Emphasizes grammar, punctuation, and mechanics in the context of active learning. Students write for instructors not only in the Humanities, but in the other colleges and schools as well. (Students may test out at placement or with appropriate SAT scores.) 3 non-degree credits and 1 credit ENG 101/RCA 021. READING IN CONTENT AREAS: AN INTRODUCTION. Content Area Reading 021/ ENG 101 offers a comprehensive program of reading and vocabulary in the content areas. It is linked to General Education I - The Caribbean: Social Dimension (SSC 100) and General Education II - The Natural World: The Caribbean (SCI 100). Literal and critical reading skills, conceptual vocabulary enrichment, and validated reading and study strategies are stressed. The course requires that students develop a portfolio of materials demonstrating mastery of the course’s objectives. 3 non-degree credits and 1 credit ENG 108. EXPLORATION OF VIRGIN ISLANDS LITERATURE. An introductory survey of Virgin Islands creative writing in the context of a description of Virgin Islands culture. Students will investigate, through bibliographic research and critical reading, Virgin Islands literature in its socio-historical context. 3 credits ENG 120. ENGLISH COMPOSITION. English Composition is the intermediate writing course in the University’s composition offerings. It develops critical thinking, investigative research and coherent ideas through the writing of analytical, literary and critical essays and the close reading of texts. Prerequisites: ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021, or passing scores on the placement exams, or satisfactory SAT or ACT scores, for exemption. 3 credits ENG 191. HONORS COMPOSITION. A course in expository writing for students who demonstrate considerable skill in English grammar and the fundamentals of essay organization and development. Students will develop and refine rhetorical style in the sentence, paragraph and essay, focusing upon the same essay types examined in ENG 120. This course may substitute for ENG120 as a general education requirement. Prerequisites: A score of 530 or above on the SAT Writing test, or 21 on the ACT English or English/Writing test, or a superior score on the objective English placement exam and recommendation by placement exam essay readers. (F). 3 credits ENG 192. HONORS COMPOSITION. A course in persuasive and argumentative writing for students who demonstrate considerable ability in ENG 120 or ENG 191. Students will examine, analyze and evaluate persuasive and argumentative writings, study basic methods of research and apply these to a paper based on original research. This course may substitute for ENG201 as a general education requirement. Prerequisite: “A” average in ENG 120, or successful completion of ENG 191. (S). 3 credits ENG 200. JOURNALISM WORKSHOP. Staff members of UVI VOICE student newspaper receive credit for making a regular contribution to the paper for the semester, acting as writers, copy editors or photographers for each issue. Participants create a portfolio reflecting on their development during the semester. This course can be repeated to a total of 8 credits. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in ENG 201. (Also listed as COM 200.) (F, S). 1 credit (repeatable to 8) ENG 201. RESEARCH AND APPLIED WRITING. ENG 201 is the capstone course in the University-wide writing requirements. It is designed to ensure student competency with the principles and practice of effective writing. This course will prepare students to achieve proficiency in the use of standard writing formats for communication in the various disciplines offered in the University, including research, report writing, argumentation, technical writing, critical writing and other professional-level writing skills. Students will also be able to meet the qualifications for writing in graduate education. Prerequisite: ENG 120. 3 credits Course Descriptions 195 ENG 261. WORLD LITERATURE PART I. An interdisciplinary exploration of the short story and novel from a global perspective, the terminology of literary analysis, different critical approaches, and selected criticism leading to the production of aesthetic and critical analyses of works of fiction. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits ENG 262. WORLD LITERATURE PART II. An interdisciplinary exploration of poetry and drama from a global perspective, the terminology of poetry and drama, interdisciplinary critical approaches, and selected works of criticism leading to the production of aesthetic and critical analyses of works of poetry and drama. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits ENG 300. SCIENTIFIC WRITING. An advanced writing course in the University’s composition offerings. Because it introduces student to the fundamentals of effective scientific writing, it is team-taught by an English instructor and a computational, natural or social science instructor. It develops critical thinking, scientific research, and scientific reasoning and communication through the writing of analytical, argumentative, and critical essays and the close reading of texts. Prerequisites: ENG 201 and one semester of biology, chemistry or physics. (S) 3 credits ENG 301. INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING. This course is an introduction to creative writing in the genres of poetry, fiction, and drama. Students will learn basic techniques and principles of creative writing and will complete several original works in poetry, fiction, and drama. (S) 3 credits ENG 302. INTERMEDIATE FICTION WRITING. This workshop course is designed for students who have mastered the basic forms and techniques of fiction writing and wish to further develop their skills in the craft. The workshop will use commentary and critical analysis from the instructor and the students to encourage the interchange of ideas about the focus and aesthetics of fiction, the methods of the creative process, and revision. Prerequisites: ENG 301. (F-O) 3 credits ENG 303. INTERMEDIATE VERSE WRITING. This workshop course is designed for students who have mastered the basic forms and techniques of verse writing and wish to further develop their skills in the craft. The workshop will use commentary and critical analysis from the instructor and the students to encourage the interchange of ideas about the focus and aesthetics of poetry, the methods of the creative process, and revision. Prerequisites: ENG 301. (S-E) 3 credits ENG 308. NEWSWRITING I. An introduction to writing for print and web-based news media. This course covers the basic types of news stories. Introduction to Associated Press style. Introduction to ethical standards in the profession. Course culminates in a project where students develop critical skills evaluating comparative coverage of a news topic across media. Prerequisite: grade “C” or better in ENG 201. (Also listed as COM 308.) (F). 3 credits ENG 310. NEWSWRITING II / EDITING. Intensive writing for print and web-based media, including in-depth newswriting and beat reporting. Introduction to libel law. Students also learn editing skills, including content, style, grammar, assignment-making, the publications production process, editing their work and that of others. Advanced AP style, exposure to editing in other styles. Prerequisite ENG 308. (Also listed as COM 310.) (S-ALT). 3 credits ENG 312. FEATURE WRITING. An advanced writing course focusing on feature writing and opinion/ editorial. Students analyze award-winning feature stories, and research and write their own in-depth magazine-style features. Focus on refining an individual writing style. Prerequisite: ENG 308. (Also listed as COM 312.) (S-ALT). 3 credits ENG 321. BRITISH LITERATURE. A survey of British literature through the eighteenth century, often presented thematically, and including a study of Old and Middle English language and literature, the Elizabethan writers, the metaphysical poets and the eighteenth century satirists. Prerequisites: ENG 261- 262. (F-O). 3 credits ENG 322. BRITISH LITERATURE. A survey of British literature of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, often presented thematically, with particular emphasis upon Romantic, Victorian and modern poetry, fiction and essays. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (S-E). 3 credits ENG 324. DESKTOP PUBLISHING. Using industry-standard software, students will learn to use computers to design and produce print-based publications. The course offers an introduction to computer-assisted Course Descriptions 196 drawing and design, and photographic preparation. Students will study principles of typography, graphic design and color theory. The class culminates in a client-based portfolio project where students produce a substantive project on deadline, to the client’s specifications, and within budget. Prerequisite: Grade “C” or better in ENG 308. (Also listed as ART 324 and COM 324.) (F-ALT). 4 credits ENG 343. LANGUAGE THEORY. Covers a study of English grammars and an introduction to linguistics. Prerequisite: ENG 201. (F-O). 3 credits ENG 344. ADVANCED WRITING. Covers expository writing, with particular attention to formal report writing. Prerequisite: ENG 201. (S-O). 3 credits ENG 345. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. This course covers the structure, history, and development of the English language from its beginnings to the present day, with a particular focus on the use of the language in literature. Analysis of the linguistic aspects of literary texts will form the basis of the course. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (F-O). 3 credits ENG 350.THE BIBLE AS LITERATURE. This course will be a study of the Bible as literature. It will introduce students to the three types of writings in the Bible -- exposition, history and literature. It will also expose students to the literary artistry of the Bible as seen in the pattern or design, theme or central focus, organic unity, coherence, balance, contrast, symmetry, repetition and unified progression. In addition, it will enable students to study the resources of the language, such as metaphor, simile, pun, allusion, paradox, irony and rhetorical patterns that define the Bible as a literary book. This course will in no way be influenced by any religious or denominational persuasion. It will be taught only for its literary value. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (F-O). 3 credits ENG 361. AMERICAN LITERATURE. A representative survey of American literary achievement from the colonial days to the present. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (F-O). 3 credits ENG 362. MAJOR AMERICAN WRITING. An in-depth study of selected major works of American literature. Prerequisite: ENG 261-262. (S-O). 3 credits ENG 363. BLACK AMERICAN LITERATURE. A study of the literary contributions of black writers from the early slave narratives through contemporary writing. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (F-E). 3 credits ENG 371. CARIBBEAN LITERATURE I. A study of representative works from the oral tradition, poetry and drama of the Caribbean area. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (S-O). 3 credits ENG 372. CARIBBEAN LITERATURE II. A study of representative works of prose fiction and literary criticism by Caribbean writers. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (S-E). 3 credits ENG 381. MODERN AFRICAN LITERATURE. This course will introduce students to the riches in modern African literature in various genres from various countries throughout the continent, and to the diverse cultures from which they come. The course will focus on the modern African novel, but will also cover modern African poetry, drama and non-fiction prose. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (F-E). 3 credits ENG 401. ADVANCED CREATIVE WRITING. This workshop course is designed for students who have mastered the basic forms and techniques of creative writing and wish to further develop their skills in producing creative non-fiction, fiction, and poetry. The workshop will use commentary and critical analysis from the instructor and the students to encourage the interchange of ideas about the forms and aesthetics of creative non-fiction, fiction, and poetry; the methods of the creative process and revision. Prerequisites: ENG 301 and either ENG 302 or ENG 303. (S-O). 3 credits ENG 404. PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP IN JOURNALISM/WRITING AND PUBLISHING. Qualified students receive academic credit for supervised, non-classroom writing and/or publishing experience in an employment setting, such as a newspaper, magazine or public relations firm. Students work with faculty adviser to plan the semester and provide a portfolio of work at the end of the semester. Prerequisites: At least two newswriting/journalism courses or permission of the adviser. (F, S). 1-3 credits (up to 3) ENG 415. LITERARY CRITICISM. This course covers some of the major statements in literary theory from Aristotle to Henry Louis Gates, Jr. The course will combine the close study of critical principles with the application of those principles to a variety of literary genres: drama, poetry and fiction. These Course Descriptions 197 principles include the construction of cultural canons and the way they are influenced by racial, sexual, socioeconomic and national identities. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (F-E). 3 credits ENG 421. ORAL TRADITIONAL LITERATURE OF AFRICA. This course will be a study of oral traditional literature in various North, Central, South, East and West African cultures, and of the techniques and conventions of oral traditional literatures throughout the African continent. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (S-E). 3 credits ENG 423. WOMEN’S LITERATURE OF THE AFRICAN DIASPORA. This course will be a study of contemporary literature written by African women, African-American women and Afro-Caribbean women. Relevant historical background and information on feminist/womanist theory will be included. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (F-O). 3 credits ENG 431. MAJOR AMERICAN AUTHOR. This course will be an in-depth study of the works of one major American author, including his or her historical and biographical context. Authors covered will vary, but will include Nobel Laureates Toni Morrison and William Faulkner as well as Herman Melville, Edgar Allan Poe, Richard Wright, Ernest Hemingway, Alice Walker and others who have made significant literary contributions. The course may be repeated for credit with a change in topic. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (S-E). 3 credits ENG 432. MAJOR BRITISH AUTHOR. This course will be an in-depth study of the works of one major British author, including his or her historical and biographical context and any necessary language study. Authors covered will vary, but will include such figures as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Milton, Charles Dickens, Jane Austen and James Joyce. The course may be repeated for credit with a change in topic. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (S-O). 3 credits ENG 433. MAJOR CARIBBEAN AUTHOR. This course will be an in-depth study of the works of one major Caribbean author, including his or her historical and biographical context. Authors covered will vary, but will include Nobel Laureates Derek Walcott and V.S. Naipaul as well as George Lamming, Jamaica Kincaid, Wilson Harris, Olive Senior and others who have made significant literary contributions. The course may be repeated for credit with a change in topic. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. (F-E). 3 credits ENG 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in language and literature. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. (VAR). 3,3 credits ENG 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individual study and research under the direction of a member or members of the College. Students will have a weekly conference with their advisors and do such readings and papers as may be required. Prerequisites: Students must have completed at least 20 credits in the subject area in question with a cumulative grade point average of 3.00. Students must secure consent of the dean and advisor and the approval of a written proposal for projects prior to the end of the preceding semester. 3 credits ENGLISH AS SECOND LANGUAGE (ESL) ESL 100. ENGLISH AS SECOND LANGUAGE I. Designed for students who already have some competence in English, but who need additional ESL preparation. Focuses on the mastery of basic sentence patterns and the essentials of English grammar. Emphasizes the writing process. Students compose short expressive paragraphs. 3 credits ESL 101. ENGLISH AS SECOND LANGUAGE II. This course will utilize ESL techniques to help students examine and apply the rules of English grammar to various oral and written assignments. Students will learn to produce different types of essays and make presentations at the university level. 3 credits ESL 102. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE: WRITING. ESL Writing focuses on writing expository essays and research papers using sentence structure in coherent, well-developed paragraphs. It emphasizes the development and organization of ideas in writing. It also expands critical thinking skills, particularly those used in writing of argumentative and persuasive essays. Emphasis is on the review of complex grammatical structures, paragraph relationships, and patterns of essay organization. Areas of study include the expansion of students’ understanding of American culture through selected literature, Course Descriptions 198 video cassettes and cassette tapes, and other supplementary material to improve their skills in listening comprehension, reading and writing. Prerequisite ESL 101. 3 credits ENTREPRENEURSHIP (ENT) ENT 205 INNOVATION AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP. Introduction to Innovation & Entrepreneurship (I&E) is designed for all undergraduate students, including non-business students, who wish to learn about role and practice of entrepreneurship and innovation in society. This is an introductory course intended to expand your perspective of innovation and entrepreneurship. I&E is approached as a mindset and skillset that can be applied to virtually any organization: the large corporation, a new startup, a for-profit business, a non-profit venture, as well as the organization of ‘you’. Entrepreneurship is an integrative field of study. As a result, foundational elements of business—accounting, finance, marketing, strategy, and management— will be introduced and referenced throughout the course. This course mixes theory with practice, and the students will be challenged to apply principles, concepts and frameworks to real world situations. Prerequisites: ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021 or passing scores on the placement exams, or satisfactory SAT score for exemption. 3 credits ENT 300. FOUNDATIONS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP I: BUSINESS DISCOVERY AND ASSESSMENT. This course focuses on the foundations of discovering a viable new business or new line of business in an existing enterprise. Any viable new business must have a market or industry opening that is aligned with the capabilities of the organization. The venture must be able to create value in the marketplace. The entrepreneurial firm must then be able to capture a significant portion of that created value. And finally the venture must be financeable. An iterative process of business discovery and assessment that satisfies all four of these elements will be the focus of this course. This applied course will leverage both case studies and student-initiated projects. The final deliverable for this course will be a business feasibility study. The course will be helpful for both business students with a desire to become serial entrepreneurs as well as non-business students seeking innovative means to create a living from their chosen field of study. Prerequisites: ENT 205. 3 credits ENT 301. FOUNDATIONS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP II: PLANNING AND RESOURCING THE NEW VENTURE. Entrepreneurship is about overcoming ambiguity, risk and failure; embracing it, and learning from it. While ENT 300 is focused on discovering a viable new business, this course is focused on how you will actualize a previously identified new business. A broad range of topics essential to planning and launching entrepreneurial ventures will be covered, including: identifying sources of capital that are in alignment with your proposed venture, strategies for raising capital, crafting go-to-market strategies, scenario-based financial modeling, attracting a capable team, creating a corporate culture, and preparing for growth. The major thrust of the course is a semester-long team project that entails researching and developing a complete business plan and investor presentation for a differentiated startup business concept. Prerequisites: ENT 205. 3 credits ENT 304. ENTREPRENEURIAL MARKETING. This course clarifies key marketing concepts, methods, and strategic issues relevant for start-ups, growing entrepreneurial firms, and small to medium sized enterprises (SMEs). The course focuses on the issues of growing the sales of the resource-limited firm, particularly the constraints of cash and time. Entrepreneurs face the challenging task of developing and launching new products and services. Once created, these products and services must be quickly and inexpensively marketed and sold to targeted customers. This course is designed to acclimatize entrepreneurs with the essential tools of entrepreneurial marketing. Prerequisites: MKT 100 or MKT 301. 3 credits ENT 306. ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE. The focus of this course is on financing startup and early- stage firms. The course additionally introduces private equity finance including leveraged buyout deals, workouts, and recapitalizations. The course is taught from a “middle of the table” perspective, viewing the issues from both the financier’s and the entrepreneur’s perspectives. For new and early-stage firms, the course presents both equity and non-equity financing options. On the equity side, the course covers the fundamentals of both venture capital and private equity finance. Four main aspects of venture capital are covered: valuation, deal structuring, governance, and harvesting. Case studies are used to demonstrate the practical, hands-on application of techniques following their development in class. Prerequisites: ACC 100 or ACC 201, FIN 100 or FIN 301. 3 credits ENT 308 . BUSINESS GROWTH AND RENEWAL STRATEGIES. New entrepreneurial ventures, once successfully past the formation stage, encounter problems caused by their rapid growth. New employees and external support groups (bankers, attorneys, accountants, and investors) need to be integrated Course Descriptions 199 with the firm. Primary demands on the entrepreneur will shift from innovator to delegator, communicator and organizer. Previously innovative and differentiated products will be commoditized, eroding margins. Crafting growth and renewal strategies that address these profound changes is the focus of this course. Prerequisites: ENT 205, MGT 100 or MGT 301. 3 credits ENT 310. ENTREPRENEURSHIP THROUGHOUT THE CARIBBEAN. In this course students will look at entrepreneurship in a Caribbean context. Specific focus will be on the types of businesses that are associated with our island paradise and the opportunities they provide for future entrepreneurs. Students will investigate the Caribbean market place, private industry and governmental data, and potential sources of funding for potential new businesses. Students will interview entrepreneurs and learn how to evaluate business opportunities (not merely ideas). Classroom material will be supplemented with guest speakers, videos, and software simulation. Students will complete a number of feasibility studies identifying business opportunities in the Eastern Caribbean. Prerequisite: ENT 300. 3 credits ENT 410. MANAGING A GROWING BUSINESS. This course concentrates on successfully managing a new venture after the startup phase. The course explores the challenges of managing the operation of an on-going fledgling enterprise. Several issues including the managerial work of growing the business, identifying additional funding sources, and organizational development are explored and discussed. The task of building an organization capable of managing and sustaining the business as market and competitive conditions change is a central component of long-term success. Entrepreneurs must expand their focus and capacity for managerial flexibility to adapt to changes in the external environment. Issues for the ongoing businesses include recruiting and keeping the right people, providing leadership and vision, learning how to delegate, managing cash flow, operating with limited resources, establishing and communicating organizational culture, and maintaining innovation are just some of the many challenges that must be overcome. Prerequisite: ENT 301. 3 credits ENT 420. ENTREPRENEURSHIP FIELD SEMINAR. This course explores entrepreneurship in action. The course will require field work from the student to investigate various types of business opportunities. Students will conduct interviews with entrepreneurs and summarize these findings into a portfolio of potential opportunities. One opportunity will be further developed based on the individual interest of each student who will present their findings to classmates. External readings, current events in business trends, and the viability and profitability of various business opportunities will be explored. As an alternative to this course students have the option of taking a course co-developed with their college or school that focuses on the role and opportunities of entrepreneurship within their major field of study. Prerequisites: ENT 301, ENT 310. 3 credits ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (ENV) ENV 200. INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND POLICY. A survey course designed as an introduction to the natural environment, human interactions impacting these systems, and the environmental policies that govern those interactions. The course will cover issues at local, regional, and global scales. Major topics include: human population growth, energy, climate change, agriculture, ecosystems, economics, US environmental policy, among others. Prerequisites: SCI 100, ENG 101/RCA 021, MAT 024 or satisfactory scores on SAT exemption. 3 credits ENV 365, 366. TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE. A project-based laboratory course designed to give students more in-depth experience working on environmental issues of regional relevance with local partners. Students will be involved in designing the course project, determining an appropriate course of action and achievable goals, and executing project deliverables. Projects will combine natural science and social science content areas and/or research methodologies. Prerequisite: ENV 200. 4 credits FINANCE (FIN) FIN 100. CONCEPTS IN FINANCE. This course is designed as a mini-course for non-business majors. The course explores some of the major concepts in the finance field. 1 credit FIN 301. FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE. (formerly BUS 321). An introduction to theory and technique for optimal investment of the capital resources of the firm under conditions of uncertainty. Topics include rate of return analysis, cost of capital theory and measurement, capital structure, dividend policy, promotion and reorganization. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 202 or HRM 234, and ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits Course Descriptions 200 FIN 323. INVESTMENT ANALYSIS (formerly BUS 323). A study of investment policy for the individual and institutional investor. Topics include security analysis, theories of valuation, securities markets, sources of investment information, investment timing and portfolio management. Corequisite: FIN 301. 3 credits FIN 324. FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS (formerly BUS 324). An examination of principles, function, and operations of the monetary and banking system, the structural relationship of major financial institutions, the flow of funds and determinants of interest rates. Corequisite: FIN 301. 3 credits FIN 355. PRINCIPLES OF RISK MANAGEMENT (formerly BUS 255). The purpose of this course is to equip students with a general framework for understanding the effects of risk and provide them with a broad knowledge of risk management and insurance. The course includes an examination of the specific applications of alternative methods of treating risks with regard to life, health, property andcasualty, and liability insurance. Prerequisite: BUS 351. 3 credits FIN 425. FINANCIAL POLICY AND STRATEGY (formerly BUS 425). Application of financial theory and principles to formulate financial policies for a firm and the development of strategies for its implementation. The case method will be emphasized. Topics included are: mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, financial restructuring, venture capital, financial syndication, investment banking, international finance and financial innovations. Corequisite: FIN 323. 3 credits FIN 430. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE. Explores the global financial markets that facilitate international business, explain the key economic linkages among them and exchange rates and those factors that affect rates. Describes the challenges for companies created by changes in exchange rates and discusses how firms should manage their exposure to currency fluctuations. The course will explore areas of international corporate finance including capital budgeting and financing from the perspective of multinational companies. Prerequisite: FIN 324. 3 credits FRENCH (FRE) FRE 131. FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY FRENCH I. This course is designed to develop a basic level of competence in understanding and an acceptable level of competence in communicating in standard French. Its learning activities draw upon the broad range of state-of-the-art facilities and techniques, including videos, computer-assisted language practice and multi-media supported activities. This first course lays the foundation in phonology, vocabulary and grammar for effective command of the other two in this sequence. (F, S). 4 credits FRE 132. FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY FRENCH II. This course is designed to develop a higher elementary level of understanding and speaking and writing standard French. The learning program is based on state- of-the-art videos, computer-assisted language activities and practice provided by multi-media resources. This second course builds upon the foundation laid by the introductory elementary course and continues to develop phonology, vocabulary and grammar in preparation for the intermediate and more advanced stages of the language. The development of language functions moves from ritualistic expressions to more complex usages in conversation. Prerequisite: FRE 131 or successful completion of the appropriate placement test. (F, S). 4 credits FRE 231. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. Grammar reviews, drills in translation, intensive practice in hearing and in speaking French. Practical vocabulary and conversation will be stressed. Prerequisite: FRE 132 or successful completion of the appropriate placement test. (F, S). 4 credits FRE 305. ORAL FRENCH. Intensive oral practice; pronunciation, vocabulary, reading, comprehension, conversation, short speeches and group discussions. 3 credits FRE 306. ADVANCED CONVERSATION. Conducted entirely in French and designed to develop fluency and correctness in the spoken language by means of prepared and impromptu discussions on topics of cultural and current interest. Prerequisite: FRE 231 or successful completion of the appropriate placement test. 3 credits FRE 311. ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. A groundwork is laid for studies in the development of the Romance languages. Some essential and practical concepts and applications of descriptive linguistics are studied. Methodologies for recording and analyzing languages are explored. Readings and reports are initiated on Course Descriptions 201 the history of the French language. Prerequisite: FRE 231 or successful completion of the appropriate placement test. 3 credits FRE 312. ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. The development of grammatical structures and lexicons of French out of the Latin language is the subject of detailed study. The roles of sociolinguistics contact phenomena are also brought into perspective, as agents of language change. Theories on language origins and language change are evaluated, particularly in the light of creole developments. Prerequisite: FRE 311. 3 credits FRESHMAN STUDIES FDS 100. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR. This course will provide an introduction to the nature of university education and an orientation to University functions and resources. It is designed to assist students in obtaining skills necessary for the attainment of their educational objectives. Group process will be emphasized. 1 credit SCI 100. THE NATURAL WORLD: THE CARIBBEAN. A topical examination of the natural world of the Caribbean. Included will be considerations of elements of Caribbean life associated with the natural world, with emphasis on their roots in the natural sciences. The approach is interdisciplinary, with a variety of learning strategies employed. Two hours of lecture and 3 hours of lab. Corequisite: ENG 100/WAC 011, ENG 101/RCA 021, unless exempted by SAT or placement tests. 3 credits SSC 100. AN INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIAL SCIENCES: A CARIBBEAN FOCUS. A topical examination of the social dimensions of Caribbean cultures from the origins of human habitation to the present. Its interdisciplinary approach will emphasize the perspectives of the various social sciences, with attention also given to the arts of the Caribbean. A variety of teaching and learning strategies will be utilized. Two hours of lecture and 2 hours-workshop. Corequisites: ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021, unless exempted by SAT or placement tests. 3 credits ENG 100/WAC 011. WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: AN INTRODUCTION. Explores the fundamentals of writing in an interdisciplinary context. Emphasizes grammar, punctuation and mechanics in the context of active learning. Students write for instructors not only in the Humanities, but in the other colleges and schools as well. (Students may test out at placement or with appropriate SAT scores.) Four hours of lecture a week. 1 credit and 3 non-degree credits ENG 101/RCA 021. READING IN CONTENT AREAS: AN INTRODUCTION: Offers a comprehensive program of reading and vocabulary. It is linked to An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus (SSC 100) and The Natural World: The Caribbean (SCI 100). Literal and critical reading skills, conceptual vocabulary enrichment, and validated reading and study strategies are stressed. The course requires that students develop a portfolio of materials demonstrating mastery of the course’s objectives. (Students may test out at placement or with appropriate SAT scores.) Four hours of lecture per week. 1 credit and 3 non-degree credits GEOGRAPHY (GOG) GOG 121. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. A systematic study of the more important characteristics of the earth’s surface, including the elements of climate, world climatic types and their distribution, landforms and the seas, the resources of the earth, water, natural vegetation and animal life, soils, mineral fuels and ores. (F). 3 credits GOG 122. CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY. Man and his environment: homeland and early migrations; modern migrations; present population distribution and problems; types of physical environment and man’s adaptation to them; cultural diffusion; the spread of ideas, cultivated plants and the development of agriculture; the domestication and utilization of animals; the development of technology. (S). 3 credits GOG 131. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY. A general survey of the world distribution of productive occupations, emphasizing its relationship to physical factors and economic conditions; the theory of industrial location and localization; world patterns of trade and communication. (DEM). 3 credits GOG 232. GEOGRAPHY OF THE CARIBBEAN. A comprehensive geographical survey of the Caribbean lands: similarities and diversities in the region; factors of physical and historical geography underlying Course Descriptions 202 political fragmentation; economic geography, with emphasis upon land use; current Caribbean problems; population, industrialization, selected regional studies. (F). 3 credits HEALTH SCIENCES (HSC) HSC 100. MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY. This course is designed to include the basic structure of medical words, including prefixes, suffixes, roots, combination forms and plurals. Pronunciation, spelling and definitions of medical and pathophysiological terms related to all body systems are emphasized. (F, S-OEK/AAS). 1 credit HSC 310. INTRODUCTION TO RACIAL AND ETHNIC HEALTH DISPARITIES IN HEALTH CARE. This course will address areas of study of interest in nursing, other health care professions and the social sciences, including health policy, management of care, health care delivery and other topics related to client needs and responses to care. This course satisfies the required social science electives in the BSN paradigm. Prerequisite: ENG 201. (Also listed as SOC 310, SWK 310 and PSY 310). (F,S). 3 credits HISTORY (HIS) HIS 181, 182. WORLD CIVILIZATIONS. A survey of the history of humankind from a global perspective, tracing its origins and development through neolithic settlements and the subsequent early civilizations into modern times. Attention is given to the origins of human culture and to the complex political, economic, social, religious and intellectual institutions as they coalesced and crystallized into civilizations in various regions of the planet. Among those are the proto-civilizations of the Near East and Africa, the subsequent civilizations of Europe, the East, Africa, the Western Hemisphere and the global system that has emerged in modern times. Prerequisite: Successful exemption or completion of ENG 101/RCA 021. (F, S, SUM). 3,3 credits HIS 255, 256. AFRICAN CIVILIZATION. Historical survey of the several major culture areas of continental Africa. Comprises a comparative study of the ways by which the several African peoples treated have handled the basic problems of human existence: origin, survival, self-realization and destiny. (Also listed as ANT 255, 256 and SOC 255, 256.) (DEM). 3,3 credits HIS 257, 258. THE BLACK EXPERIENCE IN THE NEW WORLD. A study of the slave trade, the conditions of slavery, and the process of Black acculturation in the New World since emancipation. HIS 256 is recommended as a preparatory course. (Also listed as ANT 257, 258 and SOC 257, 258.) (DEM). 3,3 credits HIS 261. AN INTRODUCTION TO THE HISTORY OF CARNIVAL AND CARIBBEAN CULTURE. This course introduces students to the history and development of the Trinidad-style Carnival, a brief history of the carnivals in other Caribbean islands, the circumstances whereby the carnivals reached North American and European cities and the laws, regulations and other social circumstances that affected the music, dance and the many accompanying masquerades which today comprise the festivals. Students will, through lectures, readings, workshops, research, class discussions, and visits to Carnival social sites, improve their skills of critical thinking and expression in relation to examining Caribbean carnival and culture. Prerequisite: SSC 100 or an introductory course in any of the Social Sciences. (DEM). 3 credits HIS 320. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. A study of the political, social and economic developments in the United States from the early colonial period to the present. (F). 3 credits HIS 323. HISTORY OF RUSSIA. Origins and early history of Russia. Establishment of relations between Russia and Western European countries and Russia’s expansion in Asia. The emergence of czarist Russia as a European and world power; Russia on the eve of revolution; the revolutions of 1917 and their impact upon Russian government, industry, agriculture, society and culture, Russian foreign policy since 1917. (DEM). 3 credits HIS 324. HISTORY OF ASIA. History of the major countries of Asia from early times to the present day. Emphasis on changes in their internal social, political and economic conditions with an examination of Asia’s contribution to world history; relations between Asia and Europe; Asia under European influence; the growth of nationalism and the establishment of independence; Asian domestic and foreign policies since independence. (DEM). 3 credits Course Descriptions 203 HIS 330. UNITED STATES-CARIBBEAN RELATIONS. An examination of the historical relationship between the United States and the Caribbean from the colonial period. Emphasis will be placed on American policies toward the region and the ways in which those policies have affected American involvement in the internal affairs of Caribbean territories. The impact of the Caribbean on economic and social changes in the United States will also be examined. Various methodological approaches will be explored. (F-E). 3 credits HIS 341. CARIBBEAN HISTORY. The history of the Caribbean area up to the present, with particular emphasis on the development of social, political and economic institutions important for understanding the contemporary Caribbean. (S). 3 credits HIS 342. HISTORY OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. The history of the Virgin Islands up to the present, with particular emphasis on the development of social, political and economic institutions important for understanding the contemporary Virgin Islands. (F, S, SUM). 3 credits HIS 350. LATIN AMERICA SINCE INDEPENDENCE. An analytical study of the main political, economic and social developments in Latin America since the beginning of the period of national independence. (DEM). 3 credits HIS 355, 356. CULTURAL HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA. Deals with the cultural history of the West African Sudan: the area between 7 and 17 degrees north latitude and extending from the northwestern border of Nigeria to the Atlantic Ocean. The period covered extends from the 7th to the 19th centuries which permits a discussion of the rise and flowering of the various peoples involved: Ghana, Mali, Sosso, Songhay, Wolof-Serer and the Fulani. (Also listed as ANT 355, 356 and SOC 355, 356.) (DEM). 3,3 credits HIS 380. EUROPEAN EXPANSION AND IMPERIALISM. Deals with the conditions which led Europeans overseas, with the activities of Europeans in their own colonies and in independent countries, and with the effect of European expansion upon the societies outside Europe and upon Europe itself. The period covered extends from about 1400 to the present Europe and the overseas territories to each other. (DEM). 3 credits HONORS PROGRAM (HON) HON 101. HONORS INTRODUCTORY SEMINAR. This interdisciplinary seminar is a writing-intensive course designed to develop exceptional scholars and citizens in the context of the complex issues and challenges involved in applying knowledge and learning to personal and public lives. This broad context includes the meaning of life and personal identity, the place of sports in developing countries, the role of technology and its effect on communication, education systems of various cultures, ways of knowing and belief systems, politics in a global society, ways we relate to each other and the world, and the place of the arts in society. Within this context students explore how knowledge is generated, criticized and verified in the various academic disciplines and paradigms; how knowledge derived from one discipline and paradigm compares and contrasts with knowledge derived from other disciplines and paradigms; how to be critical consumers of research and knowledge. This course requires a written paper. Required of participants in the UVI Honors Program, this course is also open to other students on a space-available and instructor- approved basis. (This course may be taken in partial satisfaction of the general education requirements in humanities). 3 credits HON 201. HONORS RESEARCH THEORY AND METHODS. This interdisciplinary seminar explores approaches to scholarly investigations. It examines practical methods for finding and using currently available knowledge, and reviews the theoretical basis for research methods that reveal new knowledge. This course requires a written paper and an oral presentation. Required of participants in the UVI Honors Program, this course is also open to other students on a space-available and instructor-approved basis. (This course takes the place of the general education requirement in humanities). 3 credits HON 301. DEVELOPMENT, ANALYSIS AND COMMUNICATION OF ETHICAL POSITIONS. A seminar series which introduces students to frameworks of ethical/moral behavior and judgments, provides practice in applying these frameworks to personal choices/decisions and to issues in society, establishes an awareness of ethical issues and implications in a wide variety of personal, professional and social contexts, develops the ability to analyze, articulate and defend ethical arguments, and encourages students to adopt Course Descriptions 204 a personal set of ethical guidelines and standards to guide their actions. Case studies analyzing personal and private choices, decisions and directions from an ethical point of view are emphasized and students are encouraged to examine critically the positions taken by public figures and by their student colleagues. Required of participants in the UVI Honors Program, this course is also open to other students on a space- available and instructor-approved basis. (This course may be taken in partial satisfaction of the general education requirements in humanities). 3 credits HON 401, 402. HONORS THESIS/PROJECT. The Honors Thesis/Project is the capstone experience for all Honors Program students. Students are expected to investigate a significant issue, organization, movement, event or art form and to formally report in written (or via other appropriate modalities) and oral forms on their discoveries/creations. Students will be expected to ground their investigation theoretically and to justify selected methodologies used during their discovery process. The thesis/project will be approved in advance by the thesis/project advisor, the end product of which must be appropriate to the student’s respective discipline. Students will be expected to display mastery of the content and delivery of the material in an oral defense of the thesis/project in front of the Honors Council and other students in the Honors Program. Required of participants in the UVI Honors Program, normally taken in two consecutive semesters. 3,3 credits HOSPITALITY (HOS) HOS 101. INTRODUCTION TO THE HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY. An overview of the general hospitality industry, its history, extent, obstacles, and career opportunities. The various segments of the industry will be explored; hotels and resorts, food and beverage establishments, travel and tourism. Students will develop the skills and applications needed to recognize opportunities in this dynamic industry. (F). 3 credits HOS 120. FOOD PRODUCTION AND SAFETY. This course will provide the student with the fundamental culinary skills and kitchen management techniques necessary for a professional hospitality manager. Proper kitchen terminology and cooking techniques will be emphasized. Students will learn the principles of food-borne illness, sanitation, safety, personal hygiene, rodent and insect controls, regulations, and equipment affecting safe food handling in all operations. The course is designed to meet the requirements of local state, and national certification exam. Prerequisite: HOS 101. 3 credits HOS 205. CUSTOMER SERVICE MANAGEMENT. This course outlines the basics of customer service in the hospitality industry. Topics include anticipation of guests’ needs, understanding guests from different cultures, proactive service, and handling customer complaints. Prerequisite: HOS 101. (S). 3 credits HOS 210. HOSPITALITY LODGING OPERATIONS. The student will examine operational procedures associated with the management of a hotel front office, the reservations office, concierge function, bell stand, housekeeping, engineering, and the security and loss preventions. Revenue management techniques will also be explored. Basic functions of property management system software will be taught. Prerequisite: HOS 101. 3 credits HOS 220. FOOD AND BEVERAGE COST CONTROL. The control of costs in food and beverage operations will be studied. Students will gain an understanding of the planning and control process focusing on products, labor, material, and sales income and learn to implement effective cost-control procedures. Sanitation management and strategies for avoiding food contamination and spoilage will be addressed. Prerequisites: HOS 101, HOS 120, ACC 201. 3 credits HOS 230. HOSPITALITY INTERNSHIP I. This semester-long course will take place on-site at a working hospitality operation where the student works as an intern for no less than 300 hours. Students will rotate through at least four departments and learn the essential skills in each. Students must complete a rotation in each of the following: Rooms Division, Front-of-the-House; Rooms Division, Back-of-the- House; Food and Beverage Division, Front-of-the-House; Food and Beverage Division, Back-of-the-House. Prerequisites: HOS 120, HOS 205, HOS 210. (F). 4 credits HOS 301. RESORT MANAGEMENT. This course describes resort operations with an emphasis on recreation and activities. Resort organizations confront a number of dynamic challenges when attempting to seize business opportunities triggered by the change in global and domestic demand. These challenges are to maintain the quality of the product, cope with rapid changes in tastes and preferences, and overcome market volatility that affect these industries. Prerequisites: HOS 205, HOS 210. (F). 3 credits Course Descriptions 205 HOS 305. TOURISM. The course will provide students with an understanding of the fundamentals of the purposes and needs of tourism. The size and scope of tourism will be discussed in conjunction with shifts in the production and consumption of tourist products over time, and the interrelationships among the global, regional and local levels of the tourist industries sectors. The course will identify theories that may be applied within the context of tourism management using the analyses of several case studies. Prerequisites: HOS 101, MKT 301. (S). 3 credits HOS 310. CRUISE LINE OPERATIONS. This course will provide the student with an overview of the cruise industry: its history and evolutions, operating and marketing procedures, career opportunities, ship profiles, itineraries, and ports of call. Guest speakers and optional field trip included. Prerequisite: HOS 205. 3 credits HOS 401. FOOD AND BEVERAGE MANAGEMENT. Students will study advanced food and beverage management in the context of running a resort or similar multi-unit operation. Topics include dining service operations, facility design, point-of-sale systems, catering/banquets, working with vendors, and menu development. Prerequisites: HOS 220, HOS 230. (F). 3 credits HOS 410. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT. This course will familiarize the student with those aspects of tourism planning necessary to develop a destination. Students will investigate both the challenges and opportunities associated with tourism development patterns. Researching past similar projects will be emphasized. The role of destination management organizations (DMO) will also be explored.  Prerequisite: HOS 305. (S). 3 credits HOS 430. HOSPITALITY INTERNSHIP II. This advanced, semester-long course will take place on-site at a working hospitality operation. The student and on-site supervisor will agree on an in-depth work experience, usually in one department where the student works as an intern for no less than 300 hours. Students will be exposed to management functions in the operation. The student will also complete a management study in the department and write a paper on the study. Prerequisite: HOS 230. (S). 4 credits HOS 435. HOSPITALITY STRATEGY. This capstone course will introduce the student to senior level policy making techniques. Goal setting, tactical analysis, and implementation strategies will all be examined. The case study method will be employed to encourage the critical thinking and decision making skills of the student. Prerequisites: ACC 203, MGT 301, MKT 301, FIN 301, DSC 430 and at least 90 earned credits (senior status). (S). 3 credits HUMAN SERVICES HMS 310. INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES. This course is one of two dedicated courses that will be offered concurrently to concentrators in Human Services. Combined with its sister course, a practical field placement and seminar, this course will teach basic counseling skills and agency based intervention principles and techniques to neophyte human service workers and counselors. The theoretical underpinnings of the discipline, as well as opportunities for experiential learning both in interactive and field settings will be stressed. Prerequisites: SOC 224, PSY 203. Corequisite: HMS 375. 3 credits HMS 375. FIELD PLACEMENT AND SEMINAR. The course consists of a required placement for the student in a local agency providing human or social intervention, under appropriate supervision, and with opportunities for group and individual supervision as the student is developing basic skills in assessing problems, developing goals, and learning techniques for intervention. Corequisite: HMS 310. 3 credits HUMANITIES (HUM) HUM 115. INTRODUCTION TO HUMANITIES. This interdisciplinary course provides students with exposure to seven fields within Caribbean arts and humanities: music, dance, verse, oralty, heater, visual arts and film. Students will gain exposure to the breadth of values carried in artistic and other traditional media. This course is participatory and includes performance, discussion, lecture and demonstration. (F, S, SUM). 3 credits HUM 210. VIRGIN ISLANDS CULTURE. A humanities-based interdisciplinary course, designed to develop in each student a fundamental understanding of the cultural history of the Virgin Islands, the context in which it developed and the challenges presently dictating its destiny. The primary content is the evolving Course Descriptions 206 cultural development of the people of the U.S. Virgin Islands, focusing on linguistic factors, narrative phenomena, the media, education, art, music, religion and ethics. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits HUM 497-498. SENIOR HUMANITIES SEMINAR. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in various fields of the humanities. Also includes preparation of a major senior project or research paper. Meets one hour weekly. Required of all majors in the humanities. Prerequisite: Senior standing in the humanities. HUM 497 (F). HUM 498 (S). 1-1 credits INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY (IST) IST 201. INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING LOGIC. In this course, students will learn the use of a programming environment, basic data types, statements, controls, and structure of a contemporary high-level programming language. Procedures and functions will be introduced while focusing on program modularity. This course does not require previous programming experience. Students may enroll in CSC 117 to satisfy course requirement. 3 credits IST 205. ELECTRONIC COMMERCE. This course examines issues related to e-Commerce/e-Business and the internet and is designed to provide students a fundamental understanding of the impact of Internet technology, the World Wide Web, and developing technologies (e.g. wireless, media convergence) on business strategies, business models, and business competitive capabilities. 3 credits IST 210. BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS. An introductory course that provides the skills and knowledge required for managing information systems in contemporary business environments. Students will learn how hardware, software, data, people and processes are combined to produce information supporting business goals and objectives. Extensive out-of-class computer work is necessary for mastery of industry standard software. Format: 3 hours lecture/lab. 3 credits IST 301. SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN. This course focuses on the development life cycle of business information systems with an emphasis on analysis and design tools and methodology. The course will provide students with concepts and skills needed to analyze and design contemporary information systems. Prerequisite: IST 201. 3 credits IST 305. DATABASE DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION. This course prepares students to develop a physical database based on a logical data model within the context of a commercial Database Management Software (DBMS). This course introduces database technology and provides hands-on experience in designing and developing databases to meet organizational goals. Prerequisite: IST 201. 3 credits IST 315. DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT. This course is designed to provide students with a foundation in the principles of data communications and networking requirements, including appropriate technologies. Students will learn to evaluate, select, and implement different communications options within an organization. Emphasis is placed on the analysis and design of networking applications in organizations. Prerequisite: IST 201. 3 credits IST 320. WEB AND MULTIMEDIA DESIGN. This course covers the technology, design, production and delivery of web and multimedia based products. Students will be engaged in web design and production at a professional level through the use of industry-standard web and multimedia development tools. 3 credits IST 325. ENTERPRISE INFORMATION SYSTEMS. This course is designed to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of Enterprise Information Systems (EIS) and how they achieve organizational information and process integration. Implications on organizational structure, processes, and practices are discussed and hands-on experience with an EIS is provided. Prerequisite: IST 210. 3 credits IST 401. MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT. This laboratory course develops understanding of the fundamental principles of usability as they apply to mobile commerce applications. Aspects of website evaluation are examined. Course will also cover the design of usable mobile applications using current tools and techniques. Prerequisite: IST 201. 3 credits Course Descriptions 207 IST 410. TECHNOLOGY CERTIFICATION. This course is designed to prepare students for an industry- standard certification examination in the field of Information Systems and Technology. Examination topics will be covered within the course. Students are encouraged to register for and complete the focal examination as a course requirement. Prerequisite: IST 201. 3 credits IST 415. INFORMATION SECURITY MANAGEMENT. This course focuses on the management of information security problems including attack methods, detection and prevention techniques, cryptography, firewalls and intrusion detection systems, security policies and risk management, and incident response. Prerequisite: IST 201. 3 credits IST 420. IS PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT I. This laboratory course focuses on models used in a software development project, including tools that improve project productivity. Students will gain experience working in a small project team to design and analyze an actual computer- based information system provided by a local business, organization, or governmental agency. Part one of a two-semester sequence. Prerequisite: IST 301 and senior standing. Corequisite: BUS 474. 3 credits IST 425. IS PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT II. This course provides student teams with experience in the design and implementation of a usable information system for a client. The client may be affiliated with the University or a local business, organization, or governmental agency. Projects will be supervised by the instructor and client and may include on-site work. Part two of a two-semester sequence. Prerequisites: IST 420 and senior standing. 3 credits IST 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY. An elective course in information systems and technology, providing an opportunity for exposure to industry-specific, developing or cutting-edge trends in the discipline. Topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3,3 credits MANAGEMENT (MGT) MGT 100. CONCEPTS IN MANAGEMENT. Designed as a mini-course for non-business majors, this course explores some of the major concepts in the management field. 1 credit MGT 301. PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (formerly BUS 241). Examines the basic principles of business management emphasizing the decision-making approach; planning, organizing, directing, and control in the business enterprise. Provides a history of the study of business management. Prerequisite: BUS 112 or HOS 101 or ENT 200. 3 credits MGT 313. SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (formerly BUS 213). Examines the administrative organization and management of small business with attention to sources of success and failure, records and credits, managing to sell, and aspects of taxation and accounting. Prerequisite: BUS 112 or HOS 101 or ENT 200. 3 credits MGT 342. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (formerly BUS 242). Explores personnel management principles and practices; the role of the personnel department and its program; the role of the operating supervisor and executives within the program; and the role of behavioral sciences in the functional areas of personnel management. Prerequisite: MGT 301. 3 credits MGT 410. LABOR MANAGEMENT RELATIONS (formerly BUS 336). Examines the historical development of labor management relations in the American economy, with emphasis on problems relating to management and unions, industrial conflicts, collective bargaining, and the legal environment. Particular stress will be placed on cases drawn from experience in the U.S. Virgin Islands. Prerequisite: MGT 342. 3 credits MGT 429. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR (formerly BUS 429). Examines human behavior in an organizational context with emphasis upon the role of leadership, varieties of status systems, motivation and job design, group behavior, and analyses of organizational development change. Prerequisite: MGT 301. 3 credits Course Descriptions 208 MGT 434. PUBLIC POLICY TOWARD BUSINESS (formerly BUS 434). This course will examine the emergent patterns of state and federal legislation and the contemporary significance of changing public policies which affect business enterprise together with an identification and analysis from the historical and legal point of view of the rights and responsibilities of management, labor and the public. Prerequisites: senior standing and BUS 351. 3 credits MGT 436. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. This course is designed to examine the principles, theories and concepts of international business management. The course will cover foreign market potential assessment, analysis of country risk, international business planning process, methods of entering foreign markets, export and import procedures, human resource management and marketing in international business operations, the training of personnel for foreign assignments, compensation of expatriate managers, personal adjustment to living abroad, and financial management in international business operations. Students will also learn how to apply theories, concepts and models covered in the course to case studies. Prerequisites: MGT 301, MGT 213, MKT 301and MKT 422. 3 Credits MGT 437. EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE. Engaging students to study, learn, and apply the emerging science of emotional intelligence (EI). Students compare, contrast and critique various EI-themed research literature, concepts, knowledge, skills, assessments and applications. The course will also challenge students to critique the various EI definitions, emergent and divergent themes and issues in the literature, conceptual and methodological problems. This course will engage students to apply and reflect upon some of the EI assessment methods and practical hands-on EI activities and exercises. Finally, the course will survey many of the strategies and leadership approaches that enable leaders to manage others to develop and sustain EI organizational cultures. 3 Credits MGT 438. HUMAN RESOURCE PLANNING. This course is designed to focus on human resource planning and forecasting from strategic planning and decision-making perspectives. It will equip students with vital knowledge and skills necessary for human resource planning and forecasting in local and global business environments. The course will also address indicators of efficiency, productivity measurement, human resource cost ratios, human resource policies, succession planning, identification of training needs and effectiveness, and forecasting of human resource costs. Students will also learn how to apply theories, concepts and models covered in the course to case studies. Prerequisites: MGT 301 and MGT 342. 3 Credits MGT 439. ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT. Provides students an understanding of the organization’s ability to assess its current functioning and ability to achieve goals. Examines organization development as a system wide application of behavioral science to the planned development, improvement, and reinforcement of the strategies, structures, and processes that lead to organization effectiveness. Students will develop the ability to implement tools of intervention to effectively bring about major change in a way that gains support of organization members. Prerequisites: ACC 202, MKT 301, MGT 301, and DSC 430. 3 Credits MARINE BIOLOGY (MBI) MBI 220. MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. The evolutionary relationships, classification and life histories of major groups of marine Metazoa. Methods of collection, preservation and identification will be stressed in the laboratory sessions. Three lectures and six hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: BIO 141-142. (Also listed as BIO 220.) (ALT-E-OEK). 5 credits MBI 222. ICHTHYOLOGY. The systematics, evolution and ecology of fishes with emphasis on tropical inshore coral reef fauna. Three lectures, one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: BIO 141-142. (ALT-O-OEK). 4 credits MBI 365. JUNIOR BIOLOGY SEMINAR. A twice-weekly seminar encompassing the biological sciences. Each student will present at least one seminar. Introduces basic strategies and techniques for locating and presenting scientific information. Students conduct bibliographic searches of scientific literature. Students are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. One 50-minute and one 170-minute session per week. 2 credits MBI 397. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I. Introduces basic strategies and techniques for locating and presenting scientific information. Students conduct bibliographic searches of scientific literature. Students Course Descriptions 209 are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Junior standing as a marine biology major; approved study plan on file with the biology program. (F-OEK). 1 credit MBI 398. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR II. Students Learn various methods for organizing materials for scientific presentation, such as preparing a poster based on a science journal article. Students are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Prerequisite: MBI 397 or equivalent. (S-OEK). 1 credit MBI 424. MARINE ECOLOGY. Principles and procedures utilized in marine ecological research. Emphasis will be placed on the levels of organization and the interactions seen within and among marine ecosystems. Three lectures per week and three hours of laboratory which may take form of scheduled field trips. Prerequisites: BIO 223 and at least one of the following courses MBI 220, MSC 239, BIO 349 or MBI 222. (ALT-O-OEK). 4 credits MBI 430. CORAL REEF BIOLOGY. An in-depth study of corals and their biology, the coral reef community, evolution of coral reefs, and problems facing coral reefs today. Topics will include biological and geological structures of coral reef ecosystems; linkages between coral reefs and other ecosystems; anthropogenic impacts on coral reefs; and coral reef conservation and management. Prerquisites: BIO 223 Ecology and at least one of the following courses: BIO/MBI 220, MBI 222, BIO/MBI 349. (Also listed as BIO 430). 4 credits MBI 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN MARINE BIOLOGY. Selection may include marine biochemistry, ichthyology, phycology, microbiology, pollution ecology, fisheries biology, etc. Prerequisite: 16 hours of laboratory science. Specific prerequisites (depending on the topic), along with a course description, will be announced prior to preregistration time. MBI 465 (ALT-O-OEK). MBI 466 (ALT-E-OEK). 4,4 credits MBI 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN MARINE BIOLOGY. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or study in areas associated with their academic field but outside of prescribed courses. Student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit for approval a proposal to the Dean at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Student may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of six credits. Proposals must also include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits in some combination of BIO, MBI, CHE, PHY, CSC, and MAT with a minimum grade point average of 2.5. Corequisite: BIO 295. (DEM-OEK). 1-4 credits MBI 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a College committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits of BIO or MBI courses with a grade point average of 2.5. (DEM-OEK). 1-4 credits MBI 497, 498. SENIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of science. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Required of all science seniors. Prerequisites: MBI 397, 398, MBI 497 (F-OEK), MBI 498 (S-OEK). 1,1 credit MARINE SCIENCE (MSC) MSC 111. OPEN WATER SCIENTIFIC DIVING. A study of the fundamentals of the use of SCUBA for access to shallow marine coastal environments and for the study of marine organisms and ecosystems. One lecture and one three-hour training session weekly. Corequisite: A science course that satisfies the general education requirement. Prerequisites: satisfactory completion of a medical Course Descriptions 210 examination designed for divers and demonstration of adequate swimming capabilities. This course is designed primarily for science majors; non-science majors must have College dean’s approval before registration. (F, S-QTT). 1 credit MSC 211. RESEARCH DIVING. Designed to give the student the fundamentals of underwater navigation, surveying, search and light salvage techniques, underwater photography, and biological sampling techniques. One lecture and one three-hour field session per week. Prerequisites: BIO 142, MSC 111 (or previous open-water certification, with at least 10 logged SCUBA dives, and successful completion of both a swim test and a SCUBA proficiency test), certification of adequate medical health for SCUBA diving. (S-OEK). 2 credits MSC 239. OCEANOGRAPHY. An introduction to physical, chemical, biological and geological oceanography. Major topics include properties of ocean water, instruments and observational methods, chemistry of sea water, ocean currents, surface and internal waves, fisheries biology, marine ecology, bathymetry and marine geology, beach processes, pollution problems and management of marine resources. Three lectures and one laboratory session per week, field trips. Prerequisites: BIO 141-142. (ALT-E-OEK). 4 credits MSC 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. An elective course on topics in the marine science field, designed primarily (1) to educate undergraduates with junior or senior standing in areas of special interest, and (2) to meet regional needs. Selections may include marine technology, pollution problems, marine resource management and marine affairs. May be repeated for credit provided different topic is selected. Prerequisites: To be announced with each topic. 1-4 credits MARKETING (MKT) MKT 100. CONCEPTS IN MARKETING. Designed as a mini-course for non-business majors, this course explores some of the major concepts in the marketing field. 1 credit MKT 301. PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING (formerly BUS 231). Introduction to marketing management and analysis; distribution, promotion, pricing, product development, consumer motivation, and market research; case problems. Prerequisite: BUS 112 or HOS 101 or ENT 200. 3 credits MKT 334. ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL STRATEGY (formerly BUS 234). An examination of those advertising and promotional strategies directed toward the consumers of goods and services, with emphasis on planning and executing an effective campaign to achieve meaningful goals. Prerequisite: MKT 301. 3 credits MKT 416. PRINCIPLES OF MERCHANDISING (formerly BUS 326). Examines the organization, management, and operation of wholesale and retail enterprises; problems associated with store location and layout, buying, receiving, inventory and stock control, pricing and merchandising. Prerequisite: MKT 301. 3 credits MKT 422. INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (formerly BUS 422). Examines marketing techniques and programs developed and implemented on an international scale; tariffs, social and cultural restrictions, economic and political environments, and legal restrictions; the international distribution system, international decisions and international market research. Prerequisite: MKT 301. 3 credits MKT 426. MARKETING RESEARCH (formerly BUS 426). An introduction to the basic steps of research procedure as they would be applied in the field of marketing. Preparation and execution of an original field investigation; interpretation of the results and their application to a business situation. Prerequisites: MKT 301 and DSC 325. 3 credits MKT 427. PERSONAL SELLING AND SALES MANAGEMENT. This course is designed to present and examine the principles, theories and concepts of sales management and direct marketing. It will cover the nature of personal selling, the role of the sales force, designing sales force strategies and structure, recruiting and selecting salespeople, training salespeople, compensation methods, sales force supervision, sales force performance evaluation, the personal selling process, direct marketing models, public policy and ethical issues in direct marketing. Students will also learn how to apply theories, concepts and models covered in the course to case studies. Prerequisites: MGT 301, MKT 301 and MKT 334. 3 Credits Course Descriptions 211 MKT 428. CONSUMER BEHAVIOR. This course will enable students to learn and examine the principles, concepts and theories of consumer behavior. The course will cover consumer behavior models in marketing, factors affecting consumer behavior, types of buying decision behavior, the consumer buying decision process, business markets and buying behavior, marketing to business consumers, stages of the business buying decision process, consumer misbehavior and marketing ethics. Prerequisites: MGT 301, MKT 301 and MKT 334. 3 Credits MKT 429. SERVICES MARKETING. This course is designed to examine the concepts, principles and theories for the marketing of services as against the marketing of tangible products. This course will cover the nature and role of services marketing, importance of services marketing, key components of service delivery, characteristics of services, service encounter, marketing mix strategies for marketing services, service quality and satisfaction, formulation and implementation of marketing strategies for services in organizations, managing customer service, customer service relationship, and the evaluation of contemporary issues in services marketing. Prerequisites: MGT 301, MKT 301, MKT 334 and MKT 426. 3 Credits MKT 430. STRATEGIC MARKETING. This course is designed to provide a systematic approach to the strategic marketing formulation and implementation process. It will also cover market demand analysis and forecasting, environmental market analysis and vision, market segmentation and positioning, marketing strategies, planning for new products, pricing strategy, promotion and advertising strategy, sales force and direct marketing strategy, implementation of marketing strategies, control and evaluation. Participants will also learn how to apply strategic marketing theories, concepts and models covered in the course to case studies. Prerequites: MGT 301, MKT 301, MKT 334 and MKT 426. 3 Credits MATHEMATICS (MAT) MAT 023-024. These two courses are designed to provide the basic skills necessary to succeed in university-level mathematics and mathematics dependent courses. They are intended only for students who have inadequate pre-university preparation in mathematics. Students whose college entrance examinations scores indicate possible weakness will take a mathematics diagnostic test on the first day of class to determine whether one or both of these courses will be required. Incoming students are encouraged to review their mathematics skills and knowledge so that they can demonstrate their preparedness for a mathematics course for credit towards a degree. MAT 023. INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA CONCEPTS AND SKILLS, PART I. Conceptual understanding of numerical concepts and operations (signed numbers, fractions, decimals, percents); variables; equations; the geometric concepts of length, area, and volume. Elementary understanding of the function concept using numerical tables and graphs. Solution of first degree equations in one variable. Integer exponents; scientific notation; operations on polynomials. Emphasis is on conceptual understanding and problem solving in applications in context. (F, S, SUM). 4 non-degree credits MAT 024. INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA CONCEPTS AND SKILLS, PART 2. Elementary study of linear and quadratic functions; integer and rational exponents and radicals; solutions of equations and inequalities. Emphasis is on conceptual understanding and problem solving in applications in context. Graphical, numerical, and algebraic approaches are used throughout and skills are used both as problem solving tools and as a source of problems. (F, S, SUM). 4 non-degree credits MAT 140. COLLEGE ALGEBRA WITH APPLICATIONS. Students will be introduced to some of the basic ideas of Algebra and will apply these ideas through various projects based in industry, education, society, government, and to the natural and physical models of the world and its human environment. Logic and systematic approaches to problem solving will be emphasized including verbal, written, and symbolic descriptions of problems, approaches, and outcomes. Use of appropriate technology (e.g. Graphics Calculator) will be included within lectures and student assignments. Topics will include linear, quadratic, polynomial, discrete, exponential and logarithmic functions, reading and creating graphs, geometry, and applications of these topics. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Eng 101/RCA 021, MAT 023 and MAT 024 (or MAT 021 and MAT 022) a 490 or above SAT Math score or a satisfactory score on the mathematics diagnostic examination. (F, S, SUM). 4 credits MAT 143. PRECALCULUS ALGEBRA. Fundamental concepts of college algebra and a preparation for calculus. Topics will include factoring, integer and rational exponents, simplifying algebraic expressions, solving equations and inequalities, the function notation, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and Course Descriptions 212 logarithmic functions, graphs of functions and applications. This course is designed for students majoring in science, engineering, and mathematics or intending to take MAT 241-242. While topics are the same as for MAT 140, there is more theoretical coverage and emphasis, a greater depth of understanding is required, and additional material on applications is included. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MAT 023 and MAT 024 (or MAT 021 and MAT 022) or a 490 or above SAT Math score or a satisfactory score on the mathematics diagnostic examination. (F, S; SUM I-OEK). 4 credits MAT 153. COLLEGE TRIGONOMETRY. Fundamental concepts of trigonometry and a preparation for calculus. Topics will include angle measurement, the circular functions and their graphs, laws of sines and cosines, solution of triangles, solution of trigonometric equations, and inverse trigonometric functions, qxa} ications to vectors and complex numbers. Prerequisite: MAT 143. (S, SUM II; F-OEK). 4 credits MAT 215. INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER THEORY. Topics covered will include mathematical induction, divisibility, prime numbers, congruences, some Diophantine equations and number-theoretic functions. Prerequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. (S). 3 credits MAT 232. CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES. A calculus course with emphasis on techniques, graphs and applications rather than theory. Topics include functions; limits, continuity and rates of change; the derivative; exponential and logarithmic functions; anti-differentiation; the definite integral; and functions of several variables. Prerequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. (F, S, SUM II). 4 credits MAT 233. DISCRETE MATHEMATICS. Introduction to the basic concepts and applications of number systems; sets, mappings, and relations; logical deduction and mathematical induction; elementary counting principles; Boolean algebra; graphs and digraphs. Prerequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. (F). 3 credits MAT 235. INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS WITH APPLICATIONS. Students will be introduced to statistical concepts and will be required to interpret and communicate the results of statistical analyses. They will apply these concepts through projects based in local industry, education, government, society, and natural and physical models of the world and its human environment. Topics include, but will not be limited to: introduction to technology for statistical analysis; graphical and descriptive techniques for summarizing data; measures of center; measures of spread; correlation; probability; design of experiments; sampling; analyzing relationships; statistical models; and hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MAT 140 or 143 or satisfactory scores on department diagnostic examinations. (F, S, SUM II). 4 credits MAT 241-242. INTRODUCTION TO CALCULUS AND ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY I-II. Rates of change, derivatives, integration, transcendental functions, techniques of integration, determinants and linear equations, plane analytic geometry, hyperbolic functions, polar coordinates, vectors and parametric equations. Prerequisites: MAT 143, MAT 153. MAT 241 (F;S, SUM I-OEK), MAT 242 (S; F, SUM II-OEK). 4-4 credits MAT 257. MATHEMATICS AND THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. This course is a joint offering of the Mathematics and Education Programs. The mathematics portion (3 hours per week) is a detailed examination of the mathematical content that is prerequisite for teaching elementary school mathematics. The development of methods and materials for the teaching of elementary school mathematics (1 hour per week) will be conducted by the Education faculty. Demonstration teaching and student teaching experiences are important aspects of all segments of this course. During the semester, concurrent field experiences under the auspices of the School of Education will consist of one two-hour session per week assisting selected faculty in a public elementary school with instruction in mathematics. Prerequisites: Mathematics general education requirement and EDU 250. (Also listed as EDU 257). (F-OEK). 5 credits MAT 261. LINEAR ALGEBRA. A study of systems of linear equations, echelon matrices and Gaussian elimination; matrix operations, inverses and determinants; vector spaces, subspaces, linear independence, basis and dimension, orthonormal bases; linear transformations, kernel and image, matrix representations, change of basis, eigenvalues, eigenvectors and diagonalization of symmetric matrices; applications. Prerequisite: MAT 241 (May be taken concurrently.) (F). 4 credits MAT 301. MODERN GEOMETRY. A rigorous treatment of the basic concepts of Euclidean and non- Euclidean geometry including Euclid’s axioms, Hilbert’s axioms, hyperbolic geometry, Riemannian geometry, models, and the historical and philosophical implications of the study of non-Euclidean geometry. Prerequisite: MAT 242. (F-E). 3 credits Course Descriptions 213 MAT 325. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. Representation of numbers and rounding error; numerical solution of equations; quadrature; polynomial and spline interpolation; numerical approximation of functions; numerical solution of initial and boundary value problems. Prerequisites: MAT 261 (previously or concurrently) and knowledge of a programming language. (F). 3 credits MAT 332. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS. A mathematically rigorous treatment of statistics. Topics will include probability distributions for discrete and continuous random variables, expected values, point and interval estimators, hypothesis testing, least-squares estimators and nonparametric tests. Prerequisite: MAT 242. (S-E). 3 credits MAT 341-342. INTERMEDIATE CALCULUS I. Polar coordinates, conic sections, indeterminate forms, improper integrals, Taylor’s formula with remainder, sequences and series, vectors and analytic geometry in two and three dimensions, partial differentiation, directional derivatives, gradients, extrema, line integrals, multiple integration and applications. Prerequisite: MAT 242. MAT 341 (F). MAT 342 (S). 3-3 credits MAT 344. PROBABILITY. Probabilities of events on discrete and continuous sample spaces; random variable and probability distributions; expectations; transformations; simplest kind of law of large numbers and central limit theorem. The theory is applied to problems in physical and biological sciences. Prerequisite: MAT 242. (F-O) 3 credits MAT 346. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Solutions of ordinary differential equations; LaPlace transforms. Prerequisite: MAT 342 (may be taken concurrently). (S). 4 credits MAT 348. COMPLEX VARIABLES. This course serves as an introduction to the theory of complex variables, covering the beginning topics considered standard for the subject. Topics include the algebra of complex numbers, geometry of the complex plane, elementary functions, Taylor and Laurent series, residue calculus, and conformal mapping. Corequisite: MAT 341. (S-O). 3 credits MAT 352. MATHEMATICAL MODELING. Mathematical modeling of physical systems with examples drawn from diverse disciplines such as traffic flow, biology. Prerequisite: MAT 261. (F-O). 3 credits MAT 361. BIOINFORMATICS. In this interdisciplinary course, students learn a variety of computational techniques to distill information from biological data. Students apply these techniques to genome-scale data sets to investigate questions in biology. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. Prerequisites: All students must have passed BIO 141-142 and CSC 117-118 and MAT 143-153; in addition, all students must have passed either (BIO 245 and BIO 223) or (8 credits of 200-level CSC courses) or (MAT 233 and MAT 261). (Also listed as BIO 361 and CSC 361.) (S-DEM). 4 credits MAT 362. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I. A study of the elementary properties of groups, rings and fields. Definitions, properties and proofs will be emphasized. Prerequisites: MAT 261 and MAT 215 or MAT 233. 3 credits. (F-O). MAT 386. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF MATHEMATICS. A survey of mathematics in its historical and cultural milieux. Prerequisites: MAT 241-242. (S-O). 3 credits MAT 397, 398. JUNIOR MATHEMATICS SEMINAR I, II. Topics of interest and importance to mathematics majors will be presented by faculty, visiting scholars, senior mathematics majors, and junior mathematics majors. An opportunity for exposure to mathematics not normally covered in class and for the development of mathematical thinking. Prerequisite: Junior mathematics major. Corequisite: MAT 341. 1/2, 1/2 credits MAT 441. INTRODUCTORY ANALYSIS I. An introduction to mathematical analysis. Rigorous treatment of limits, continuity, and differentiation analysis. Prerequisite: MAT 341. (S-O). 3 credits MAT 442. INTRODUCTORY ANALYSIS II. A continuation of Mat 441. Rigorous treatment of integration, infinite series, and function sequences. Prerequisite: MAT 441. (F-O). 3 credits MAT 458. TOPOLOGY. Sets, closed sets, open sets, homeomorphisms and continuous map-pings, connectedness, compactness. An introduction to homology theory. Corequisite: MAT 341. (F-E). 3 credits MAT 461. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II. Selected topics in algebra, including groups, integral domains, fields, field extensions and module theory. Prerequisite: MAT 362. (S-E). 3 credits Course Descriptions 214 MAT 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Dependent upon the needs and interests of the students and faculty. Topics may include advanced study in linear algebra, complex analysis, geometry, real analysis, mathematical probability, statistics, or mathematical education. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3,3 credits MAT 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a College committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: MAT 341 with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5. 1-4 credits MAT 497, 498. SENIOR MATHEMATICS SEMINAR I, II. Topics of interest and importance to mathematics majors; an oppoppunity for development of independent skills. Prerequisites: MAT 397, MAT 398 and senior mathematics major. Corequisite: MAT 441. 1,1 credit MAT 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Reading and problem-solving in a non-elementary area of mathematics not otherwise available for the student. May be repeated for credit provided different topics are studied, but a student may not accumulate more than five credits. A written proposal must be submitted by the student. Prerequisites: Permission of a full-time faculty member and approval of the mathematics coordinator. 1-3 credits MILITARY SCIENCE AND LEADERSHIP (MSL) MSL 101. FOUNDATIONS OF OFFICERSHIP. Introduces students to issues and competencies that are central to a commissioned officer’s responsibilities. Establishes framework for understanding officership, leadership, and Army values followed and “life skills” such as physical fitness and time management. (F). 1 credit MSL 102. BASIC LEADERSHIP. Establishes foundation of basic leadership fundamentals such as problem solving, communications, briefings and effective writing, goal setting, techniques for improving listening and speaking skills and an introduction to counseling. Prerequisite: MSL 101. (S). 1 credit MSL 201. INDIVIDUAL LEADERSHIP STUDIES. Students identify successful leadership characteristics through observation of others and self through experiential learning exercises. Students record observed traits (good and bad) in a dimensional leadership journal and discuss observations in small group settings. Prerequisite: MSL 102. (F). 2 credits MSL 202. LEADERSHIP AND TEAMWORK. Students examine how to build successful teams, various methods for influencing action, effective communication in setting and achieving goals, the importance of timing the decision, creativity in the problem solving process, and obtaining team buy-in through immediate feedback. Prerequisite: MSL 201. (S). 2 credits MSL 301. LEADERSHIP AND PROBLEM SOLVING. Students conduct self-assessment of leadership style, develop personal fitness regimen, and learn to plan and conduct individual/small unit tactical training while testing reasoning and problem-solving techniques. Students receive direct feedback on leadership abilities. Prerequisite: MSL 202 or previous military experience in the Army or in the National Guard or successful completion of the 28-day training camp in Fort Knox, Kentucky. (F). 3 credits MSL 302. LEADERSHIP AND ETHICS. Examines the role communications, values, and ethics play in effective leadership. Topics include ethical decision-making, consideration of others, spirituality in the military, and survey Army leadership doctrine. Emphasis on improving oral and written communication abilities. Prerequisite: MSL 301. 3 credits MSL 401. LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT. Develops student proficiency in planning and executing complex operations, functioning as a member of a staff, and mentoring subordinates. Students explore training management, methods of effective staff collaboration, and developmental counseling techniques. Prerequisite: MSL 302. (F). 3 credits Course Descriptions 215 MSL 402. OFFICERSHIP. Study includes case study analysis of military law and practical exercises on establishing an ethical command climate. Students must complete a Senior Leadership Project that requires them to plan, organize, collaborate, analyze, and demonstrate their leadership skills. Prerequisite: MSL 401. 3 credits MUSIC (MUS) Music Theory MUS 101-102. SIGHT SINGING/EAR TRAINING I-II. The study of basic sight singing/ear training/diction of isolated rhythms, intervals, single melodic lines, and melodic rhythmic passages for three and four part harmonies. Prerequisite: The successful completion of the Music Theory Entrance Examination or MUS 124. Corequisites: MUS 103-104. 1-1 credits MUS 103-104. MUSIC THEORY I-II. The study of functional harmony including scales, modes, intervals, chords, sight-seeing, melodic-harmonic dictation and elementary compositional techniques. Prerequisite: Successful completion of placement exam in music theory or MUS 124. 3-3 credits MUS 124. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. Nature of music expression and elements of music including rhythm, melody, harmony, form and color. 3 credits MUS 201-202. MUSIC THEORY III-IV. The use of non-harmonic tones, modulation, the sequence, chromatically altered chords, sevenths, extended tertian harmonies, and the study of harmonic progression. Prerequisite: MUS 104. 3-3 credits MUS 224. MUSICIANSHIP. A course designed to develop an introductory level of musical sensitivity, imagination, and practical skills through a variety of individual exercises in singing, playing, and listening to develop perception and rudimentary control of the elements of music. 3 credits MUS 302. FORM AND ANALYSIS. A study and analysis of music literature including a review of music materials and their functions in musical form. Prerequisite: MUS 202. 2 credits MUS 304. CHAMBER MUSIC. The study and exploration of music literature for small-group performance (instrumental or vocal) by high-advanced performers; an immediate application of harmonic and melodic devices utilized in each composition. Designed to cultivate independent musicianship that requires multiple high-level music responses within time and space, communicated through the art of music performance. The course provides opportunities to explore other cultures and traditions through standard repertoire for duets, trios, quartets and quintets. Prerequisite: Completion of MUS 261, or approval of applied music instructor. 1 credit MUS 401. ORCHESTRATION AND ARRANGING. A study of the fundamentals of writing for vocal and instrumental ensembles including voicings, instrumentation, registration and the technical limitations of various orchestral instruments. Prerequisite: MUS 302. 3 credits Music History And Literature MUS 206, 207. MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE. A survey of the major style periods in Western art music from antiquity to the 20th century. Chronological examination of works by principal composers. Outstanding stylistic characteristics in each period are differentiated against the backdrop of historical and sociological development. Prerequisite: MUS 104. 3,3 credits MUS 290. MUSIC LAW. Examination of the United States code pertaining to copyright. Basic principles of music contracts and taxation as they relate to the creative musician. Study of American Federation of Musicians’ regulations as they relate to the performing and non-performing musician. 2 credits MUS 363. WORLD MUSIC. A survey course that explores indigenous music and contemporary popular music of diverse world cultures. World Music considers the function of music (religious and non-religious) and the related forms of artistic expression of different geographical regions, countries and ethnic groups. 3 credits Course Descriptions 216 MUS 364. SURVEY OF CARIBBEAN MUSIC. Exploration of the most important musical and dance traditions of the Caribbean. This course focuses on stylistics differences and similarities in dance and music of the different islands. Students will examine the influence that cultural differences have on dance and musical diversity. Prerequisite: ENG 120. 3 credits MUS 428. JAZZ HISTORY. Survey of the basic principles of the origin of jazz, linked to composers and performers of various styles through audio/video recordings, with selected readings of socio-economic conditions that influenced its development. Prerequisite: ENG 120. 3 credits MUS 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in music and related disciplines. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3,3 credits Music Education/Education MUE 311. CONDUCTING TECHNIQUES. A study in fundamental conducting techniques; observation and practice in conducting choral and instrumental ensembles including problems in score reading and transposition. 3 credits MUE 312. TEACHING MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. A study of the general music curriculum, material, activities and vocal music instruction for primary and intermediate grades. For music majors only. 3 credits MUE 321. BRASS AND PERCUSSION METHODS. A practical approach to brass pedagogy in preparation for elementary and middle school instrumental music instruction; covering six brass units (trumpet, French horn, trombone/euphonium and tuba) with emphasis placed on research and best practice topics. 1 credit MUE 322. WOODWIND METHODS. A practical approach to woodwind pedagogy in preparation for elementary and middle school instrumental music instruction; covering five major/modern woodwind units (flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon, saxophone) with emphasis placed on research and best practice topics. 2 credits MUE 323. PERCUSSION METHODS. A practical approach to percussion pedagogy in preparation for elementary and middle school instrumental music instruction; covering seven major/modern percussion units (snare drum, keyboard percussion, timpani, accessory percussion, drum-set, marching percussion, and ethnic percussion) with emphasis placed on research and best practice topics. 1 credit MUE 411. TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. A study of the music curriculum, methods and materials in junior and senior high school general music, vocal and instrumental music programs. Instruction in music theory and literature at the senior high school level emphasizing the use of instructional and program objectives. For music majors only. 3 credits MUE 412. STUDENT TEACHING AND SEMINAR IN MUSIC. Provides observation, participation and direct teaching-learning situations in various phases of elementary and secondary school music and music- related activities under the joint supervision of a University music instructor and public school classroom teacher. Prerequisites: Documented and approved eighty (80) hours of Service Learning projects, MUE 312 and MUE 411 with a minimum grade of “C” in each. 6 credits Music Industry MUS 110. BUSINESS OF MUSIC. This course provides instruction in the business of music for aspiring artists, music business entrepreneurs, producers, promoters, and others interested in making a living from music. The course will explore components of the music business that include career options, self-employment, development of fundamental business skills, and strategies for creating successful business models. 3 credits MUS 125. BEGINNING MUSIC RECORDING WORKSHOP. This course is a survey course of the fundamental principles and practices of audio recording. Topics include sound and hearing, acoustics and the components of various recording systems. Students learn to manipulate studio and live sound installations. The fundamentals of music recording, producing, engineering, mixing, mastering, and editing techniques will be explored. Prerequisite: MUS 110. 3 credits Course Descriptions 217 MUS 215. MUSIC MIXING WORKSHOP. This course provides the student the opportunity to explore various steps of the mixing process including equalization, panning, dynamic processing, reverb, and delay. The techniques utilized will be related to the Digital Audio Workstation (DAW) or the digital or analog console. Prerequisites: MUS 110, MUS 125. 3 credits MUS 217. PROFESSIONAL TOOLS: DIGITAL RECORDING TECHNIQUES. Professional Tools is the industry standard for digital audio recording and is used in the vast majority of professional recording studios worldwide Subsequently, it is critical for the digital recording engineer to have an in depth understanding of a various digital audio workstations (DAW), especially Pro Tools. This course will help the student to develop concepts, both musical and artistic, necessary in the field of musical engineering as producers in the recording industry. The course will also provide software training in preparation for students interested in obtaining Pro Tools certification. Prerequisites: MUS 110, MUS 125. 3 credits MUS 250. MUSIC RECORDING THEORY AND TECHNIQUES. This course provides instruction on how to make high quality recordings utilizing a wide array of tools and techniques. Students will study audio theory, the physics of sound, mixing processes, and the skill of engineering recordings for various music genres. Prerequisites: MUS 110, MUS 125. 3 credits MUS 252. MUSIC INDUSTRY MARKETING PRINCIPLES & APPLICATIONS. This course will provide the basic overview of key music marketing principles, terms, and practices which together form the foundation for all music marketing plans. Students will then be able to explore key areas of opportunities for musicians, including merchandising, publicity, radio promotion (online and traditional), retail and distribution, advertising, and touring. They will also learn what companies and partners to work with in order to reach their core fans and how to communicate with them in ways to leverage the changes and new opportunities that internet offers to marketers. Prerequisite: MUS 110. 3 credits MUS 254. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. This course will begin with an analysis of the competing policies underlying the Intellectual Property laws. It will cover the basics of: patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secrets law, as well as some of the salient controversies in intellectual property law, including patent protection for software and business methods, the challenges to copyright law posed by file sharing technology, the role and difficulties of protecting trademarks on the Internet, and the application of common law doctrines to the Internet. Prerequisite: MUS 110. 3 credits MUS 315. MUSIC ECONOMIC AND GLOBAL BUSINESS. This course provides the student with instruction in advanced concepts and practices related to the Music Industry from a global economic perspective. Students will discuss global statistics, regional and environmental economics, and policies related to current global business activity. Prerequisites: MUS 110. 3 credits Music Performance MUS 132. CONCERT BAND. The study and performance of standard and contemporary literature for concert band. Three hours per week. Prerequisite: Audition. (May be repeated for credit.) 1 credit MUS 133. JAZZ ENSEMBLE. Study and performance of standard and experimental literature from all styles of the Afro-American idiom. Emphasis on Caribbean, jazz and jazz/rock styles. Three hours per week. Prerequisite: Audition. (May be repeated for credit.) 1 credit MUS 134. STEEL BAND ENSEMBLE. A review of the historical background of pan and the study and performance of standard and contemporary literature for steel band with emphasis on Caribbean and West Indian repertoire. Prerequisites: Knowledge and skill on the steel pan, and admission by audition. 1 credit MUS 140. CLASS STEEL PAN. The student examines techniques and methods essential to the mastery of the steel pan. Emphasis will be placed on the historical and artistic development of the instrument as a performance medium, ensemble participation, and skills related to reading music. 1 credit MUS 151-152. CLASS GUITAR. Basic instruction in guitar performance for beginners and intermediate guitarists. The courses are designed for non-music majors and community residents interested in studying folk and popular guitar styles. 1-1 credit Course Descriptions 218 MUS 161-162, 261-262, 361-362, 461-462. APPLIED MUSIC. Vocal, keyboard and instrumental instruction in the student’s principal area of music study. The areas of instruction are as follows: voice, piano, woodwinds, brass and percussion. One hour lesson per week. Courses must be taken in sequence. Open to all students. 2-2, 2-2, 2-2, 2-2 credit MUS 173-174, 273-274. SECONDARY PIANO. Instruction in elementary piano technique. All major and minor scales in four octaves in addition to major and minor chords and arpeggios. Required of voice and instrumental majors. Courses must be taken in sequence. Open to all students. 1-1, 1-1 credit MUS 175-176, 275-276. SECONDARY VOICE. Instruction in elementary voice technique. Study of vocal anatomy, development of proper breathing, breath control and posture in addition to all vowels and consonants. Required of piano majors. Courses must be taken in sequence. Open to all students. 1-1, 1-1 credit MUS 177-178. SECONDARY BRASS. The student will study the techniques and methods of elementary to intermediate brass performance. The student will be exposed to the theoretical and practical aspects of music and brass performance. 1-1 credit MUS 179-180. SECONDARY WOODWIND. The student will study the techniques and methods of elementary to intermediate woodwind performance. The student will be exposed to the theoretical and practical aspects of music and woodwind performance. 1-1 credit MUS 185-186. SECONDARY PERCUSSION. The student will study the techniques and methods of elementary to intermediate percussion performance. The student will be exposed to the theoretical and practical aspects of music and percussion performance. 1-1 credit MUS 181-182. CLASS PIANO I-II. Instruction in fundamentals of keyboard performance consisting of scales, chords, arpeggios and basic piano literature. For non-music majors. 1-1 credit MUS 183. CLASS VOICE I. A course for the non-music major interested in learning basic vocal theory aiming to master basic fundamentals in singing which includes learning to recognize and solve vocal problems. 1 credit MUS 184. CLASS VOICE II. A course for the non-music major interested in learning performance techniques. 1 credit MUS 242. CONCERT CHOIR. The study and presentation of standard and contemporary choral literature for mixed voices. Choral training and performances at concerts, University ceremonies and functions. Three hours per week. Prerequisite: Audition. (May be repeated for credit.) 1 credit MUS 281.CLASS PIANO III. Designed to serve as a continuation of MUS 182. Instruction will be given on the intermediate level in keyboard performance and music theory through the study of scales, chords, arpeggios, music terms and selected piano literature. For non-music majors. Prerequisite: MUS 182. 1 credit MUS 282. CLASS PIANO IV. Designed to serve as a continuation of Music 281. Instruction will be given on the advanced level in keyboard performance and music theory through the study of scales, chords, arpeggios, music terms and selected piano literature. For non-music majors. Prerequisite: MUS 281. 1 credit MUS 283. CLASS VOICE III. A course for the non-music major interested in learning the components of artistry in singing. 1 credit MUS 284. CLASS VOICE IV. A course for the non-music major interested in becoming familiar with and examining song literature for different voice types. 1 credit MUS 497. SENIOR RESEARCH SEMINAR. The capstone experience offered through Senior Research Seminar 497 provides the opportunity for students of each concentration within the Department of Music to consolidate and synthesize important performance learning practices and research initiatives into a project that leads to the selection and preparation of a senior recital program. The course requires the identification Course Descriptions 219 of a research topic that corresponds to the selected recital literature and the presentation of the research idea in Abstract form. Portions of the Senior Recital will be presented in conjunction with the Abstract. Prerequisites: MUS161, MUS 162, MUS 261, MUS 262, MUS 361, MUS 362. 3 credits MUS 498. SENIOR RESEARCH SEMINAR. The continuing capstone experience offered through Senior Research Seminar MUS 498 provides the opportunity for students of each concentration within the Department of Music to consolidate and synthesize important performance learning practices and research initiatives into a project that leads to the fruition of the Senior Recital program. The course requires the presentation of the research paper and Senior Recital program. Prerequisites: MUS 161, MUS 162, MUS 261, MUS 262, MUS 361, MUS 362, MUS 497. 3 credits. NATURAL SCIENCE (NSC) NSC 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NATURAL SCIENCE I. A review of the underlying concepts common to all of the natural sciences, with emphasis on the interrelationships of natural phenomena. Principles and applications from astronomy, chemistry, earth sciences and physics will be considered. 3 hours lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Some lab sessions may take the form of scheduled field trips. Prerequisite: ENG 101/RCA 021 or a satisfactory score on the placement exam, or SAT exemption. Corequisite: MAT 141 or MAT 143. 4 credits NSC 102. FOUNDATIONS OF NATURAL SCIENCE II. An introduction to living systems with a focus on the molecular basis of life, the diversity of living organisms, the mechanism of species changes and the ecology of natural populations and communities. Further emphasis will be placed on the natural history of the Caribbean region and current topics in human biology. Three lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Some lab sessions may take the form of scheduled field trips. Prerequisite: NSC 101 or CHE 151 or PHY 211 or PHY 241. 4 credits NSC 103. OCEANS AND MAN. An introduction to the physical, chemical and biological aspects of the ocean with emphasis upon the interrelationship between man and the ocean. Three lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Some lab sessions may take the form of scheduled field trips. Prerequisite: NSC 101 or CHE 151 or PHY 211 or PHY 241. 4 credits NSC 104. ASTRONOMY. A study of the properties and theories of evolution of the earth, sun, solar system, galaxy and universe with emphasis on the experimental techniques employed by astronomers. Three lecture hours and three hours of laboratory weekly. Astronomical observations will constitute an important part of the laboratory exercises. Prerequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. 4 credits NSC 200. TOPICS IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES. Current topics in various scientific fields primarily for non- majors. The specific topic of each course will be listed in the class schedule. Topics might include galaxies, current geological processes, Caribbean biogeography, molecular structure, oil and its by-products, man and the environment, human biology, resources and man. May be repeated for credit provided different topics are selected. Prerequisite: One year of science. 3 credits NURSING (NUR) NUR 104. DRUG DOSAGE CALCULATION. This course presents concepts necessary for the calculation and administration of oral and parenteral medication dosages. Two lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: Admission to BSN program. (S-AAS/OEK). 2 credits NUR 208. FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING. This course provides an introduction to nursing and roles of the nurse in micro- and macrosystems, as well as profession-related and patient care concepts. Emphasis is placed on the knowledge and skills needed to provide safe, quality care. The theoretical foundation for basic assessment and nursing skills is presented, and the student is given an opportunity to demonstrate these skills in a clinical laboratory setting. An introduction to the nursing process provides a decision- making framework to assist students in developing effective clinical judgment skills. Four hours lecture and six clinical/laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program. (S-AAS/OEK). 6 credits NUR 209. HEALTH ASSESSMENT. This course provides the framework for preparing students to perform comprehensive health assessments. Emphasis is placed on taking a thorough nursing history, performing physiological, psychological, sociological, cultural, and spiritual assessments, as well as identification of stressors and health risks. Laboratory experiences provide an opportunity to practice Course Descriptions 220 Course Descriptions assessment skills. Two hours lecture and three clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program. (S-AAS/OEK). 3 credits NUR 210. BRIDGE TO PROFESSIONAL NURSING. This course provides an opportunity for nurses to explore the role of the professional nurse and professional nursing concepts essential for contemporary practice. Emphasis is placed on bridging the gap between prior educational experiences and the current competencies identified as essential to the practice of the baccalaureate degree nurse. Prerequisite: Admission to BSN Completion program. (AR-AAS/OEK). 2 credits NUR 229. PHARMACOLOGY IN NURSING. This course provides an introduction to the principles of pharmacology, including: pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, pharmacotherapeutics, adverse medication reactions, and potential food and drug interactions. Emphasis is placed on major drug classifications including common medications within selected classifications. Two hours lecture each week. Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program. (S-AAS/OEK). 3 credits NUR 308. ADULT HEALTH NURSING I. This course focuses on the care of adult patients with health alterations that require medical and/or surgical intervention. Emphasis is placed on the care of patients with alterations in selected body functions. Concepts of patient-centered care, cultural sensitivity, informatics, safe practice, and professionalism are integrated throughout the course. Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe patient care to adults in a variety of settings. Three hours lecture and nine clinical/laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 104, NUR 208, NUR 209, NUR 229. Corequisite: NUR 311. (F-AAS/OEK). 6 credits NUR 311. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY. This course focuses on the altered processes of human physiology. An emphasis is placed on exploring changes in biological processes of the body and the effects on homeostasis along with clinical manifestations. Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: Admission to BSN program. (F-AAS/OEK). 3 credits NUR 318. MENTAL/BEHAVIORAL HEALTH NURSING. This course focuses on the care of patients across the lifespan experiencing cognitive, mental and behavioral disorders. Emphasis is placed on management of patients facing emotional and psychological stressors as well as promoting and maintaining the mental health of individuals and families. Concepts of crisis intervention, therapeutic communication, anger management, and coping skills are integrated throughout the course. The community as a site for care and support services is addressed. Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe patient care to patients in selected mental health settings. Two hours lecture and three clinical/laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 104, NUR 208, NUR 209, NUR 229. Corequisite: NUR 308, NUR 311. (F-AAS/OEK). 4 credits NUR 319. ADULT HEALTH NURSING II. This course focuses on the care of adult patients with medical and/or surgical health alterations. Emphasis is placed on the care of patients with alterations in selected body functions. Concepts of health promotion, health education, evidence based practice, and interprofessional collaboration will be integrated throughout the course. Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe care to patients and selected groups in a variety of settings. Three hours lecture and nine clinical/laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 308, NUR 311. (S-AAS/OEK). 6 credits NUR 321. MATERNAL NEWBORN NURSING. This course provides an integrative, family-centered approach to the care of mothers and newborns. Emphasis is placed on normal pregnancies, childbirth, and the transition of the fetus to extrauterine life, reproductive health and the promotion of healthy behaviors in patients. Common complications that can arise during the antepartum, intrapartum, and postpartum period, and the newborn are addressed. Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe patient care to mothers and newborns in selected settings. 125 minutes per week of lecture and four and a half hours of clinical/laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 104, NUR 208, NUR 209, NUR 229, NUR 308, NUR 311. (S-AAS/OEK). 4 credits NUR 322. EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE. This course is designed to promote clinical decision making, based on evidence, through the exploration and integration of current scientific evidence, use of clinical reasoning, identification of patient preferences, and assessment of available resources. The use of informatics in the analysis and synthesis of evidence to answer a clinical question relevant to nursing practice and patient centered care is stressed. Two hours lecture per week. Prerequisites: NUR 208, MAT 235. (S-AAS/OEK). 3 credits 221 NUR 323. PEDIATRIC NURSING. This course provides an integrative, family-centered approach to pediatric concepts applied in caring for the child/family as the child progresses through the different stages of development. Emphasis is placed on normal growth and development, family dynamics, common pediatric disorders and the promotion of healthy behaviors in patients. Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe patient care to children in selected settings. Prerequisites: NUR 104, NUR 208, NUR 209, NUR 229, NUR 308, NUR 311. Corequisite: NUR 418. (S-AAS/OEK). 4 credits NUR 417. ADULT HEALTH NURSING III. This course focuses on advanced concepts of nursing care as they relate to adults with complex health problems. Emphasis is placed on implementing time management and organizational skills while managing the care of patients with multiple needs and collaborating with the interprofessional team. Complex clinical skills, as well as priority setting, clinical judgment, and tenets of legal and ethical practice are integrated throughout the course. Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe care to patients and selected groups in a variety of settings. Three lecture hours and nine clinical/laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 319, NUR 322. (F-AAS/OEK). 6 credits NUR 418. COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING. This course is intended to introduce students to nursing care of individuals, families, aggregates, communities, and populations. Principles and practices of community health are discussed. Emphasis is placed on assessing factors that influence the health of populations and the use of evidence-based practices in the delivery of spiritually and culturally appropriate health promotion and disease prevention interventions. The role of the nurse as advocate for social justice is explored. Two hours lecture and six hours clinical/laboratory each week. Prerequisites: NUR 308, NUR 311, NUR 318, NUR 319, NUR 321, NUR 322 or RN status. Corequisite: NUR 323. (F-AAS/OEK). 4 credits NUR 421. NURSING LEADERSHIP & ISSUES. This course facilitates the transition of the learner to the role of a professional nurse in the microsystem of a work unit. Learners enrolled in this course will also review contemporary health-related issues, including social, political, organizational, and professional issues in relation to their influence on the nursing profession and nursing practice. The politics of health care are discussed within the context of health care systems. Emphasis is placed on management concepts, including developing the skills of delegation, conflict management, and leadership. Standards of practice and the significance of functioning according to state regulations and statutes are reviewed. Clinical experiences provide the learner the opportunity to apply theoretical concepts while functioning in a leadership role. Prerequisites: all 300 level nursing courses, NUR 417 or NUR 418. (S-AAS/OEK). 5 Credits NUR 432. SENIOR CLINICAL PRACTICUM. The purpose of this course is to provide the student the opportunity to function as a contributing member of the interprofessional team and collectively apply the knowledge and practice the skills acquired in previous courses. Students will be given the opportunity to provide care to a caseload of patients that is safe, evidence-based, patient-centered, and focused on promoting positive patient outcomes. Emphasis is placed on demonstration of professional behaviors, communication that supports information exchange, collaboration and conflict mediation, ethical comportment and the ability to effectively use leadership skills. Fifteen clinical hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 417, NUR 418. Corequisites: NUR 421, NUR 433. (S-AAS/OEK). 5 credits NUR 433. NCLEX PREPARATION. This course is designed to build confidence, review relevant content, and prepare candidates for the NCLEX-RN licensure exam. One hour lecture and three laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 417, NUR 418 or admission to BSN Completion program. Corequisites: NUR 421, NUR 432. Corequisites not applicable for BSN Completion. (S-AAS/OEK). 2 credits NUR 434. RN CLINICAL PRACTICUM. The purpose of this course is to provide the student the opportunity to function as a contributing member of the interprofessional team and collectively apply the knowledge and practice the skills acquired in previous courses. Students will be given the opportunity to provide care to a caseload of patients that is safe, evidence-based, patient-centered, and focused on promoting positive patient outcomes. Emphasis is placed on demonstration of professional behaviors, communication that supports information exchange, collaboration and conflict mediation, ethical comportment and the ability to effectively use leadership skills. Nine clinical hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 418. Corequisites: NUR 421. (AR-AAS/OEK). 3 credits NUR 465. SELECTED TOPICS. Topics will address areas of study of interest in nursing, including health Course Descriptions 222 policy, management of care, health care delivery and other topics related to client needs and responses to care. Prerequisites will be announced with each topic. (AR-OEK). 1-4 credits PERSONAL LIFE (PLS) PLS 200. SELF MANAGEMENT: WELLNESS AND RISK. This course is taught from the interdisciplinary view of nursing, physical education and psychology focusing on the development of the whole person. The central theme of the course is the concept of balance. This is a general education course required for baccalaureate students. It introduces concepts related to physical and psychosocial health and wellness. Specific content areas include high risk behaviors such as alcohol, other substance use and sexuality issues. Wellness perspectives such as fitness, nutrition and stress management are presented. The course emphasizes the evaluation of these concepts in relation to the individual’s own life style and supports the student as he/she explores their own behaviors. Prerequisites: FDS 100, WAC 011, RCA 021. 2 credits PHILOSOPHY (PHI) PHI 200. CRITICAL THINKING. Students examine the basic principles of critical thinking with an emphasis on the use of criteria to evaluate issues; the development of extensive experience in constructing, analyzing, evaluating, and presenting oral and written arguments. Students discover different ways of knowing and exploring philosophical concepts through a variety of interdisciplinary literatures, and apply these concepts in the study of contemporary issues of society in everyday contexts, especially as promulgated in the mass media. Corequisite: ENG 201. (F, SUM). 3 credits PHI 231. INTRODUCTION TO EPISTEMOLOGY AND LOGIC. An introduction to various theories concerning the nature, extent and limitations of human knowledge. A study of the methods and principles used to distinguish logical from illogical thinking. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits PHI 232. INTRODUCTION TO METAPHYSICS AND HUMAN VALUES. An introduction to various ideas concerning the nature of reality and the foundation, meaning and purpose of human values. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits (Note: Either of the above courses satisfies the general education requirement in Philosophy.) PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH (PED) PED 100-159. The PED 100-159 physical education courses are designed to provide health instruction, knowledge and application of fundamental movement and skills that may facilitate participation in an activity which the student can use after leaving the University. Note: Classes meet one hundred minutes weekly during fall and spring semesters and 200 minutes during the summer session(s). PED 200-259. The PED 200-259 activity courses are advanced classes designed as a continuation of the noted activity. All 1/2 credit PED 100. SWIMMING/ SNORKELING. Instruction in the mechanics of strokes, snorkeling and water safety designed to meet the needs and interest of beginning swimmers and individuals new to snorkeling. PED 110. AEROBICS. Continuous and rhythmic movement to music designed to strengthen the heart, lungs and cardiovascular systems. PED 111. CARDIO & MUSCULAR CONDITIONING. Theory and practice in the proper techniques of weight training and flexibility development with a special emphasis on endurance/cardiac training. PED 112. STRENGTH TRAINING. Theory and practice in the proper techniques of weight training, muscular endurance, and flexibility development. PED 113. BEGINNING YOGA. Instruction on the basic aspects of traditional yoga focusing on breathing, restorative and dynamic poses, meditation and relaxation practices. PED 120. Caribbean Dance. Aerobic workout using modern dance techniques performed to various Caribbean music. Course Descriptions 223 PED 121. MIDDLE EASTERN DANCE. Instruction in the fundamentals of Middle Eastern dance incorporating such aspects as isolation of body areas, arm patterns, veil work and basic dance choreography. PED 130. ARCHERY. Instruction and practice in the basic skills, rules, and fundamentals of target shooting. PED 131. BOWLING. Instruction in the basic skills, rules and strategies needed to bowl. PED 132. FENCING. Instruction and practice in the fundamentals of beginning fencing. PED 133. GOLF. Instruction in the basic skills, rules, and strategies necessary to play golf. PED 134. TABLE TENNIS. Instruction in the rules and fundamental skills with an emphasis on game situations. PED 135. TENNIS. An introductory course emphasizing ground strokes, net play and serves. Game situations and strategies in singles and doubles play. PED 140. BASKETBALL. Introductory to basic knowledge and skills in basketball with emphasis on game situations. PED 141. ALTERNATIVE SPORTS. Instruction and practice of non-traditional sports like Ultimate Frisbee, Broom Ball, Indoor Soccer and Paint Ball. PED 142. VOLLEYBALL. Introduction to basic knowledge and skills in volleyball with emphasis on game situations. PED 143. SOFTBALL. Introduction to basic knowledge and skills in softball with emphasis on game situations. PED 150. TAE-KWON-DO. Introduction to basic knowledge and skills in Tae-Kwon-Do with emphasis in self- defense. Note: The following course cannot be used to meet the general education PE requirements: PED 170. CARDIOPULMONARY RESUSCITATION. Instruction in Basic Life Support and cardiopulmonary resuscitation for healthcare providers using American Heart Association approved techniques for victims of all ages. Students who meet American Heart Association standards will receive certification cards. This course cannot be used to meet the general education PE requirements. 1/2 credit PED 221. ADVANCED MIDDLE EASTERN DANCE. Advanced Middle Eastern Dance techniques and introduction of zills (finger cymbols) within dance. Prerequisite: PED 121 or equivalent. PED 233. ADVANCED GOLF. Advanced golf techniques with emphasis on strike play. Prerequisite: PED 133 or equivalent. PED 235. ADVANCED TENNIS. Advanced tennis techniques with emphasis on match play. Prerequisite: PED 135 or equivalent. PED 242. ADVANCED VOLLEYBALl. Advanced skills and techniques are presented with an increased emphasis on understanding and playing the game. Prerequisite: PED 142 or equivalent. PED 265/266. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in Physical Education, Health and Recreation. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 1/2 - 2 Credits PHYSICS (PHY) PHY 211-212. INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS I-II. An introduction to mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, magnetism, optics and modern physics. A terminal course in physics for nonphysical science majors. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: MAT 153. PHY 241 may substitute for PHY 211 as a prerequisite for PHY 212. 4-4 credits Course Descriptions 224 PHY 241-242. GENERAL PHYSICS I-II. An introduction to mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, magnetism, optics and modern physics, with strong emphasis on a rigorous mathematical development of the science. Serves as a prerequisite for more advanced courses in the physical sciences and engineering. Four lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MAT 241-242 (may be taken concurrently). (VAR). 5-5 credits PHY 271. ASTRONOMY I. Astronomy I is the first in a 2-semester course sequence designed as an introduction to the tools and techniques of modern astronomy and astrophysics and as a survey of the use of these tools as they are applied to arrive at our current understanding of the composition, structure, and evolution of the cosmos. In the first course in the sequence, emphasis is placed on applying fundamental principles of mechanics including gravitation, conservation laws, and basic radiation principles, to understand the observed properties of the solar system. (In the second course in the sequence, greater emphasis is placed on applications to topics beyond the solar system.) The course begins with a treatment of the appearance of the objects in the night sky and how observation leads us to an understanding of the basics of celestial mechanics. The fundamentals of physics that are required for deeper discussion are then reviewed followed by a treatment of the tools of astronomy, telescopes, optics, and detectors. From there, the local structure of the universe is explored beginning with a discussion of the structure and contents of the solar system followed by discussion of the fundamentals of stellar structure and stellar evolution. The course concludes with a treatment of the techniques for discovering planets around other stars and a survey of the variety of extra-solar planets discovered to date and what their properties imply about the nature of planets throughout the universe. Corequisite: PHY 241 3 Credits PHY 311. CLASSICAL MECHANICS I. Statics and dynamics of systems of structureless particles and of rigid bodies, moving coordinate systems, gravitation and the Kepler problem. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PHY 241. Corequisite: MAT 341 3 credits PHY 312. CLASSICAL MECHANICS II. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations of classical mechanics, rotation of rigid bodies, theory of small vibrations. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHY 311 and MAT 346 which may be taken concurrently. 3 credits PHY 321. ELECTROMAGNETISM. Advanced study of electromagnetic phenomena. Electrostatic fields from Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations, magnetic fields, effects of dielectric and magnetic materials, electromagnetic induction, Maxwell’s equations, propagation and radiation of electromagnetic waves. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHY 242 and MAT 346 which may be taken concurrently. 3 credits PHY 341. MODERN PHYSICS. The fundamental concepts of relativity and quantum physics. Application to atomic structure and spectra, blackbody function; solid-state physics, nuclei and elementary particles. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHY 242 and MAT 342 which may be taken concurrently. 3 credits PHY 351. MODERN PHYSICS LABORATORY. Introduces the student to experimental research in physics. Crucial experiments in modern physics. Three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PHY 341 which may be taken concurrently. 1 credit PHY 371. ASTRONOMY II. Astronomy II is the second in a 2-semester course sequence designed as an introduction to the tools and techniques of modern astronomy and astrophysics and as a survey of the use of these tools as they are applied to arrive at our current understanding of the composition, structure, and evolution of the cosmos. (In the first course in the sequence, emphasis is placed on applying fundamental principles of mechanics including gravity, conservation laws, and basic radiation principles, to understanding the observed properties of the solar system.) In the second course in the sequence, greater emphasis is placed on applications to topics beyond the solar system. The course begins with a discussion of various techniques used for measuring distances to different depths into the cosmos. From there, the larger scale structure of the universe is explored beginning with a discussion of the structure of our Milky Way Galaxy followed by discussion of other galaxies and the structure of the universe as a whole. The course concludes with a treatment of some of the more remarkable findings of modern astronomy and astrophysics including our understanding of the history and evolution of the universe and some of its more exotic components (e.g., black holes, dark matter, and dark energy). Prerequisite: PHY 271. Corequisite: PHY 242. 3 Credits Course Descriptions 225 PHY 397. JUNIOR SEMINAR I. Junior Seminar I is the first course of two junior seminar courses designed to give the student experience researching and presenting a topic in the field of physics. Prerequisite: PHY 241. Corequisite: PHY 242. 0.5 Credits PHY 398. JUNIOR SEMINAR II. Junior Seminar II is the second course of two junior seminar courses designed to give the student experience researching and presenting a topic in the field of physics. Prerequisite: PHY 397. 0.5 Credits PHY 441. QUANTUM MECHANICS. Quantum Mechanics is an introduction to classical and quantum statistical mechanics, and thermodynamic laws and functions, with emphasis on the application of concepts in astrophysics, such as electromagnetic radiation, low-temperature physics, and solid-state physics. Prerequisite: PHY 341. Corequisites: MAT 342, MAT 346. 3 Credits PHY 465. SELECTED TOPICS. The Selected Topics course will cover topics relevant to the field of Astronomy. The topics will be chosen based upon their relevance to the field and the expertise of regular and visiting faculty. Prerequisites: To be announced with each topic. Corequisites: To be announced with each topic. 1-4 Credits PHY 466. SELECTED TOPICS. The Selected Topics course will cover topics relevant to the field of Astronomy. The topics will be chosen based upon their relevance to the filed and the expertise of regular and visiting faculty. Prerequisites: To be announced with each topic. Corequisites: To be announced with each topic. 1-4 Credits PHY 481. ASTRONOMY LAB I. Astronomy Lab I is a hands-on astronomy research lab in which students will 1) gain first hand experience collecting data using the UVI’s Virgin Islands Robotic Telescope (VIRT) at the Etelman Observatory, 2) learn about the workings of modern astronomical telescopes and detectors, 3) practice the art of data analysis, 4) draw conclusions based on their analysis, and 5) present their results in journal format as well as in class presentations. Students will thereby gain an authentic research experience in the field of astronomy that develops their critical thinking skills, problem solving skills, and ability to collaborate as part of a research team. Students will work in groups to collect data periodically through the course of the first half of the semester on an assigned astronomical object (this may be a variable star, an active galaxy, or some other pertinent astrophysical object of the instructor’s choosing). Students will be guided in the remote use of the VIRT and will then be henceforth responsible for collecting data on their source throughout the semester (observations can be done remotely and so will not require the students to travel to the Observatory). Students will also learn and practice the techniques of data analysis during the first half of the course. In the second half of the course, the students will analyze their data, produce appropriate plots and figures to support their analysis and conclusions, and ultimately detail their data, analysis, and results in a journal-style article. Students will also present their work in-class in the form of seminar presentations to their instructor and peers. Prerequisite: PHY 271. 1 Credit PHY 482. ASTRONOMY LAB II. Astronomy Lab II is a hands-on astronomy research lab in which students will 1) gain first hand experience collecting data using UVI’s High Vacuum Research Chamber (HVRC), 2) learn about the workings of modern astronomical telescopes and detectors, 3) practice the art of data analysis, 4) draw conclusions based on their analysis, and 5) present their results in journal format as well as in class presentations. Students will thereby gain an authentic research experience in the field of astronomy that develops their critical thinking skills, problem solving skills, and ability to collaborate as part of a research team. Students will work in groups to collect data periodically through the course of the first half of the semester on an assigned detector research project (this may be a measurement of detector outgassing at low pressure, a test of detector performance at various pressures/temperatures, or another project of the instructor’s choosing). Students will be guided in the use of the HVRC and will then be henceforth responsible for collecting data on their source throughout the semester. Students will also learn and practice the techniques of data analysis during the first half of the course. In the second half of the course, the students will analyze their data, produce appropriate plots and figures to support their analysis and conclusions, and ultimately detail their data, analysis, and results in a journal-style article. Students will also present their work in-class in the form of seminar presentations to their instructor and peers. Prerequisite: PHY 271. 1 Credit PHY 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN PHYSICS. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or study in areas associated with their academic field but outside of prescribed courses. Student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit for approval a proposal to the dean at least one month prior to the start of the course. Course Descriptions 226 For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Student may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of six credits. Proposals must also include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: PHY 242 with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.5. 1-4 credits PHY 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a college committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: PHY 242 with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.5. 1-4 credits PHY 497. SENIOR SEMINAR I. Senior Seminar I is the first course of two senior seminar courses designed to give the student experience researching and presenting a topic in the field of physics. Prerequisite: PHY 398. 0.5 Credits PHY 498. SENIOR SEMINAR II. Senior Seminar II is the second course of two senior seminar courses designed to give the student experience researching and presenting a topic in the field of physics. Prerequisite: PHY 497. 0.5 Credits POLITICAL SCIENCE (POL) POL 120. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE. Introduces students to political science. It examines the various forms politics takes in relation to the state, political institutions and individuals, in an effort to understand the world at large and one’s position in it. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the English placement exam or ENG 100/WAC 011, or SAT exemption. (F,S). 3 credits POL 121-122. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL AND SOCIAL THOUGHT. An examination of ideas, concepts and theories about politics and political systems, and about individual and group relationships in society, with emphasis on the ways in which the social sciences enable us to think more clearly and accurately about our social environment. Prerequisites: POL 120, POL 121 (F), POL 122 (S). 3-3 credits POL 129. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. Designed to acquaint students with the basic principles and concepts associated with administrative management and the execution of public policy, the organization and functioning of public institutions and the implementation of policy decisions in the public arena. A survey course designed to promote interest and understanding of basic management practices and administrative procedures applicable to the public section. It is concerned with the processes by which bureaucratic organizations function. Prerequisite: POL 120. (F, S). 3 credits POL 151-152. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT. A study of the development of the constitution; political parties; civil liberties; the nature and functions of the legislative, executive and judicial branches of the federal government; structure and functions of state and local governments; relation between federal and state and local governments. Prerequisites: POL 120. POL 151 (F). POL 152 (S). 3-3 credits POL 310. POLITICAL THEORY. Students gain an understanding of political philosophies and various forms of politics from a theoretical perspective. This course also offers a full examination of the approaches by which power, law, ethics and equality relate to philosophies that contribute to modern day governments and political behaviors. Prerequisite: POL 120. (DEM). 3 credits POL 315. POLITICAL PARTICIPATION and ELECTIONS. This is a comprehensive study of political participation, political parties and party systems. This course focuses on party memberships in political groups, social movements and dissents, voting, and its effects on elections. This course also offers a full examination and evaluation of historical and recent political elections in the U. S. Virgin Islands, the Caribbean region, and in the United States. (F-E). 3 credits POL 321. CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS. A study of the development of penal philosophies from revenge to rehabilitation. The structure of the American correctional system including probation, institutionalization and parole with consideration of current alternatives to incarceration. Survey of techniques, strategies and problems encountered in correctional counseling. Prerequisite: CJU 110. (Also listed as CJU 321.) (F). 3 credits Course Descriptions 227 POL 330. GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLITICS. Addresses the political nature of worldwide environmental themes. Through international relations and public policy, this course uncovers the political conflicts and interactions that emerge from governance of the natural environment. Prerequisites: POL 120 (F-O). 3 credits POL 340. CARIBBEAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. A comparative study of development, structure and processes of government and politics of the Caribbean Islands, with special reference to problems of national integration, political identity, constitutional independence and political ideology, and to the various solutions to these problems which have been adopted. Prerequisite: POL 120. (S-E). 3 credits POL 341. AFRICAN POLITICS. A comparative study of the development, structure and processes of government and politics on the African continent. As such, it will look at the African political system prior to the arrival of Europeans, the colonial era, and the post-colonial era. The major political issues, ideologies, and the unique development of the principal political institutions will be examined. Case studies will focus on individual nations within each of the five regions of the continent (i.e., north, south, east, west and central). Prerequisite: POL 120. (F). (DEM). 3 credits POL 351. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT. A comparative study and analysis of the governments of Great Britain and Russia. Attention is also given to the politics and governments of developing countries. Prerequisite: POL 120. (S-O). 3 credits POL 352. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS. A study of politics among nations. Prerequisite: POL 120. (S-E). 3 credits POL 401. U. S. VIRGIN ISLANDS GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. An examination of the government and politics of the U. S. Virgin Islands. Emphasis is placed on the social and cultural context of the political process. The major institutional components of the political structure are examined, including the Organic Acts, the major branches of government, political parties, and federal-territorial relations. Outstanding political issues and possible political changes are discussed. Prerequisite: POL 120. (S-O). 3 credits POL 405. COMPARATIVE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEMS. This course is a study of the variations in patterns of corruption and political crimes as well as patterns of law enforcement and adjudication among political systems: democratic, communist and modernizing. This course introduces students to a global, comparative approach to the study of crime and penal sanctioning. Students will survey transnational crimes such as human trafficking and terrorism and learn how different countries respond. This course will cover a wide range of topics over a large number of countries. Prerequisites: ENG 120, CJU 110, POL 120. (Also listed as CJU 405.) (F-O) 3 credits. POL 496. PRACTICUM IN POLITICAL SCIENCE. Opportunities for supervised field work experience in areas related to government and politics, with emphasis on the linkage between course work and practical application. A comprehensive program must be submitted to the dean no later than the sixth week of the semester prior to the semester in which the field work is to be undertaken. Prerequisites: Senior standing and political science concentration. (S). (DEM). 3 credits POL 498. POLITICAL SCIENCE SEMINAR. An examination of methodological controversies concerning the nature and methods of political science and recent major work in the various areas of the discipline. The course is designed to help prepare advanced students for graduate training. Prerequisites: 6 credits of lower level and 6 credits of upper-level political science courses. (F). (DEM). 3 credits PRIOR LEARNING EXPERIENCE (PLA) PLA 201. PROFESSIONAL LIFE SKILLS: PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT THEORY AND PRACTICE. A three credit course designed to assist students in identifying the areas of learning for which they wish to be granted credit for their life experiences or skills acquired through prior schooling, training or on- the-job experience that they bring to higher education classroom. The course will ultimately result in a portfolio(s) that will be assessed by LearningCounts; however, students must successfully pass this course in order to be able to submit a portfolio for assessment. Specifically, the development of a portfolio will serve to highlight areas of learning that would be evaluated for college-level equivalency. This course will guide students through the preparation and compilation of all components required for the evaluation of a portfolio of prior learning. Students may be granted anywhere between three and twelve credits for completed portfolios from LearningCounts. Prerequisites: ENG 120; two (2) or more years of learning Course Descriptions 228 Course Descriptions experiences are strongly encouraged. Students will need the permission of the Director of the Center for Student Success (CSS) to enroll in the course. 3 credits PROCESS TECHNOLOGY (PRT) PRT 101. INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS TECHNOLOGY. An introduction to chemical and refinery plant operations. Topics include process technician duties, responsibilities, and expectations: plant organization; plant process and utility systems; the physical and mental requirements of the process technician; an overview of a typical process plant; identification of process equipment; the purpose of equipment; safety, health, and environmental components; and the roles, responsibilities and work environment. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MAT 023 and MAT 024, or satisfactory SAT Math score, or a satisfactory score on the mathematics diagnostic examination. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 110. BASIC ELECTRICITY THEORY. Provides instruction in understanding and designing direct- current and alternating-current electrical circuits. Topics include voltage, current, resistance, Ohm’s Law, magnetism’s relationship with electricity, inductance and capacitance, and multi-phase electrical systems. Corequisite: MAT 140. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 121. INSTRUMENTATION I. The first course of a two-semester sequence which involves the study of the instruments and their integration into instrument systems used in petroleum refining, petrochemical and chemical processing, including terminology, symbols, data highways, input-output, and basic troubleshooting. Corequisite: MAT 140. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 122. INSTRUMENTATION II. The second course of a two-semester sequence which involves the study of the instruments and their integration into instrument systems used in petroleum refining, petrochemical and chemical processing, including terminology, symbols, data highways, input-output, and basic troubleshooting. Prerequisite: PRT 121. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 125. INDUSTRIAL PROCESS. A study of the various processes employed in the oil refining, chemical, distillation, water and waste water treatment industries with an emphasis on processes utilized by local industry. Prerequisites: COM 120, MAT 140, and PRT 101. 3 credits PRT 130. PROCESS TECHNOLOGY I – EQUIPMENT. Provides instruction in the use of common process equipment including drums, reactors and other processing vessels; pumps, compressors, blowers, fans and other rotating equipment; flow, temperature, pressure and other instrumentation; relief valves, automatic shutdown devices and other safety protection equipment. The course will include the identification, terminology and basic functions of these process equipment components and the scientific principles associated with them. Prerequisite: PRT 101. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 225. SAFETY, HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT. Develops the knowledge and skills that will reinforce the attitudes and behaviors required for safe and environmentally sound work habits. Emphasis is on safety, health and environmental issues in the performance of all job tasks and regulatory compliance issues. Also included are the components of a typical plant safety and environmental program; the role of a process operator in relation to safety, health, and environment; and identification and use of safety, health and environmental equipment. Prerequisite: PRT 130. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 231. PROCESS TECHNOLOGY II – SYSTEMS. Explores the interrelation of process equipment and process systems and the application of relevant scientific principles to the process environment. Course topics will include construction of process systems from basic equipment, analysis of process systems, system control under normal operating conditions, and recognition of abnormal conditions. Prerequisite: PRT 130. (F, S). 2 credits PRT 232. PROCESS TECHNOLOGY III – OPERATIONS. Combines systems into operational processes with emphasis on operations under various conditions. Topics include typical duties of an operator, combining systems into operating processes; describing a process technician’s role during plant operations; writing operating procedures, and demonstrating the application of operating procedures. Prerequisite: PRT 231. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 240. PROCESS TROUBLESHOOTING. Provides instruction in the different types of troubleshooting techniques, procedures, and methods used to solve process problems. Topics include application of data collection and analysis, cause-effect relationships, reasoning, the steps in troubleshooting models; 229 Course Descriptions the use of troubleshooting tools, and the troubleshooting techniques used to solve process problems. The application of computerized process control is a major part of this course. Prerequisite: PRT 231. Corequisite: PRT 232. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 275. INTERNSHIP. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for on-the- job technical training at industrial process plants in a supervised work setting. These activities will be conducted in restricted locations onsite within the industrial process plant. Students will work alongside field experts in daily activities that will supplement courses in process troubleshooting and process operations. Individual assignments will be made by the end of the third semester by the Process Technology Coordinator after consulting with the Process Technology Instructors. Prerequisite: Good Academic Standing. Corequisite: PRT 232. (F, S, SUM I). 3 credits PSYCHOLOGY (PSY) PSY 120. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY. A broad overview of the field of psychology. Such topics as basic human neurophysiology, child development, principles of learning, social psychology, abnormal behavior, personality development and approaches to clinical intervention will be covered. Prerequisites: A satisfactory grade on the English and reading placement exams or the satisfactory completion of ENG 100/ WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021 or SAT exemption. (F, S, SUM I-OEKand SUM II-AAS). 3 credits PSY 202. LIFE SPAN DEVELOPMENT. An introduction to human development throughout the life cycle. Using a topical approach, biological, physical, personality and social processes will be examined from the prenatal period through late adulthood. The impact of the life span perspective on developmental theory and research methodology will be emphasized. Prerequisite: PSY 120. (F, S, SUM II). 3 credits PSY 203. INTRODUCTION TO PERSONALITY. Provides a broad introduction to the contemporary field of personality psychology. Genetic, environmental, social and cultural influences on personality are discussed, and the major personality theorists and assessment methods are introduced to the student. Empirical findings are stressed in the examination of topics such as personality types and traits, motivation and achievement, concepts of the self, sex roles, perceived control and responsibility, love, altruism and aggression. Prerequisite: PSY 120. (F). 3 credits PSY 223. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. A study of the individual’s behavior and experience in social situations. Topics will include: the dynamics of groups; social roles, attitudes and values, communication, prejudice and mass behavior. Caribbean approaches to these topics will be stressed. Prerequisite: PSY 120. (Also listed as SOC 223.) (S). 3 credits PSY 240. BIOPSYCHOLOGY. An introduction to the biological and neurological bases of behavior. Topics in the brain structure and organization, the neural mechanisms of behavior, the process of evolution and adaptation, the study of genetics, the visual, perceptual, and sensorimotor systems, and the regulation and control of homeostatic processes and the influence of biology on cognitive and emotional functioning will be studied. Both normal and abnormal behavior will be explored. The laboratory component of the course will vary from week to week, and will be related to the particular area of biopsychology on which the class is working at any given time. Prerequisites: PSY 120, SCI 100. (S). 4 credits PSY 241. SOCIAL DETERMINANTS OF HEALTH AND DISEASE. This course provides a research-based review of all the major topics, theories, and issues in health psychology, including health behaviors (e.g., including those related to smoking, eating, exercise, and alcohol use), managing chronic and terminal disease, and interacting within the health care system, research methods, personality, social support, and persuasive appeals. Student self-awareness and the principles of health promotion and health maintenance are developed throughout. (Also listed as SOC 241.) 3 credits. PSY 301. HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY. A survey of the history of the field, its major systems and methods. Contemporary issues and trends will be examined in terms of their roots in the history of the study of human behavior. Prerequisites: PSY 120, limited to juniors and seniors majoring in psychology. (F-ALT-O). 3 credits PSY 302. CULTURE AND BEHAVIOR. An examination of the mutual relevance of psychology and anthropology to the understanding of human behavior. Conceptual and methodological issues will be emphasized in the substantive areas of cross-cultural research such as the cognitive processes, 230 Course Descriptions socialization and personality development, as well as its application to social issues, mental health and intercultural communication. Prerequisite: PSY 120 and PSY 202. (F-ALT-O). 3 credits PSY 304. COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY. An introduction to the theoretical and experimental foundations of mental processes including consciousness, perception, learning, memory and thinking. Current approaches such as information-processing and cognitive science will be examined. Prerequisite: PSY 202. (F-ALT-E). 3 credits PSY 308. HELPING SKILLS. A practical, skill-based introduction to helping behaviors that can be used in any setting in which students may later work. These include active listening, reflection, non-verbal behaviors, assessment and interviewing, goal-setting and change techniques. The course is designed to give students an understanding of the theory behind helping skills, and provide an opportunity for students to observe and practice these skills in role play and simulations. Prerequisite: PSY 202, PSY 203 and junior or senior standing. (F). 3 credits PSY 310. INTRODUCTION TO RACIAL AND ETHNIC HEALTH DISPARITIES IN HEALTH CARE. This course will address areas of study of interest in nursing, other health care professions and the social sciences, including health policy, management of care, health care delivery and other topics related to client needs and responses to care. Prerequisite: ENG 201 (Also listed as SOC 310, SWK 310 and NUR 310). (F,S and SUM I). 3 credits PSY 312. PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING. Provides a theoretical, historical, and applied perspective on the psychology of learning. It investigates the ways in which organisms (human and non-human) change their behavior as a result of experience. The course is designed to give students an understanding of the basic concepts of classical, operant, and observational learning. Also, it allows students to apply these concepts in a variety of settings. Prerequisite: PSY 120. (F-ALT-O-OEK). (S-O-AAS ). 3 credits PSY 315. HUMAN SEXUALITY. Provides factual information on the topic of human sexuality, integrating perspectives from biopsychology, human development, sociology and health to provide a comprehensive understanding of contemporary sexuality. Prerequisite: PSY 120. (S-ALT-E). 3 credits PSY 321. CHILD DEVELOPMENT. Covers topics important in child development including prenatal development, infancy, early experience, learning, emotional development, language, cognitive development, moral development, sex-role acquisition, personality and social development including role of family, peers, school and mass media in the socialization process. Prerequisite: PSY 202. (S-ALT-O). 3 credits PSY 322. ADULT DEVELOPMENT. Will focus on issues in adulthood and aging. Topics covered include the emergence of adult roles, marriage and family life, predictable life crises, role of work, retirement and leisure, special issues in aging, and the psychological aspects of death, dying and bereavement. Prerequisite: PSY 202. PSY 321 is strongly recommended. (F-ALT-E). 3 credits PSY 323. PSYCHOLOGY OF THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD AND ADOLESCENT. Will survey the behavior needs and characteristics of those children who deviate significantly from the average to require special attention to develop their potential. Emphasis will be placed on assessment, patterns of adjustment and some therapeutic strategies. Prerequisite: PSY 321. (S-ALT-E). 3 credits PSY 325. ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT. Provides expanded, in-depth coverage of the adolescent period in development. In particular, issues of family, relationships, self-concept and identity, delinquency and psychological disorder, and societal risk factors will be covered. Prerequisite: PSY 202. (F-ALT-O). 3 credits PSY 327. PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN. This course will provide an overview of contemporary theory and research as it applies to sex and gender differences in biology, development, socialization, cognition, interpersonal relationships, and psychological disorders. Prerequisites: PSY 202, 203. (S-ALT-E). 3 credits PSY 332. INDUSTRIAL-ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. This course presents a general introduction to the field of industrial and organizational psychology, focusing on the structure and function of organizations and the role they play in our lives. Students taking this course will develop an understanding of organizational processes, culture, behavior and productivity, and will be given both a theoretical and applied approach to the field. Prerequisites: PSY 202. (S-ALT-E). 3 credits 231 Course Descriptions PSY 340. BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCES. This course involves the study of specialized areas of central importance in the broad field of the behavioral neurosciences; these topics may vary and will be announced at the beginning of each semester. Topics are likely to include the behavioral neurobiology of eating disorders, schizophrenia, addictions and psychopharmacology, aging, anxiety, ADHD, and bipolar disorder, as well as behavioral neurogenetics and genomics, and cognitive neuroscience. Prerequisite: PSY 240. (F-E-AAS). 3 credits PSY 345. FORENSIC SCIENCE. Forensic science is concerned with the analysis of physical evidence associated with the crime scene, the victim(s) and/or the suspect(s). This course will introduce students to the concept of forensic science, forensic psychology in the court system, the investigation of crime scenes and the analysis of evidence, specifically the identification and characterization of biological fluids and stains, DNA, terrorism, and the federal rules of evidence which relate to the admissibility of evidence. Depending on the availability of guest lecturers who are considered experts in their area of specialty, other areas of forensic science to be discussed may include but are not limited to medicolegal investigation of death, entomology toxicology, odontology, trace evidence such as hair, fiber, glass, paint or soils, fingerprints, impressions such as footwear and tire, firearms and tool marks, accident reconstruction, forensic psychology and/or psychiatry, and white-collar crime. Weekly laboratory exercises will provide students with a deeper understanding of the methods of analysis of evidence. Prerequisite: CJU 110. (Also listed as CJU 345.) (F). 4 credits PSY 348. SENSATION AND PERCEPTION. This course is an introduction to sensory systems and perceptual processes, with a primary emphasis on humans. Each major sensory modality (including visual, auditory, somatosensory, olfactory, and gustatory systems) will be explored from the physical stimuli, sensory anatomy and physiology, brain processing to how experience and age influence the sensory systems. Prerequisite: PSY 240. (F-O-AAS). 3 credits PSY 349. FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY. This course provides a comprehensive introduction to the field of psychology and law, emphasizing how theory and research in psychological science is used to enhance the gathering and presentation of evidence, improve legal decision-making, prevent crime, rehabilitate criminals, and promote justice. Topics such as DNA and forensic identification, criminal profiling, lie detection, eyewitness testimony, the insanity defense, workplace law, and the death penalty will be considered. Prerequisites: PSY 120, CJU 345/PSY 345, PSY 203. (Also listed as CJU 349.) (S-O-AAS.) 3 credits PSY 350. DRUGS, BEHAVIOR, AND SOCIETY. This course will develop within successful students an in-depth, factual, objective understanding of the use and misuse of legal and illegal drugs in contemporary society, and in sports, as reported in the media, as well as with associated historical antecedents. Approaches to both treatment and prevention of addictions will be studied, in addition to the pharmacological activity and long-term effects of various types of drugs (including alcohol). Prerequisite PSY 120 and/or Junior standing and/or permission of the instructor. (F-ALT-O). (F-E-AAS). 3 credits PSY 432. PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY. The study of personality development emphasizing the normal individual and his adjustment to his environment. Theories of personalities and techniques of measuring personality will be discussed. Prerequisites: PSY 202 and PSY 203. (DEM). 3 credits PSY 433. INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY. Will survey the major approaches to counseling and psychotherapy. Theoretical and research finding will be critiqued. Emphasis will be placed on selection and implementation of therapy for different reference groups. Prerequisites: PSY 203 and PSY 434. (F). 3 credits PSY 434. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Emphasizes the dynamics of mental illness; diagnostic methods for classifying and understanding the degree of individual maladjustment; levels and focuses of therapeutic intervention. Prerequisite: PSY 203. (S). 3 credits PSY 435. TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS. Focuses on the nature and value of psychological instruments, particularly those relevant to an academic setting. Critical topics such as cultural relativity, ethics and research considerations will be discussed. Prerequisites: PSY 202, PSY 203 and MAT 235. Strongly recommended: PSY 434. Limited to juniors and seniors. (DEM). 3 credits PSY 440. APPLIED RESEARCH METHODS. An introduction to research methods used in the study of behavior, both experimental and non-experimental. The scientific method, including ethics, principles and 232 Course Descriptions methods of research design, data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, and report writing and covered. The student will have hands on experience both in groups and individually in conducting research studies. Prerequisite: SSC 328. (F). 3 credits PSY 465-466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in Psychology, especially those that may be of regional importance, or will introduce the student to evolving specialties in the field. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. (DEM). 3-3 credits PSY 496. PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY. Individualized and supervised field work experience in the areas of school, developmental, clinical, social and industrial psychology. Major emphasis on integration of theory and practice, also personal and professional development. A comprehensive program must be submitted to the dean no later than the sixth week of the semester prior to the semester in which the field work is to be undertaken. Prerequisites: PSY 120, PSY 202, and PSY 203; for clinical areas, also PSY 434 and PSY 433; for human service areas, also HMS 310 (Introduction to Human Services), HMS 375 (Field Placement and Seminar), PSY 434 and PSY 433; for school counseling and developmental areas, also PSY 321 and PSY 325 (Adolescent Development); for social/organizational areas, also PSY 223 and PSY 332 (Industrial/ Organizational Psychology). Senior standing is required. (S). 3 credits SCIENCE (SCI) SCI 100. THE NATURAL WORLD: THE CARIBBEAN. A topical examination of the natural world of the Caribbean. Included will be considerations of elements of Caribbean life associated with the natural world with emphasis on their roots in the Natural Sciences. The approach is interdisciplinary with a variety of learning strategies employed. Two hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. This course is half of the two-part Freshman-Year Program general education curriculum. (F, S). 3 credits SCI 200. CHANGES IN THE NATURAL WORLD. Students learn to use the vocabulary and concepts underlying the scientific view of the natural world. An exploration of cosmology and biological principles provide a contrast with mythology and a framework within which to understand the scientific explanations of change and evolution in physical systems and living organisms. Students learn to relate to emerging scientific applications and to the overall organization of scientific knowledge. Laboratory exercises establish the principles of observation and analysis as a basis for scientific theory. This course partially satisfies the general education requirements for a BA degree. Two hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. Prerequisite: SCI 100 (except in the case of a student admitted into a degree program with 24 or more credits), ENG 120. Corequisite: MAT 140. (F, S). 3 credits SCI 210. INTRODUCTION TO METEOROLOGY. The course is designed to provide students with a fundamental understanding of weather phenomena. The students will understand meteorological measurements of the atmosphere and be able to interpret weather developments from these measurements. In addition, this course provides the foundation for further studies in the field of meteorology. Students participating in this course must have acquired skills of sending and receiving attached documents by email and must be familiar with web browser navigation. Students are expected to access web resources on the Internet daily. It is strongly recommended that students have a computer with availability to the Internet. Prerequisites: ENG 120, SCI 100 (for those students required to take SCI 100). Corequisite: MAT 140 or 143. (F, S). 4 credits SCI 220. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS. This multidisciplinary course will cover basic concepts of geographic information systems (GIS) and will combine an overview of the general principles of GIS with analytical use of spatial information. Students will learn GIS techniques to collect, organize, analyze and present data. Students will apply these techniques to conducting “spatial inquiry.” (Also listed as CJU 220 and SSC 220.) 3 credits SCI 301. APPLICATION OF PRINCIPLES FROM THE NATURAL WORLD. The application of key scientific principles to selected aspects of our immediate surroundings, and an interdisciplinary examination of the technology used to manipulate those surroundings. A variety of teaching techniques, including laboratory exploration, will be employed. Two hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. Prerequisites: MAT 140 or 143. (F, S, SUM). 3 credits SCI 305. Biology of Health and Disease. Illness often begins as a normal response to various insults that may lead to debilitating injury and death. Students learn how signs and symptoms become the 233 Course Descriptions clinical starting point for identifying and treating disease. This course surveys multiple disease processes while introducing basic medical and health care terminology. The laboratory explores tests and strategies for assessing wellness as well as diagnosis and treatment of common disease. BHD is one of 5 core course for non-science majors seeking a Health Sciences minor. Two 50 minute lectures, and one 170 minute lab per week. Prerequisites: MAT 140 or 143, ENG 201. 3 credits SCI 360. SCIENCE AND THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. This course, a joint offering of the Science and Teacher Education programs, is designed for elementary education majors. It will give students an opportunity to actively participate in the construction of scientific knowledge by engaging them in critical thinking and original research projects in the natural sciences. Additionally, the course will expose students to science teaching reform, standards in science teaching, and the theories of teaching and learning in science. During the semester, concurrent field experiences under the supervision of the School of Education in conjunction with the math program will consist of two hours weekly. Prerequisites: EDU 250 and admission to the School. (Also listed as EDU 360.) (F). 5 credits SCI 497. A twice-weekly interdisciplinary capstone seminar encompassing mathematics, marine biology, computer science, chemistry, bioinformatics, biochemistry, and biology. Each student will present one seminar. Provides one of the two semesters of Senior Science Seminar required by all science and mathematics majors. SCI 497 may be taken concurrently with other junior or senior science or mathematics seminars only with the special permission of the dean of CSM. Prerequisites: BIO 397-398 or CHE 397-398 or CSC 397-398 or MAT 397 or MBI 397-398. 1 credit SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS EDUCATION (STE) STE 110. STEP 1: INQUIRY APPROACHES TO STEM TEACHING. This is a field experience course designed for students interested in exploring teaching in STEM-related fields. Students enrolled in this course will engage in field experiences for at least 2 hours in an elementary third, fourth, fifth, or sixth grade classroom. Students will obtain first-hand experience with planning and implementing inquiry-based STEM lessons. Attention to diverse populations and the integration of technology will form a part of this course. Students will implement lessons under the supervision of the mentor teacher. Intensive support is provided for the student during this field experience course by the mentor teacher, the master teacher, and selected education faculty. Reflections of their classroom experiences will be required. Prerequisites: SCI 100 or one semester of another laboratory science course and MAT 140 or MAT 143. Corequisite: ENG 120. 1.5 credits STE 112: STEP 2: INQUIRY BASED LESSON DESIGN. This field experience course is designed to enable eligible students interested in teaching in STEM related fields to engage in direct classroom interaction and instruction on the middle school or junior high level. Students will become familiar with excellent science and mathematics curricula along with local and district math curriculum within the middle school setting. Students prepare, practice, implement and reflect on 5E lessons aligned with district math and science curriculum. This course builds upon and practice lesson design skills that were developed in STE 110. Emphasis is placed on writing good 5 E lesson plans with a focus on the importance of using appropriate questioning strategies throughout the lessons. Students develop pre-and post-assessments for performance objectives and engage in analysis, reflection, and lesson redesign based on these assessments. Classroom mentor teachers, master teachers, and Education faculty provide intensive coaching that enables students to improve their teaching skills. Reflections of classroom experiences form a part of this field experience course. Prerequisites: STE 110. Corequisite: PSY 120. 1.5 credits SOCIAL SCIENCE (SSC) SSC 100. AN INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIAL SCIENCES: A CARIBBEAN FOCUS. A topical examination of the social dimensions of Caribbean cultures from the origins of human habitation to the present. Its interdisciplinary approach will emphasize the perspectives of the various social sciences, with attention also given to the arts of the Caribbean. A variety of teaching and learning strategies will be utilized. Corequisites: ENG 100/WAC 011, ENG 101/RCA 021, unless exempted by SAT or placement tests. (F, S). 3 credits SSC 113. CLARIFICATION OF THE SOCIAL SELF. In this course the student will explore communication and listening, conflict-resolution, assertiveness and decision-making as they apply to individuals in an interpersonal context. Values clarification and ethical decision-making exercises will be used in structured and unstructured group learning activities as well as readings and discussion. Prerequisites: Satisfactory 234 completion of English and Reading placement tests, SAT exemption, or completion of ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021. (DEM). 3 credits SSC 154. METHODOLOGY OF INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES. Directed at preparing the student for interdisciplinary studies within the social sciences. Deals with the basic methodologies of such programs. The course includes identification and exploration of the nature and scope of selected local problems, the design, strategy, and evaluation of research projects from the point of view of application of results. (DEM). 3 credits SSC 220. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS. This multidisciplinary course will cover basic concepts of geographic information systems (GIS) and will combine an overview of the general principles of GIS with analytical use of spatial information. Students will learn GIS techniques to collect, organize, analyze and present data. Students will apply these techniques to conducting “spatial inquiry.” (Also listed as CJU 220 and SCI 220.) (S). 3 credits SSC 327-328. QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES. Techniques and methods of measurement, analysis, interpretation and explanation of statistical data. Topics include frequency distributions and graphic presentation, measures of central tendency and dispersion, the normal and binomial distributions, probability theory, hypothesis testing, point and interval estimation, measures of association and regression, goodness-of-fit tests and analysis of variance; sampling and research design; questionnaire construction. Emphasis is placed on the interrelationships between theory and applied research. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MAT 140, MAT 235. SSC 327 (F). SSC 328 (S). 4-4 credits SSC 497-498. SOCIAL SCIENCES SENIOR SEMINAR. A periodic seminar which explores current topics in the various fields of the social sciences. The first semester will be devoted to a period of instruction in social sciences research methodology, followed by written and oral presentation of a research proposal by the student. In the second semester, students will write their research papers and make an oral presentation of the results of their work. A schedule of meetings will be established at the first meeting of each semester. Prerequisites: SSC 327-328 and senior standing in the Social Sciences. SSC 497 (F). SSC 498 (S). 1-1 credit SSC 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Advanced students who have acquired adequate academic skills may, with the assistance of faculty members, propose a semester program of independent reading, research and reporting to be conducted under the mentorship of one or more full-time social science faculty members. Acceptance of the proposal should be obtained from the faculty members who will supervise and from the dean at least one month prior to the beginning of the semester. (F, S). 1-3 credits SOCIAL WORK (SWK) SWK 224. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WELFARE. Examination of the social welfare problems and needs of the Virgin Islands, Caribbean and mainland United States; the network of agencies and programs to meet these needs; the gaps and limitations of services; the roles of professional social workers in providing social welfare services. (Also listed as SOC 224.) (F). 3 credits SWK 310. INTRODUCTION TO RACIAL AND ETHNIC HEALTH DISPARITIES IN HEALTH CARE. This course will address areas of study of interest in nursing, other health care professions and the social sciences, including health policy, management of care, health care delivery and other topics related to client needs and responses to care. Prerequisite: ENG 201. (Also listed as SOC 310, NUR 310 and PSY 310.) (F, S). 3 credits SWK 325. SOCIAL WELFARE AS A SOCIAL INSTITUTION. Historical development of public and private social welfare and the profession of social work in the context of economic, philosophical, social and other forces. In addition, major changes in governmental social philosophy, welfare programs and issues in social welfare and social work are examined with the use of analytic and evaluation paradigms. Participant observational learning experiences are a part of the requirements of this course. (Also listed as SOC 325.) (F). 3 credits SWK 331. SOCIAL WORK METHODS I. An introduction to basic social work practice utilized by professional social workers in their interventions with any social system. The focus of this course is on people with problems and perceptions of their functioning, relevant systems, and the helping process, Course Descriptions 235 including time phases, the worker and the kinds of helping roles, the client in the situation, communication skills, objectives and goals, and values and self-awareness. The values and ethics of the profession are examined in relation to social needs and the context of practice. The social agency context of sanctions, organization and accountability are examined. The variety of social work practice in relation to social problems and human need will be considered. This foundation knowledge is further developed in Social Work Methods II, III and IV. Prerequisite: SWK 224. (S). 3 credits SWK 334A - 334B. HUMAN BEHAVIOR AND THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT. This two-semester course analyzes theories of human behavior in the social environment from a life span developmental approach. The content of these courses is designed to increase the students’ potential for effective generalist social work assessment and interventions with individuals, families, groups, social systems and communities. The course also strives to build students’ appreciation for and understanding of the ramefications of the “person-in-environment” principle that primarily takes into consideration the social, biological and psychological influences of the environment. Students will examine the effects of social structures, social policies and cultural patterns on individuals at all stages of life. SWK 334A (F). SWK 334B (S). 3-3 credits SWK 335. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN SOCIAL GERONTOLOGY. An intensive overview of the major concepts, programs and contemporary issues in social gerontology and their relationships to social welfare and other human services. Topics include health care, income maintenance, social security benefits, crime, media, social networks and others. Prerequisite: SOC 121 or Special 131E (Gerontology Institute). (Also listed as SOC 335.) (S). (DEM). 3 credits SWK 425. SOCIAL WORK METHODS III. Utilizing a systems approach, assessment and the beginning phase of practice are examined. An emphasis is placed on the generic practice process and beginning engagement skills with individuals, families, groups and local communities, including observation, data collection, interviewing and assessment. A further emphasis is placed on the worker’s skill in facilitating direct services for people in the context of social work purposes. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 427.) (F). 3 credits SWK 426. SOCIAL WORK METHODS IV. A continued development of social work generic practice. The middle and termination phases of practice with individuals, families, groups and local communities are stressed. Attention is paid to short-term interventions for work with individuals and families, particularly in regard to delivering social services in relation to functional and dysfunctional processes both in societal systems and client systems. Special attention is paid to task-oriented groups, including agency work groups and interventions on local community levels. Team and interdisciplinary aspects of professional practice are examined. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 428.) (S). 3 credits SWK 427. FIELD INSTRUCTION II AND FIELD SEMINAR. Builds upon the knowledge and experience gained in SWK 333 and requires the student to integrate the content of SWK 425 in a practicum basis. A minimum of two days per week is required. Concurrent participation in a regular field instruction seminar is also required. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 425.) (F). 6 credits SWK 428. FIELD INSTRUCTION III AND FIELD SEMINAR. Builds upon the knowledge and experience gained in Social Work 427 and requires the student to integrate the content of SWK 426 in a practicum basis. A minimum of two days per week is required. Concurrent participation in a regular field instruction seminar is also required. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 426.) (S). 6 credits SWK 430. SOCIAL WELFARE: POLICIES, PROGRAMS, ISSUES. An analysis of social welfare programs, policies and issues in regard to selected major areas of social welfare need in the United States, the Virgin Islands and the Caribbean. Issues, strategies and programs in the delivery of social welfare services in a multi-cultural, multiracial context are examined, including the implications for professional priorities and decision-making. Prerequisite: SOC 121 (Also listed as SOC 430.) (S). 3 credits SWK 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in social work. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. (DEM). 3,3 credits SOCIOLOGY (SOC) SOC 121. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY. Analysis of the basic perspectives, concepts and methods used in studying societies. Society and culture: diversity and uniformity, society and the individual. Social Course Descriptions 236 organization: primary groups; family; kinship and marriage; stratification; racial and ethnic groups; and communities. Social institutions: religious, educational, scientific, political, and economic. Population and society: deviancy, conformity, and social change. (F, S, SUM). 3 credits SOC 124. SOCIAL PROBLEMS. A study of conditions in society. Problems of the life cycle: adolescence, education, work, the aged. Problems of deviance: delinquency, crime, and mental illness. Problems of the nation: race relations, poverty, and housing. World problems: population, war, and new nations. Prerequisite: SOC 121. (F). 3 credits SOC 223. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. A study of the individual’s behavior and experience in social situations. Topics will include: the dynamics of groups; social roles, attitudes and values, communication, prejudice and mass behavior. Caribbean approaches to these topics will be stressed. Prerequisite: PSY 120. (THI). (S). 3 credits SOC 224. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WELFARE. Examination of the social welfare problems and needs of the Virgin Islands, Caribbean and mainland United States; the network of agencies and programs to meet these needs; the gaps and limitations of services; the roles of professional social workers in providing social welfare services. (Also listed as SWK 224.) (F). 3 credits SOC 236. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY. A thorough examination of the significance of marriage and the family today, the family life cycle, dating and mate selection, love, marital and sexual adjustment, divorce and desertion, remarriage. (S). 3 credits SOC 241. SOCIAL DETERMINANTS OF HEAL TH AND DISEASE. This course provides a research-based review of all the major topics, theories, and issues in health psychology, including health behaviors (e.g., including those related to smoking, eating, exercise, and alcohol use), managing chronic and terminal disease, and interacting within the health care system, research methods, personality, social support, and persuasive appeals. Student self-awareness and the principles of health promotion and health maintenance are developed throughout. (Also listed as PSY 241.) (F-O). 3 Credits. SOC 255, 256. AFRICAN CIVILIZATION. Historical survey of the several major culture areas of continental Africa. Comprises a comparative study of the ways by which the several African peoples treated have handled the basic problems of human existence: origin, survival, self-realization and destiny. (Also listed as ANT 255, 256 and HIS 255, 256.) (DEM). 3,3 credits SOC 257, 258. THE BLACK EXPERIENCE IN THE NEW WORLD. A study of the slave trade, the conditions of slavery, and the process of Black acculturation in the New World since emancipation. SOC 256 is recommended as a preparatory course. (Also listed as ANT 257, 258 and HIS 257, 258.) (DEM). 3,3 credits SOC 300. SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. Students will examine various perspectives and paradigms in classical, neoclassical, and postmodern sociological thought. Specifically, they will explore major themes including Marxism, structural functionalism, neo-functionalism, contemporary feminist theory, micro-, macro-, and agency-structure integration, contemporary theories of modernity, globalization, and post- structuralism. Emphasizes student acquisition of the analytical skills needed for succeed in work across discipline genres. Prerequisite: A satisfactory grade on the English and reading placement exams or the satisfactory completion of ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021 of SAT exemption. (DEM). 3 Credits SOC 310. INTRODUCTION TO RACIAL AND ETHNIC HEALTH DISPARITIES IN HEALTH CARE. This course will address areas of study of interest in nursing, other health care professions and the social sciences, including health policy, management of care, health care delivery and other topics related to client needs and responses to care. Prerequisite: ENG 201 (Also listed as NUR 310, SWK 310 and PSY 310.) (F,S). 3 credits SOC 315. VICTIMOLOGY. This course focuses on the victim and will expose students to a new study within the criminal justice field: victimology. Students will study different types of victimization, and roles of and ethics related to the criminal justice practitioner. Students will access sources of information regarding crime victims from the UCR and the NCVS. This course will also examine victim allocution and victim-impact statement. An analysis of the different types of punishment and justice will be discussed. Prerequisites: CJU 110, ENG 120. (Also listed as CJU 315.) (S-E). 3 credits Course Descriptions 237 Course Descriptions SOC 325. SOCIAL WELFARE AS A SOCIAL INSTITUTION. Historical development of public and private social welfare and the profession of social work in the context of economic, philosophical, social and other forces. In addition, major changes in governmental social philosophy, welfare programs and issues in social welfare and social work are examined with the use of analytic and evaluation paradigms. Participant observational learning experiences are a part of the requirements of this course. Prerequisite: SOC 121. (Also listed as SWK 325.) (F). 3 credits SOC 332. COMPARATIVE INSTITUTIONS. The comparative study of institutions such as the family, stratification, and kinship, with emphasis on structure and function. Data will be presented from selected cultures of Indonesia, the Caribbean, the USSR, India, and Polynesia. Prerequisite: SOC 121. 3 credits SOC 333. CRIMINOLOGY. The study of criminal and delinquent behavior including its variations, ramifica- tions explanations and measures of prevention, control and treatment. (Also listed as CJU 333.) (F). 3 credits SOC 335. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN SOCIAL GERONTOLOGY. An intensive overview of the major concepts, programs and contemporary issues in social gerontology and their relationships to social welfare and other human services. Topics include health care, income maintenance, social security benefits, crime, media, social networks and others. Prerequisite: SOC 121 or Special 131E (Gerontology Institute). (Also listed as SWK 335.) (DEM). 3 credits SOC 345. RACE AND ETHNIC RELATIONS. An analysis of the concept of race, race differences, prejudice, conflict, annihilation, stratification, segregation, pluralism, assimilation, and reactions to minority status. (F). 3 credits SOC 355, 356. CULTURAL HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA. Deals with the cultural history of the West African Sudan: the area between 7 and 17 degrees north latitude and extending from the northwestern border of Nigeria to the Atlantic Ocean. The period covered extends from the 7th to the 19th centuries which permits a discussion of the rise and flowering of the various peoples involved: Ghana, Mali, Sosso, Songhay, Wolof- Serer and the Fulani. (Also listed as ANT 355, 356 and HIS 355, 356.) (DEM). 3,3 credits SOC 381. CONTEMPORARY CARIBBEAN SOCIETY. An analysis of society in the contemporary Caribbean, using comparative studies of social structure, race, color, class, religion, family, personality, etc., to discuss problems of social cohesion and social change. Prerequisite: SOC 121. (S-O). 3 credits SOC 382. SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT. Examines the concept, nature and context of development and underdevelopment in the international system, using the Caribbean and Latin America as areas of focus. Includes an analysis of the relationship between various institutional areas and developments. Prerequisite: SOC 121. (DEM). 3 credits SOC 430. SOCIAL WELFARE: POLICIES, PROGRAMS, ISSUES. An analysis of social welfare programs, policies and issues in regard to selected major areas of social welfare need in the United States, the Virgin Islands and the Caribbean. Issues, strategies and programs in the delivery of social welfare services in a multi-cultural, multiracial context are examined, including the implications for professional priorities and decision-making. Prerequisite: SOC 121. (Also listed as SWK 430.) (S). 3 credits SOC 469. PRACTlCUM IN SOCIOLOGY. Provides supervised experiences in applying the tools and theories of sociological analysis to community problems and policy issues. A comprehensive program must be submitted to the Dean no later than the sixth week of the semester prior to the semester in which the field work is to be undertaken. Prerequisites: Senior standing and a Sociology concentration, with at least 12 credits in the concentration. (DEM). 3 credits SPANISH (SPA) SPA 131. FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY SPANISH I. This course is designed to develop a basic level of competence in understanding and an acceptable level of competence in communicating in Spanish. Its learning activities draw upon a broad range of state-of-art facilities and techniques, including videos, computer-assisted language practice and multi-media supported activities. This first course lays the foundation in phonology, vocabulary and grammar for effective command of the other two in this sequence. (F, S, SUM). 4 credits SPA 132. FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY SPANISH II. This course is designed to develop in the second language learner a higher elementary level of competence in understanding and communicating orally and 238 Course Descriptions in writing standard Spanish. The learning program is based on state-of-the-art videos, computer-assisted language activities and practice provided by multi-media resources. This second course builds upon the foundation laid by the introductory elementary course and continues to develop phonology, vocabulary and grammar in preparation for the intermediate and more advanced stages of the language. The development of language functions moves from ritualistic expressions to more complex usages in conversation. Prerequisite: SPA 131 or successful completion of the appropriate placement test. (F, S, SUM). 4 credits SPA 141. ALTERNATE FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY SPANISH I. This course is designed for students who have previous knowledge of Spanish and who wish to develop a higher level of competence in the language, a greater command of grammar, and a broader grasp of the Hispanic or Latino culture. 3 credits SPA 231. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH. Grammar review, intensive practice in listening, speaking, reading, writing, and culture. Practical vocabulary and conversation will be stressed. Prerequisite: SPA 132 or successful completion of the appropriate placement test. (F, S, SUM). 4 credits SPA 235. SPANISH FOR LAW ENFORCEMENT. This is an intermediate Spanish course designed to strengthen students’ knowledge of basic Spanish while providing vocabulary specific to law enforcement agents. Through skits and role-play, students will be placed in situations where they will use the vocabulary learned to carry out certain functions performed by law enforcement agents. Prerequisites: CJU 110, SPA 131 and 132, or 141, or successful completion of the appropriate placement test. 4 credits SPA 305. ORAL SPANISH. Conducted entirely in Spanish. Intensive oral practice; pronunciation, vocabulary, reading, comprehension, conversation, short speeches and group discussion. Some use of audio aids. Prerequisite: Any 200 level course or successful completion of the appropriate placement test. 3 credits SPA 306. ADVANCED CONVERSATION. Conducted entirely in Spanish, and designed to develop fluency and correctness in the spoken language by means of prepared and impromptu discussions on topics of cultural and current interest. Prerequisite: Any 200 level course or successful completion of the appropriate placement test. 3 credits SPA 311. ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. A groundwork is laid for studies in the development of the Romance languages. Some essential and practical concepts and applications of descriptive linguistics are studied. Methodologies for recording and analyzing languages are explored. Reading and reports are initiated on the histories of the Spanish language. Prerequisite: Any 200 level course or successful completion of the appropriate placement test. 3 credits SPA 312. ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. The development of grammatical structures and lexicons of Spanish out of the Latin language is the subject of detailed study. The roles of sociolinguistics contact phenomena are also brought into perspective as agents of language change. Theories on language origins and language change are evaluated, particularly in the light of creole developments. Prerequisite: SPA 311. 3 credits SPA 321. STUDIES IN SPANISH LANGUAGE AND STYLE. Taught in Spanish. An approach to advanced grammar through contemporary readings in various fields. Extensive practice in translation and written and oral expression. Prerequisite: Any 200 level course or successful completion of the appropriate placement test. 3 credits SPA 322. ADVANCED STUDIES IN SPANISH LANGUAGE AND STYLE. Taught in Spanish. Intensive exercise in composition and oral expression. Prerequisite: SPA 321. 3 credits SPA 331. SPANISH LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION TO THE 18th CENTURY. Taught in Spanish. The purpose of this course and SPA 332 is to study works representative of the most significant currents in Spanish literature. The lectures will stress the interrelation of Spanish literature with general development in the Spanish speaking world. Selected texts will be analyzed and discussed. May be taken independently of SPA 332. 3 credits SPA 332. SPANISH LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION FROM THE 18th CENTURY TO THE PRESENT. See SPA 331. May be taken independently of SPA 331. 3 credits 239 SPA 365, 366. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes but is not limited to areas of special interest related to the language, cultures and literatures of countries and territories where Spanish is the/an official language. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under various topics. Prerequisite: Any Spanish course at the 200-level. 3, 3 credits SPA 433. SPANISH LITERATURE OF THE GOLDEN AGE. Taught in Spanish. A discussion of the principal authors of the 16th and 17th centuries from Garcilaso to Quevedo. 3 credits SPA 434. CONTEMPORARY SPANISH LITERATURE. Taught in Spanish. Representative authors from the generation of 1898 to the 1927 group: Unamuno, Azorin, Ortega, Miro, Garcia Lorca, Salinas, Guillen, and others. 3 credits SPA 435. SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE I. Taught in Spanish. A study of the significant literary works produced in Spanish America from the colonial period to 1888. May be taken independently of SPA 436. 3 credits SPA 436. SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE II. Taught in Spanish. Stresses the coming of age of Spanish-American literature: Ruben Dario and modernismo; the development of the essay and the novel; significant literary works produced in the post modernistic period, from 1918 to the present. May be taken independently of SPA 435. 3 credits SPA 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes but is not limited to areas of special interest in history of the language or the literatures of Spain and Latin America, including such topics as the romantic movement in Spain, the modern novel or literary criticism as such. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under various topics. Prerequisite: Any Spanish course at the 300 or 400 level. 3,3 credits SPA 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individual research under the direction of a member or members of the department. The students report in weekly conferences to their research advisor and present such papers as may be prescribed. Prerequisites: Advanced standing; completion of at least six hours of Spanish beyond the 200 level; cumulative grade point average of 3.00; consent of the dean. A proposal must be approved prior to the end of the preceding semester. 3 credits THEATRE (THE) THE 110. INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE. Surveys historical development and dramatic literature of the Greek, Roman, Medieval and Elizabethan periods, along with an examination of representative American, Caribbean and African plays. The student is also exposed to an overview of the technical aspects of a production. 3 credits THE 210. THEATRE SERVICE. The study of the basic theories of scene design, stage lighting, costume design, stage management and construction techniques applicable to stage settings. Three hours of instruction and full participation in one production per semester. 4 credits THE 211, 212, 213, 214. THEATRE PRODUCTION. The art of play production is studied from the practicum state of participation in a University of the Virgin Islands mainstage and/or studio productions. The technical assignment will be in one of the following areas: technical director, designer, lighting technician, wardrobe, stage manager. Work duties will be assigned by the technical advisor of a production if this is a technical position or rehearsals by the director if the student is cast in a major acting role. This course may be repeated four times for credit. The students will be encouraged to choose a different area for each repeat of the course. Prerequisite: THE 110. 1,1,1,1 credit THE 220. BASIC STAGE MOVEMENT. This course emphasizes basic physical conditioning for phe actor. It will enable a student to learn about gesture, the physical manifestation of emotion, and to become more relaxed and poised in front of an audience. The students will examine the styles and forms of period movement and their expression in relation to needs of the theatre. 3 credits THE 312. DIRECTING STAGE PRODUCTIONS. The study of the basic theories of stage directing including the director’s preliminary investigation, script selection, script analysis, casting and staging techniques. 3 credits Course Descriptions 240 THE 315. THEATRE IN THE CARIBBEAN. This course will explore theatre in the English-speaking Caribbean starting from the Bahamas, Cayman Islands, U. S. and the British Virgin Islands, to Trinidad and Tobago, including Guyana. Students will study various forms of theatre from story-telling and carnival and festivals to formal presentations. 3 credits THE 323. BASIC ACTING. The study of the basic techniques, analytical skills and the principles which underlie the methodologies of acting as they relate to the actor’s performance. Three lectures weekly and rehearsal time will be required. 3 credits THE 325. READERS THEATRE. Group training in effectively bringing the written drama to life with or without the traditional adjuncts of costuming, scenery, and lighting. The students will learn to script nondramatic literature for group presentations. Prerequisite: COM 227 or COM 221. 3 credits THE 411. CREATING THEATRE. Using creativity, problem-solving and group-dynamics information and techniques, enrolled sdudents will participate with available extracurricular volunteers in the actual invention and preparation of a theatre-piece. Though not a course in play-writing per se, students will adapt what are, conventionally speaking, nondramatic materials, fiction and nonfiction, articles, essays, etc., for a theatrical presentation and audience. Available for credit or as an extracurricular activity. Six hours per week. 3 credits THE 412. SCENE DESIGN AND STAGE LIGHTING. Designed to expand the students already existing awareness of the principles of design as applied to stage scenery and theatrical lighting. The student will create and execute a design of both a theatrical set and the accompanying stage lighting for a hypothetical production of either a community educational theatre piece. Prerequisites: THE 210 and at least one from THE 211, 212, 213, 214. 3 credits THE 413. THEATRE CRITICISM. The students examine the theatre experience through a critical analysis of the role of audience, dramatic structure, environment and visual elements, and performers and directors. The theatre process is studied by examining synopses and representative plays of appropriate genre. Prerequisites: THE 110 and at least one from THE 220, THE 312, THE 323. 3 credits THE 415. THEATRE MANAGEMENT. The students examine the business of theatre: organizing, funding, managing and sustaining an artistic enterprise. Emphasis is placed upon the roles of the producer, stage manager and house manager in professional, community and educational organizations. Prerequisite: THE 110. 3 credits THE 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes but is not limited to areas of special interest in dramatic literature, various genre of theatre, history of different periods of theatre, including era of “Isms,” i.e., expressionism, surrealism, etc. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3,3 credits THE 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individual study and research under the direction of a member or members of the College. Students will have weekly conferences with their advisors and do such readings and papers as may be required. Prerequisite: Advance standing. Students must have completed at least 20 credits of speech and/or theatre courses beyond the 200 level with a cumulative grade point average of 3.00. Students must secure consent of the dean and advisor. Written proposals must be approved prior to the end of the preceding semester. 3 credits Course Descriptions